1440 to 1449 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1440 to 1449.

1440
'''Gilles de Rais is taken into custody upon an accusation brought against him by the Bishop of Nantes. He confesses and is sentenced to death.'''

'''The Ming Dynasty government of China begins a decade-long series of issuing harsh edicts toward those who illegally mine silver, the latter known as 'miner bandits' (kuangzei), a trend begun in 1438. The government hopes to cap the amount of silver circulating into the market as more grain taxes are converted into silver taxes. The government establishes community night watches known as 'watches and tithings' (baojia) who ensure that illegal mining activities are brought to a halt. Despite this, illegal silver mining continues to thrive as a dangerous but lucrative venture.'''

'''Gutenberg’s printing press continues to be developed in Mainz, being sold around the state, and to some influential members of the Holy Roman Empire. A second design in Venice also begins to take hold, while a less versatile design is developed for marketing among the people of Pskov. '''

'''Clarification: Let it be known that Pskov never reached China, but rather developed their printing press device independently. Pskov did, however, reach Arabia through trade over the course of several years, so let the record show that from here on out any mention of a ‘Dragon Kingdom by Pskov’ was in reference to Arabia, not China.'''
 * I have to give props to Lx for being able to argue such utter implausibility out of the mods. I could see him reaching Constantinople, or even Alexandria. But Arabia?!? Let's take a look at Google Maps. To get from Pskov to Mecca, it would be a journey of 5722 km, or 3555 miles. In modern day, with publicly funded roads and the like, it would take 67 hours, or 2.7 days to travel this distance. This is the same as going from Lagos to Addis Abbaba, or from Anchorage, AK to Managua, Nicaragua.  05:01, March 13, 2014 (UTC)
 * I do have to  point out that I only sent two - maybe three - expeditions over the course of 40 years ... every other mention of that is a reference to the travels or the empire. Also, I don't have to reach Mecca. Syria and Jordan are considered Arabic countries, and from Constantinople, they are not much farther than Alexandria is. All I need is access to enough Arabia or Arabic nations to get Arabian literature, so that my medicine and science can prosper. Anyway, due to several waypoints (i.e. Constantinople) I do believe it is plausible to reach even Mecca, as thousands of Muslims go there for pilgrimage, and if it is the capital of the Muslim empire that exists there, there should be roads and trade opportunities going from Jerusalem to Mecca. -Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 11:54, March 13, 2014 (UTC)
 * Fair enough. Just wanted to make sure there was sincere logic behind this. Maybe make sure you have the needed access just to be certain (see if your merchants could travel through all those nations needed for safe access). Also, the mod events says Arabia, so no Syria and Jordan are not parts of Arabia. And Mecca isn't the secular capital, but it is the spiritual capital.  21:23, March 13, 2014 (UTC)


 *  Aztec Empire: We expand our military and economy. Emperor Itzual died, a large funeral and commemoration is given. Montezuma II takes the throne as emperor. Cuachtemoc is named heir to the emperor. The canals have been finished in Tenochtitlan for a year, and are booming the economy into the lake. The plans for Templo Mayor have been finished and construction has been started. We build more fishing ships [six].
 * Tlacopan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military, and construct bases and outposts around Tenochtitlan. We expand our economy, spreading trade rights to the Zapotec Alliance, and building fishing ships [four].
 * Texcoco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military now being under Aztec jurisdiction, we can better our military and help defend the now unified province. We expand our economy by building fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean, with a vast number [nine] fishing ships stripping the coasts of fish.
 * Aztec diplomacy: With our overabundant and extensive scouting, we found the Cahokian peoples in the north and have requested trade rights and an alliance with them.
 * Cahokian diplomacy: We accept the alliance and trade rights requests.


 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Explorers continue to travel east into Siberia to find resources and spoils for the nation’s people, expanding the nation (by 30 pixels). Prospectors in the Northeastern Urals have found gold and metal deposits. Mines have been established. Military development continues. The construction of the new sections of Moscow continue. Grand Duke Dimitri I’s wife has gotten pregnant and gave birth to his first son, Ivan III Vasilyevich, sworn into the House of Rurik. Ivan III was then baptized in the latest cathedral of Moscow, built as of 1439 due to the enlargement of Moscow, the Cathedral of the Archangel Barachiel. Thousands rally in Moscow and visit the large ceremony.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the king hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. (1000 sq km). The population of Castile officially reaches about 4.3 million and continues to grow rapidly thanks to a sharp increase in agricultural production. The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed. A heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The king notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the king at the behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the king's actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizeable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.6 million and growing. The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. Castile also begins to fully establish its trade dominance in the Atlantic using its large battle fleet to not only enforce maritime laws and then increasing taxes through Gibraltar. Along with this the Castilian trade fleet begins more aggressive trading policies and begins to maintain its dominance in its own locale. King John with his new wife Johanna from Italy, have a son and name him Carlos. This adds to Henry and Elenor who are both 12 now and now Maria who is 10. All of the children continue the major royal education.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns Cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Emir, however, managed to maintain a favorable position with both denominations and hold the country together effectively through careful management. The Emir Ahmed now with multiple children from Castilian noble who offered his daughter knowing that the Emir is secretly Christian begins a process of converting Granada into a Principality rather than an Emirate showing its closer connection to Europe as well as Castile in general. While there is an uproar over the beginning of a conversion to a Principality, the amount of highly powerful Christian settlers or knights and the vast loyalty many of the Emir's men have to their leader prevent anything from breaking out. Some issues break out more toward the coast but they are quelled quickly as the Emir begins his long road to conversion from Emirate to principality (the more European term). The long term situation of this plan had led to the beginning of it moving much more smoothly than intended.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  Policing is left up to local organization sanctioned by King Matthias of Cyprus. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Newly created kingdom of Morocco led by a highly trusted castilian noble is begins to secure its borders and begins a massive internal campaign to not only convert thousands of people, but to expand the Christian presence. This presence is heavily expanded by the Knights Hospitaller who with a force of nearly 10,000 strong are the main force behind the new kingdom. The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted while multiple other Muslims are killed in campaigns by the Knights. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situtation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new life here. The Kingdom begins a steady economic process with its trade and regularly begins to arrest people (mostly Muslims) for crimes and selling them as slaves on the market. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area. The estimated population of the Christian Kingdom of Morocco is somewhere near 150,000 but officials seem unsure. The Infrastructure - particularly in dealing with transport and water - is expanded to accomodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians - particularly from Hispania. A notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the minority, the Kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begans to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the Kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. Prince Roberto with his wife fully move with their family to Morocco with many of their attendants. His daughter is betrothed to a high level noble in Castile's court.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Duke William, upon hearing of Mainz swearing fealty to Austria, flies into a rage: "Four electors! The damned Austrians control four electors! First, they reject us, the Dutch, and Bavaria as possible contenders, then this crap. We'll have a damned Habsburg ruling the empire forever." His sentiment his reflected among most of Hamburgs population. Heinrich Volkard expresses his displeasure by painting a red, crown lion (from the crest of the House of Habsburg) gnawing on a bloodied, green common rue (representing Austria's conquest of the Electorate of Saxony), while keeping its paws pressed on a white lion, an eagle, and a broken, white wheel (representing Bohemia, Brandenburg, and Mainz respectively, and their subordinate status to Austria), though he keeps it private and shows very few. Hesse is asked for an alliance, following the Treaty of Kassel.
 * East Lippe: the reduced Principality of Lippe expands the military and economy.
 * East Bruchhausen: the reduced county of Bruchhausen expands the military and economy.
 * Hessian Diplomacy: We accept the alliance.
 * Cahokia: After a period of leaderless uncertainty, the Cahokian people begin to stand together as one and get back on their feet. A young, yet ambitious tribesman called Rektaw the Proud emerges as a potential leader for the Cahokians and starts to rally his people. When he's not putting down small rebellions, Rektaw spends his days orchestrating a nation-wide recovery of infrastructure. He plans to organize a more cohesive farming industry to satisfy a soon to be growing population.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Moundville in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Moundville assists in nation-wide recovery. Moundville is instrumental in the upcoming food production overhaul and prepares for it.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Etowah in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Etowah assists in nation-wide recovery. Etowah's main focus is scouting eastward for richer forest as current stockpiles and nearby forests are proving unsustainable. Etowah expands to the east.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia):  Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Parkin in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Parkin assists in nation-wide recovery. Parkin's focus is to close the gap between its own borders and those of Cahokia. It centers its resources on organizing a small military force to satisfy the impending needs of expansion, utilizing leadership assests from Cahokia.
 * Cahokian Diplomacy: Emissaries are sent out to the Iroquois and Colorado Confederation in order to establish inital diplomatic contact (friendly).
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north (by 14 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov in the year 1445, Yaroslavl in the year 1446, and Tver in the year 1447.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Pskovian Diplomacy: The Prince of Pskov asks the Novgorodians to adopt the Zolotnik Currency so that a standardized currency can exist throughout Russia, at least in a Regional capacity, and having dual-currency system with the ducat is fine too, since the only difference is the gold coin, and due to the high value of gold, having all transactions in it would be folly since not everything is worth even one ducat of gold, and the zolotnik system provides for silver and copper coinage.
 * Novgorod Diplomacy: We accept the new currency.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church. A plan to return Pomerania to the HRE falls through due to the steadily increasing population of Western Church followers who are justifiably afraid of what the bigoted Catholics will do to them.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.
 * France: The military and navy are built up, the vassalage of Limoges and Armagnac begins, Continues establishing its own entity to deal with the religious crisis left by the schism. While this, Prince Louis turns ten and continues attending a renowned school in Paris learning about politics and theology, navy experience a huge boost due to trade with North Africa through St Marie d'Africa. The alliance with Austria is reviewed, but for now France states neutrality is their best policy. The division of the French vassals is set to be effectively started from next year, (I'll add map next turn).Queen Joanne and Louis have triplets, The older one (by a few seconds) is named Marie, the next is Francois and finally Joanne after her mother.
 * Burgundy: Military and navy are built up. The same choice made by the French is taken by the Burgundians as they feel the same way to France. Burgundy is reluctant to do as Brabant-Hainaut-Holland desires and says it will consider it.
 * Flanders: Military and navy are built up, economy expands.
 * Blois: Military and economy expand.
 * Dunois: Military and economy expand.
 * Angouleme: Military and economy expand.
 * Parthenay: Military and economy expand.
 * Perigord: Military and economy expand.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy expand.
 * Orleans: Military and economy expand.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Berry: Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Auvergne: Military and economy are built up.
 * Forez: Military and economy are built up.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice offers Portugal an alliance, both militaristic and trade based.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increase in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 200 px to the North. We speed up our expansion North and East toward Lake Baikal. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We begin to send our own merchants to Europe, Middle East and China.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. We continue work on a central trade road that connects the capital cities of Bengal, Arakan, Koch, Aohm, and Orissa together in order to better movement of goods and missionaries. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. A series of less progressive reforms take place under the new Sultan, which bars unlanded merchants who are Hindu from trading outside of the Bengal Sultanate and its vassals.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Maharaja of Koch: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Mahraja of Koch begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Swargadeo of Ahom: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * UNC: The UNC works on expanding its military this year, its navy becoming a major focus. Several ships are built this year to guard trade routes in and around the North Sea. The UNC decides to expand some of its operations in Greenland. Following Hamburg's situation with Austria, the UNC offers Hamburg protection. Western Christianity begins to make its way into the UNC, experiencing a vast amount of growth in the UNC's vassals and parts of southern Denmark. The UNC continues influencing Lübeck and Hansa.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: Georgia, along with Armenia, Gordyene, Adiabene, and Ardalan, continues fighting in Azerbaijan. The disciplined mesame formations of the Georgian coalition prove effective against the cavalry-oriented Azeris, and the Georgians win a major victory at the Battle of Agdam, crushing an Azeri column sent to break the siege of Ganca. By the end of the year, the Georgian coalition has solidified its control of Azerbaijan up to the Kura River; the commanders of the Jarishuri and Azbanak agree that next year's campaign will target Shirvan in an effort to quickly end the war. Additionally, fighting erupts in Ossetia between the chieftains, some of whom wish to see Georgian influence removed from Ossetia; Prince Alexandre is dispatched with a brigade of mesame formations to bring the rebels to heel, and he estimates that Ossetia will be vassalized in two years' time.
 * Georgian Diplomacy: The Georgians accept Castillian trade requests, welcoming Spanish ships into the port at Batumi. Georgia also sends emissaries to the Grand Mamluk Sultanate of Mashriq, the Ottoman Empire, and the Jochid Ulus requesting they fulfill their treaty obligations to assist Georgia in its stabilization of Azerbaijan.
 * Venetian Republic:
 * In Veneto: The Venetian Revival continues The Castilian attempts to disrupt Venetian trade in the western Mediterranean fail except in Castilian ports, Venice continues its dominance un-besmirched. In the east Venice ensures that Cypriot trade also is undercut, effectively ensuring that the Castilians cannot undermine the Venetian position. The Castilian trade with western Africa and Oyo is disrupted as Vencie contracts out to privateers to ensure that Castilian ships do not pass un-harassed along the western coast. Venice continues to take over the western African coastal trade using its trade connections all across Europe to build on its power in Africa. Venice also begins trading through the land route around Morocco completely to avoid the Gibralter tax, Venice offers other nations to use this route to avoid the Castilian tax on trade. The trade share of Venice and the Byzantines in the Mediterranean grows and leaves them in control of close to 40% of trade in the Mediterranean (this is due to sheer trade capacity as well as controlling key points). The trade control increases use of the Venetian Ducat and Roman Stavraton as a currency for trade, the former now being used from the Black Sea ports all around the coast of Europe to Novgorod and Moscow in the north and the latter all across the Mediterranean. Giovanni Bonmont (OTL Johannes Gutenberg, despite the random decision of the mods to not read my posts for the last ten years or so) finishes the Bibles and the investors rejoice and offer him a deal to repay his debt by giving them the knowledge of the machine. He agrees and for the latter half of the year works for them as they reprint various rare Venetian works and sell them to wealthy nobles and merchants in the capital. Honouring the agreement with Moscow, Venice instructs a group of traders to send salt and other goods up into Muscovite lands at favourable rates. Many Moroccans are enslaved and sold across Europe, and any troublesome Moroccans in the occupied territories face the same issue. To better deal with the issue, Moroccans are offered safety from slavery as well as a basic set of rights if they convert to Christianity, additionally Muslims are given protection as long as they break no laws, and news of this is spread to Castilian Morocco and attracts many Muslims to the Venetian lands out of faith. Many native coastal vessels are also attacked and have their goods stolen. The actions make trade along the western coast of Africa perilous for African traders and some decide to resort back to inland trading completely. Meanwhile, Republican reforms are being enforced, as all across the Empire various new laws come into place that spread Venetian Democracy across the lands. Venice accepts the trade deals from Austria and Gorizia, ending the trade blockade between the Austrian influenced Germans and Venice. With the blockade ending, Venetian and Austrian markets boom with wealth. Venetian merchants flood also to Bavaria to the market in Landshut. The german states has become the second wealthiest region of trade for Venice. Venice considers that the newest arrangements with Austria might merit an invite to the Mediterranean Trade League. Eco-turn
 * ​Mamluk Diplomacy:The Sultan, under advice from both nationwide trading companies and his Grand Vizier, asks to enter the Mediterranean Trade League.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: On behalf of the Venetians and Byzantines, we accept this request on the condition that the only Chrstian nations the Mamluks trade with are Venice, the Byzantines and your two close traders already Ethiopia and Cyrencia. For reference the Mamluks have accepted this offer, Rex just forgets to post
 * Oyo Diplomacy: Oyo wishes to sell freshly caputured slaves of the Benin Empire to the Most Serene Republic of Venice. We know that your people are one of refined tastes and possess the means needed to acquisition such fine servents. Would you accept our most generous offer?
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice agrees to the trade and talks about sorting out a formal trade route. Venice, however, is unaware of the location of Oyo so an Oyo ship as a guide would be good.
 * Oyo Response: Oyo would be delighted to guide the Venetian vessels to Oyo's docks. A ship shall be provided by the Alaafin to show your sailors the way.
 * In Porto Tolle: Trade continues to flow to Italy, Milan and Austria. Porto Tolle becomes a key point via which those opposed to the new Kingdom of Italy leave the Kingdom for brighter prospects across the Mediterranean.
 * In Istra: Terrano wine increases in price due to the demand with grape growers and wine merchants finding it difficult to quench the thirst of Hungary. Various goods leave the nation for Hungary and Venice, such as lime, cement, bricks and stone as well as these wine unique to the region known as Terrano wine is sold almost exclusively in Hungary and Venice.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports: The school in Saranda now has a developed society of apprentices and masters in various crafts, soon enough there will be journeymen too to fill the gap between the two. The larger city guard continues to suppress artisans, and soon enough the Potensa is replaced with a new one. The new Potensa declares he will be creating a Sigiƚàr Collegantia to unite the artisans and merchants of Saranda, however, not to undermine the trade and influence of Saranda like guilds do. Titani exports fine clothes and furniture across the Mediterranean. Preveza has continues recruiting masters and begins training its first apprentices. Salted fish, furniture and fine clothes are traded particularly this year with the Romans, Mamluks and Italy, the new trade league carries goods far though bringing them to Aragon as well.
 * In the Peloponnese: Argos continues renovations and the Peloponnese trade fleet takes products from the local area to the Hungarians and Austrians in the west. Olive oil and wine are exported this year, mainly along land routes to Byzantine Greece.
 * In Attica: Marathon's port acts as a reasonable port, mostly gaining wealth from traders and warships that stay in the harbour and spend money in the local market. Trade, however, generates a lot of wealth with the Attican fleet, now three ships strong taking wool and grain to the Roman Empire and Black Sea ports.
 * In Morocco: The Venetians begin to impose their rule, the Moroccans are becoming less discontented. Some favour the rule of Venice due to the turmoil that Morocco is declining into and their leniency toward Muslims compared to other Christian states. The slave trade booms in Morocco after the first flux of slaves from the initial conquest but now turn to the west African coast for slaves, they attack African vessels (not North African) that they come across and seize their goods and enslave the young while killing the old and fragile. They also raid the west African coast for slaves and burn many coastal settlements. This ruthless exploitation is sanctioned by the Doge in order to secure the western coast for future expansion and trade domination, having heard of rich gold deposits in Africa. Slaves are traded far and wide, but mainly to Portugal, Byzantium and Aragon.
 * Epirote Republic: The subsidy for goods and the road have worked in the favour of Epirus, allowing them to take over the Epirote trade in goat's meat, feta cheese and wool, these goods are exported to Italy, the Romans, Hungary and Austria. Eco-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * Province of Candia: Candia is running out of spare land for immigrants, and should run out in a years time. Seeing Cyprus as a naval rival, Candia decides to convert its military fleet into a combined fleet like Venice and most of its fellow vassals. Ten more ships are brought bringing the number to 70 ships, and now with them being used for trading, the trade power of Candia increases. Trade through Candia grows and Candian wines, olives and oil, pungent cheeses and candied citron peels are traded primarily this year with the Romans, Mamluks and Wallachia. Candian trade now also favours stopping in the Crimea and Georgia and in the west they stop in Aragon. Mil-turn
 * Corfiot Protectorate: With the finishing line for the forts in three years, the construction drags on but many passers-by and travellers are awed by the fortified isle and the line of forts and many share tales of the island of turrets and towers far and wide. Corfiot wine and olive oil is traded through the Epirote Free Ports and finds profit in Aragon, Austria and Italy. Mil-turn
 * Province of Kaffa: Kaffa the city is now a pivotal point in Black Sea trade and is known as the Venice of the Black Sea, especially since Venetian architecture is becoming more prominent as the newer buildings of the city are constructed under instruction from Venetian masters. The Kaffan navy acts as the crux of the salt trade in the Black Sea. Wines, crops and iron from Kaffa are traded to the Byzantines (specifically the Byzantines in Crimea but the rest as well), Jochid Ulus, Wallachians, Georgians, Ottomans and Muscovy, in order of trade volume. Trade also reaches the Mamluks. The Kaffa salt trade continues to make the region prosper and most of the salt trade ends up in Venice but also Constantinople although some is diverted to Moscow. Eco-turn
 * Naxian Protectorate: The Doge attainders all the rebellious Hospitallers' lands and executes the ring leaders but offers the rest to work for the new republican regime, and states that loyal servants will be granted back their lands. As the republican reforms are implemented, merchants consider returning to Naxos. Mil-turn
 * Province of Aegina: The Doge grants them money to double their defences and soon enough Aegina has 40 guards to protect it. Trade continues with grains and figs heading to the Romans, Italy and Mamluks. Eco-turn
 * Free Port of Athens: Trade with Portugal and Aragon continues and with the Mediterranean Trade League lessening competition, Athens looks into Black Sea trade which is now being called the "Golden Sea" in Athens for its wealth in trade. Athens trades with Wallachia and Georgia, keeping its investments on the safe side. Mil-turn
 * Province of Negroponte: Mining continues at good levels supporting spending in the city. The interest on the state debt is paid. Negropontean lignite, iron, nickel and marble are traded with Venice and Rome almost exclusively. With the dawn of the Mediterranean Trade League, profits rise as Constantinople becomes completely open for the various metal and mineral trades. Eco-turn
 * Free Port of Ragusa: The Mediterranean Trade League causes a boom in Ragusa, helping to ease the transition into vassalage for many Ragusans. The Ragusan fleet heads east and decides to try to maximise trade with the east, they begin to gather spices and silks from across the Mamluk ports and bring them to Venice for trade across Europe. Eco-turn
 * Japan (Ashikaga Clan): We fix up our roads and add outposts in different areas just to watch out for more enemies trying to attack us. We build up our economy by fixing trade routes to the Usegi state. Around our capital city we continue to build a giant fort - walls and towers that go around the whole city. Since war is over for now, we go back to rebuilding our first college of Japan. We increase our military by adding more troops to our borders. Feeling safe we send our traders back on the roads to trade with the other states. We increase our port cities to increase trade.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu expands 5000 km into the interior of Sakhalin Island (Sorry everyone - life has just gone nuts lately - hopefully can get back in it soon but keep Nikhia warm for me if I drop off-  Commandante Lemming (talk) 20:11, March 13, 2014 (UTC))
 * Brabant-Hainaut-Holland: As the Austrians break the siege of Liege Forces move back into General Estate Lands and prepare for the defence of the homeland. Troops begin to build up the defences of all major cities, while re-inforcements from Flanders come in. The Siege of Utrecht ends with the General Estates occupying the region, and expelling the bishop. The Navy continues to harrass enemy ships. reformists continue to preach their ways, but are pushing for tolerance alongside Catholics to promote greater unity in the Netherlands in the face of Germans. Tinkering with arquebuses continue based on the matchlock schematics. The printer peaks the interest of Wallon and Dutch traders and academics. Engelburt pleads again that the Netherlander states outside the General Estates side with the great revolt against German and Austrian oppression. (mod event please). Trade and banking continue.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we offer a trade pact to the Chagatai khanate in order to strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West,(Needs mod response) and continue influencing them (Year Twelve out of 17) The Timurid Emperor pushes the funding of roads and connections toward India as well as decreasing the taxes for the more and more autonomous western provinces. Princess Esther, current wife of Junayd Safavi becomes pregnant, which strengthens the ties between the Timurids and Safavids, hopefully ensuring peace in the Empire. As IOUs continue growing in popularity we start issueing more and more of them every month. Debates about wether IOUs or their successors could and/or should become an official currency in the Empire grow. Trade pacts are offered to Jaisalmer, Kathiawar and Marwar (Needs mod response) due to the increasing amount of Timurid traders travelling west and south-west in order to purchase exclusive products native to those regions. As prince Aryan is soon reaching marital age the arrangement of a royal marriage between Draka's prince Aryan and Rao Rid Mal's daughter is offered (Needs mod response)
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, we also ask for a trade agreement with Gwalior and Dhundha in order to achieve prosperity in all three nations (Need mod reponse)
 * Mod Response: Jaisalmer, Kathiawar and Marwar accept the offers of trade pacts. Gwalior and Dhundha accept the offer of a trade agreement.
 * Munster: Limited trade continues with West African nations. However, it begins to stop due to the increasing prevailance of Islam in Oyo. The rebellion continues, yet it becomes clear that the Kings-Men have the upper hand. Much of Munster is retaken over the year, including the major port city of Cork, and at the end of the year, the Normans are pushed back to the interior of Leinster, as the English have aided us in the retaking of the coast. A final assualt is prepared for the next year, but meanwhile, the shattered military begins to rebuild, with new weapons being issued to the levies, such as the heavily effective long-spears (pikes) and warhammers to some of the elite. The Garda Slavacha continues to play a major role in the conflicts, with the members being rewarded richly. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. The northern expansion, hampered temporarily by the war begins again. Fionn's journal is assembled into a book, "Tales of Eire" (title in English, as I don't know Old Gaelic). Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. (Mil-turn)
 * Hesse: In Ludwigsburg, Ludwig I finishes the copying of multiple letters. They all ask the same thing. It asks if the country the letter is sent to would like to join a 'German Union', a coalition of countries around Germany. A letter is sent to the major German countries: Hamburg, Bavaria, Oldenburg. Meanwhile, another letter is written specifically for Hamburg.  It asks if they would be interested into going to war with, and splitting the country of Bremen between the two countries . We ask Prussia, France, and Hungary for alliances.
 * Hamburger Dip: The German Union proposal is accepted, and it is asked if one can be sent to Prussia.  The call to war with Bremen is also accepted.


 * Hesse Dip: Our armies march into Bremen.
 * UNC Response: The invasion of Bremen, a vassal of the UNC, is seen as an act of war. The UNC demands that Hesse withdraw all forces immediately or face war with the UNC and her vassals.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. Albert II finishes petitioning the bishops and clergy of Wurzburg (Year Six out of Six) for tribute and manpower. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed,  with forty large carracks being finished, and by 1440 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany. Beginning in 1440, Albert II announces his interests in sending certain vessels around the coasts of Africa. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 59% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, a son is born of Elisabeth and Albert, whom Albert names Charles after his deceased brother. Jacqueline and Eleanor are immediately bumped down in the sucession. In other news, Princess Eleanor comes to live with Albert and Elisabeth after the death of her father. Bavaria accepts to join the German Union, inceptualized by Hesse in creating a Germanic coalition of countries.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1440, the total class amounts to about 1360 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church.
 * Ottoman Empire: The Sultan continues his efforts to improve the Empire, including building newer roads and new ships. A large ship visits Tunis to establish trade efforts. However, the ship is attacked by pirates off the coast and is damaged. The Sultan gives a statement about the issue, citing that he will not the "savages" stop the Empire from establishing relations with other nations. Meanwhile, with the recent land purchase by the Georgians, the Sultan is interested in further expanding the Empire, starting in sending envoys to the White Sheeps, considering vassalizing the territory.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to profit from its trade links with the League, and the addition of the Mamelukes does much to expand the wealth and influence of the economy. Trade links, already existant in the Levant and Syria, are created in Egypt and trade offices are established in Alexandria and Damietta. The education of the Khan's son continues, and now that he has become competent in Greek, begins to learn more advanced topics like mathematics and chemistry. When not in class, the young student travels the city with his bodyguards. He is particularly fond of the horse races in the Hippodrome, but he also travels to the ports to see all the many kinds of people there.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo continues its push into Benin, conquering large swaths of land and capturing many tens of thousands of Benin subjects. These captives are sent north through the Sahara to be sold to the Europeans, whom the Oyo have come to acknowledge as a great market for slaves. The destruction of idolatrous temples and idols throughout Benin satisfy the Muslim and Christian inhabitants of Oyo, and the capture and humiliation of Benin's king, the Oba of Benin, brings much glory to Oyo's leadership. Elsewhere, the armories of Oyo have built a small bronze cannon for testing, as the Alaafin seeks to witness firsthand the power of this gunpowder produced by his smiths. The gun is pointed out over the sea after a generous amount of powder and a small iron ball are loaded into it. Once the loading is completed, the cannon is pointed at a ship of the Oyo which was to be scraped, and the cannon is ignited. Exploding with such force that it frightens hundreds of onlookers nearby, the cannonball hits the ship with enough force to cause one of the large masts to collapse, knocking another down in the process. Though the ship still remains afloat, the sheer power of the cannon leaves a great mark on the many generals and the Alaafin himself, as they come to an understanding that such a weapon can be used against their enemies. As they watch the ship fall to pieces under additional shots from the cannon, the nobles contemplate what effect this device could have on the ground, and have no idea what damage it could possibly do to the human body. The Alaafin orders the production of more cannon, and demands that they be fitted to his ships as well, hopefully seeking to see these weapons put to work on the waters as well. In the palace of the Alaafin, a scribe in the employ of the Imperial family finishes a request from his lord, but in the process, accidentally spills ink all over his completed work, angering the man who must now start over. As he watches the ink soil his hard work, he contemplates it there is an easier way of making copies of his work rather than painstakingly re-writing his work over and over again. Looking at a woodcarving with his name expressed on the end, a gift from his brother a carpenter, the scribe takes the woodcarving and dips it in the ink, and then stamps the ink-covered woodcarving onto a fresh piece of paper. To his surprise, his name, although backward, has been copied to the paper. Overjoyed with the discovery, the scribe rushes to his brother to show him his discovery, and though angered by the way it was discovered, the scribe's brother produces a complete woodcarving of manuscript the scribe was to copy, and together, the brothers make all of the required copies for the Imperial family. Heading to the palace of the Alaafin, the scribe pleases his lord with the invention, and pleased by both the cannon and the copying woodblock, the Alaafin grants the scribe and carpenter titles, as he was in a "good mood". The census of Oyo reveals a population 7,834,113, largely from the conquest of Benin, as well as a strong, healthy, and fertile population feed with the great harvest of the previous year. Oyo expands its military, economy, and infrastructure.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, coming to rival Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the art and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age.
 * Colorado Confederation: The final battle of the Civil War has ended and the result is mostly death and destruction. Towns and roads are burned down and there are dead bodies everywhere. There were many deaths on both sides with the Centralists keeping the defensive. With the Centralist victory, Chief Tooh is glad that peace and propserity has won but is sad that it had to come to this and thus leadership of the Confederation is handed to the new Chief, A-Keh (Victor). Chief A-keh decides to centralize the Confederation with the captial remaining and to rebuild the Confederation's roads and towns. His objective is not only to fix them, however, but to improve on them. Chief A-keh's plan is to divide up the Confederation into towns and nomads, with the nomads carrying resources from town to town, and with each town trading with each other. In order to build towns and roads, however, we need money, and thus we seek out trading with other tribes, such as the Cahokia.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. Upon hearing news of rebellion in the lowlands, we dispatch a small force of the king’s personal soldiers to advise the local German lords and support them in their righteous struggle to restore order. This company of soldiers is comprised mostly of Landsknechts and veteran soldiers, armed with pikes, Zweihänders, and halberdiers for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. Having broken the siege in Liege, German soldiers march into the southern Netherlands. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, and others. We continue influencing Hohenlohe, who previously was under the influence of Mainz, Strassburg, and Metz. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded  kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand.
 * The Jochid Ulus fulfills its contractual obligations with Georgia, invading Azerbaijan. Several thousand troops flood into Dagestan, hoping to take swathes of land before the end of the year. To the north, expansion slows down, to 1500 sq km, as resources are focused southward in Dagestan. However, several Nenets villages are founded, and the Ulus grows ever closer to, if not outright into, the sea. The population grows, especially amongst the Volga, the Ukraine and Kazakhstan. In these areas, heavy immigration continues. The Mastorava spreads amongst the populace.
 * Great Perm expands its economy. The Mastorava begins to resume growth rather quickly throughout the nations. Permic merchants continue to expand their trade routes, and teach Komi to as many as possible secretly.
 * Adyghea expands by 2000 sq km. The population grows, as does the city of Maykop and other fortified plazas. Adyghea sends supplies to the war effort in Azerbaijan.
 * The Mamluk Sultanate finalizes its policy of subsidizing the Copts, as large numbers of Copts have already relocated. In Nubia, most Christians have already left for Ethiopia, and the remaining minority comprises only a slim 10% of the population. Segregation begins, with Christian districts emerging in the poor parts of local towns. The guerilla war has effectively ended, with Ethiopia fearing a potential counter-strike. al-Mansur continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates, and the new trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. As the Mamluks continue to lose power, the pride in the central region, called the Mashriq, develops. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh. Education at both universities (Alexandria and Damascus) continues strongly. Research into mills for the Nile continue. Cotton growing becomes an important industry. Greater interaction with the Venetians has resulted in an interest in learning Latin, which catches on in some regions. Mesopotamia begins to pay attention to the intellectual movement in the Mamluk state. As a result, construction on the University of Baghdad continues. In addition, the ideas of Saadiq Assaf begin to spread among the local clergy. All Burji states grow militarily as tensions appear to pick back up. Ifat and Socotra both expand by 10,000 sq km. Nubia is completely under control by now.
 * Tibet: Continues to vassalize Chutiya. The defenses are expanded.
 * Rājya of Nepal: The economy is expanded.
 * The Confederation of Shan States: The Confederation expands its defenses.
 * Baden: Military and economy expand. Economy grows slowly - and not due to intervention from the government. Farming and brewing grow. The army adopts more modern weapons and techniques, and imports cavalry horses from Spain. The Duke visits Austria and proposes an alliance.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.

1441
'''Two Ethiopians attend an ecclesiastical council at Florence, as part of the negotiations concerning a possible union of Coptic and Roman Catholic Christianity. This is the earliest recorded contact of the Ethiopian Church with Europe.'''


 * I would like to explain a quick difference, and tell you why this post needs a minor refurbishment. The Coptic Church, based in Alexandria, is different from the Ethiopian Church. Yes, the Ethiopians recognize the Coptic Pope as the Pope, but they function somewhat differently. Furthermore, the Ethiopians are not permitted to enter our nation, which is their only way into Europe.


 * In short, the Copts could make contact with Florence's council, but the Ethiopians would be murdered along the way, priests or not. We have recently been in an extended series of conflicts with the Ethiopians (guerrilla wars along the border, nothing algo-worthy) and they are not trusted enough to be granted transportation. We are also blockading the Ethiopian coast.  00:09, March 14, 2014 (UTC) 


 * As a side note to the moderators - given that the Copts and Ethiopians are theologically similar to the Armenians, who I brought into communion with the Orthodox Church at the Council of Batumi, the Copts and Ethiopians should probably send some representatives to Constantinople or T'bliisi as well. TankOfMidgets (talk) 05:01, March 14, 2014 (UTC)

A revolt occurs in the Yucatán capital Mayapan; the Maya civilization splits into warring city-states.

The first black African slaves are brought to Europe.


 * This has been happening for a few years now, only about three or four years prior to this but still, it's been happening. Venice has started the African slave trade way ago.


 * Poland we start to recruit many people to join are army. We build a wall around Warsaw as it would protect our Capitol from invaders. We ask Lithuania for an alliance as it would help us defend ourselves from invaders.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: the lands bought from Bremen are consolidated into the Duchy, while the UNC is given reduced prices for trading. The UNC is asked for an alliance, citing improved relations. The Duke of Saxe-Lauenburg dies, leaving William as the closest living relative. Soon after, remembering the hassle running both Hamburg and the now-extinct Brunswick-Lüneburg, he begins incorporating it into Hamburg, planned to be completed in 1446. Meanwhile, the HTSC is glad that they now have access to the Baltic Sea, and able to skirt the UNCs tax on passage through the Øresund. Prussia is extended an invitation to join the German Union.
 * Lippe: Military and economy are expanded.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy are expanded.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice thanks Hamburg for its support in dealing with the challenging Castilian situation.
 * The United Principallities of Wallachia and Moldavia: After last year's failed hand cannon trials new progress is made, and casing for the powder charge is re-inforced to prevent future failures of that nature. The economy grows, and the salt and iron mines exapand. An envoy is sent to Poland to ask for trade deals and perhaps an alliance. A printing press, purchased by a merchant in Venice, arives in Constanta, and the owner sets about creating a print shop. Many of the literate Boyars imediately take to printed books.
 * Aztec Empire: The Empeor Montezuma II, now 21 years of age, asks for economic donations for the creation of the Templo Mayor, a new wonder promised to the new belief of a sort of one almighty God compared to all the others in Aztec religion. This is being dedicated to a certain being, due to Emperor Montezuma II having a dream of an all powerful God, and constant visions to remind him of this all powerful one. For the past weeks our Emperor has visited the priests asking for an answer to these signs. The priests have given him nothing but questions for his question, continuing his curiosity of a single powerful god. In the mean time, we expand north by 25 pixels. We expand our economy by creating more fishing ships [eight] into the Pacific Ocean. We expand our military as Cuachtemoc has it extremely orangized, sparing no expense on the Elite Warriors. Garland wars or Flower wars causes the infantry of the army to become increasened with moral and fighting dedication.
 * Tlacopan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We send economic supplies to Tenochtitlan. We expand our fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean by a moderate amount [11], expanding our economy. We expand our military, whom is much more enthusiastic for the great capital, Tenochtitlan.
 * Texcoco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand the fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean in large amounts [14] leading to an expansion of our economy. And begin to construct a sort of navy with a complete armada of [17] ships. These have either been taken from the surrounding city states and clans, or built in the past years, no matter the ships are highly outdated, and requests for the Emperor to invest in trying to enhance the navy. We expand our military sending raiding parties and invasions into the north, expanding 5 pixels.
 * Tibet: Finishes the final year of vassalization of Chutiya. The defenses are expanded. The Gongma sends an emissary to the Bengali Sultan to ask for a military alliance. (Bengal Response). Tibet begins to vassalize Taungoo.
 * Rājya of Nepal: The economy is expanded.
 * The Confederation of Shan States: The Confederation expands its defenses.
 * France: after the extensive military preparation the Kingdom of France declares war on Tunisia, in order to establish a stronger influence on the Mediterranean using the invasion of Morocco as a similar excuse to invade them, the wish of French domination of the Mediterranean starts, and the intention of capturing Tunisia is the first step toward it. King Louis, however, has its secret reason as he wants to thrust the new religious model of the kingdom by succeeding where the Catholics failed. recapturing the kingdom of Africa, as neither the Neapolitan Normands, nor King St Louis of France did, the intention is to gain as much as land from them as possible and if achieved, capturing the city of Tunis, then launching France into a campaign to create seafaring superiority in the region.
 * Burgundy: following the command of Louis, the duchy launches its own offensive from the French-held Picardie and French Flanders (now part of Burgundy) the armies begin spreading through France to reach the Mediterranean ports in order to sail southward into North Africa.
 * Berry: With the French war declaration the duchy soon sends troops in order to help the supply line to the region. military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: military and economy are built up. The declaration of war surprises many, but many follow the king as they see the Muslim heathens receiving their punishment for not believing in the true god. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, in the exploration of the African coast, an explorer called Nuno Tristão discovers a cape that he named Cabo Branco. Meanwhile, Portugal accepts the Venetian offer.
 * County of Oldenburg: The OHG, now with the explicit approval of the UNC, slightly expands its operations in Greenland. The Factor and a small team remain at the outpost all year round; giving the seasonal whalers and sealers a good, solid base of operations.  With Spain already settled in the Cape Verde Islands, a small fleet of three OHG ships goes to the African coast between the Canaries and the Cape Verde Islands. They manage to get a little bit of ivory, and see the potential for getting slaves from the region. In non-OHG news, nothing much happens.

The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen. As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 200 px to the North. We speed up our expansion North and East toward Lake Baikal. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We begin to send our own merchants to Europe, Middle East and China. We buy more books from China and a merchant in Europe saw a replica of the printing machine.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The episcopal military expands, and it is organised along the Oldenburger model.
 * I don't think it makes sense for Oldenburg to be visiting West Africa at this time, unless anyone can say otherwise. 
 * I'd just assumed that if Spain had already settled the Cape Verde Islands, then the coast up until there would be open for trade with all seafaring European nations. I apologise if I was incorrect in that assumption. Is northern Morocco okay? Callumthered (talk)
 * Hamburger Dip: Oldenburg is offered membership in the German Union.
 * Japan (Ashikaga Clan): We fix up our roads and add outposts in different areas just to watch out for more enemies trying to attack us. We build up our economy by fixing trade routes to the Usegi state. Around our capital city we continue to build a giant fort - walls and towers that go around the whole city. Since war is over for now, we go back to rebuilding our first college of Japan. We increase our military by adding more troops to our borders. Feeling safe we send our traders back on the roads to trade with the other states. We increase our port cities to increase trade. We declare war on Hatekeyama to take more coastal area for out nation.
 * Venetian Republic:
 * In Veneto: The Venetian Revival continues. However, some fear that conflict with the Castilians will bring an end to the revival. The Castilian attempts to disrupt Venetian trade in the western Mediterranean fail except in Castilian ports, Venice continues its dominance un-besmirched. In the east Venice ensures that Cypriot trade also is undercut, effectively ensuring that the Castilians cannot undermine the Venetian position. The Castilian trade with western Africa and Oyo is disrupted as Vencie contracts out to privateers to ensure that Castilian ships do not pass un-harassed along the western coast. Venice continues to take over the western African coastal trade using its trade connections all across Europe to build on its power in Africa. Venice also begins trading through the land route around Morocco completely to avoid the Gibralter tax, Venice offers other nations to use this route to avoid the Castilian tax on trade. The trade share of Venice and the Byzantines in the Mediterranean grows and leaves them in control of close to 40% of trade in the Mediterranean (this is due to sheer trade capacity as well as controlling key points). The trade control increases use of the Venetian Ducat and Roman Stavraton as a currency for trade, the former now being used from the Black Sea ports all around the coast of Europe to Novgorod and Moscow in the north and the latter all across the Mediterranean. Giovanni Bonmont (OTL Johannes Gutenberg) improves on the design in very simple manners and produces a few more to increase the production capacity, now a variety of books are being produced and sold to wealthy nobles and merchants across the empire. Honouring the agreement with Moscow, Venice instructs a group of traders to send salt and other goods up into Muscovite lands at favourable rates. Many Moroccans are enslaved and sold across Europe, and any troublesome Moroccans in the occupied territories face the same issue. To better deal with the issue, Moroccans are offered safety from slavery as well as a basic set of rights if they convert to Christianity, additionally Muslims are given protection as long as they break no laws, and news of this is spread to Castilian Morocco and attracts many Muslims to the Venetian lands out of faith. Many native coastal vessels are also attacked and have their goods stolen. The actions make trade along the western coast of Africa perilous for African traders and some decide to resort back to inland trading completely. Meanwhile, Republican reforms are being enforced, as all across the Empire various new laws come into place that spread Venetian Democracy across the lands. Venice accepts the trade deals from Austria and Gorizia, ending the trade blockade between the Austrian influenced Germans and Venice. With the blockade ending, Venetian and Austrian markets boom with wealth. Venetian merchants flood also to Bavaria to the market in Landshut. The german states has become the second wealthiest region of trade for Venice. Venice considers that the newest arrangements with Austria might merit an invite to the Mediterranean Trade League. Venice reaps the reward of being one of four official Christian trade partners with the Mamluks, Venice becomes overflowing with silks and spices, and trade revenue increases even more. Meanwhile, several Venetian traders follow the Oyo ship to their lands, and begin to trade heavily with them, they offer twice what Castile is paying for gold and ivory, effectively taking over the gold and ivory trade while also bringing in slaves to europe. Further Venetian wealth floods into Oyo and many merchants who travel the african coast learn not to harass Oyo vessels. Eco-turn
 * In Porto Tolle: Trade continues to flow to Italy, Milan and Austria. Porto Tolle becomes a key point via which those opposed to the new Kingdom of Italy leave the Kingdom for brighter prospects across the Mediterranean.
 * In Istra: Terrano wine increases in price due to the demand with grape growers and wine merchants finding it difficult to quench the thirst of Hungary. Various goods leave the nation for Hungary and Venice, such as lime, cement, bricks and stone as well as these wine unique to the region known as Terrano wine is sold almost exclusively in Hungary and Venice.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports: The school in Saranda now has a developed society of apprentices and masters in various crafts, soon enough there will be journeymen too to fill the gap between the two. The larger city guard continues to suppress artisans, and soon enough the Potensa is replaced with a new one. The new Potensa declares he will be creating a Sigiƚàr Collegantia to unite the artisans and merchants of Saranda, however, not to undermine the trade and influence of Saranda like guilds do. Titani exports fine clothes and furniture across the Mediterranean. Preveza has continues recruiting masters and begins training its first apprentices. Salted fish, furniture and fine clothes are traded particularly this year with the Romans, Mamluks and Italy, the new trade league carries goods far though bringing them to Aragon as well.
 * In the Peloponnese: Argos continues renovations and the Peloponnese trade fleet takes products from the local area to the Hungarians and Austrians in the west. Olive oil and wine are exported this year, mainly along land routes to Byzantine Greece.
 * In Attica: Marathon's port acts as a reasonable port, mostly gaining wealth from traders and warships that stay in the harbour and spend money in the local market. Trade, however, generates a lot of wealth with the Attican fleet, now three ships strong taking wool and grain to the Roman Empire and Black Sea ports.
 * In Morocco: The Venetians begin to impose their rule, the Moroccans are becoming less discontented. Some favour the rule of Venice due to the turmoil that Morocco is declining into and their leniency toward Muslims compared to other Christian states. The slave trade booms in Morocco after the first flux of slaves from the initial conquest but now turn to the west African coast for slaves, they attack African vessels (not North African) that they come across and seize their goods and enslave the young while killing the old and fragile. They also raid the west African coast for slaves and burn many coastal settlements. This ruthless exploitation is sanctioned by the Doge in order to secure the western coast for future expansion and trade domination, having heard of rich gold deposits in Africa. Slaves are traded far and wide, but mainly to Portugal, Byzantium and Aragon. Venetian Morocco expands to the southern coast by 1000 sq km.
 * Epirote Republic: The subsidy for goods and the road have worked in the favour of Epirus, allowing them to take over the Epirote trade in goat's meat, feta cheese and wool, these goods are exported to Italy, the Romans, Hungary and Austria. Eco-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * Province of Aegina: The Doge grants them money to double their defences and soon enough Aegina has 40 guards to protect it. Trade continues with grains and figs heading to the Romans, Italy and Mamluks. Eco-turn
 * Free Port of Athens: Trade with Portugal and Aragon continues and with the Mediterranean Trade League lessening competition, Athens looks into Black Sea trade which is now being called the "Golden Sea" in Athens for its wealth in trade. Athens trades with Wallachia and Georgia, keeping its investments on the safe side. Mil-turn
 * Province of Candia: Candia is running out of spare land for immigrants, and should run out in a years time. Seeing Cyprus as a naval rival, Candia decides to convert its military fleet into a combined fleet like Venice and most of its fellow vassals. Ten more ships are brought bringing the number to 80 ships, and now with them being used for trading, the trade power of Candia increases. Trade through Candia grows and Candian wines, olives and oil, pungent cheeses and candied citron peels are traded primarily this year with the Romans, Mamluks and Wallachia. Candian trade now also favours stopping in the Crimea and Georgia and in the west they stop in Aragon. Mil-turn
 * Corfiot Protectorate: With the finishing line for the forts in two years, the construction drags on but many passers-by and travellers are awed by the fortified isle and the line of forts and many share tales of the island of turrets and towers far and wide. Corfiot wine and olive oil is traded through the Epirote Free Ports and finds profit in Aragon, Austria and Italy. Mil-turn
 * Province of Kaffa: Kaffa the city is now a pivotal point in Black Sea trade and is known as the Venice of the Black Sea, especially since Venetian architecture is becoming more prominent as the newer buildings of the city are constructed under instruction from Venetian masters. The Kaffan navy acts as the crux of the salt trade in the Black Sea. Wines, crops and iron from Kaffa are traded to the Byzantines (specifically the Byzantines in Crimea but the rest as well), Jochid Ulus, Wallachians, Georgians, Ottomans and Muscovy, in order of trade volume. Trade also reaches the Mamluks. The Kaffa salt trade continues to make the region prosper and most of the salt trade ends up in Venice but also Constantinople although some is diverted to Moscow. Eco-turn
 * Naxian Protectorate: The Doge attainders all the rebellious Hospitalers' lands and executes the ring leaders but offers the rest to work for the new republican regime, and states that loyal servants will be granted back their lands. As the republican reforms are implemented, merchants consider returning to Naxos. Mil-turn
 * Province of Negroponte: Mining continues at good levels supporting spending in the city. The interest on the state debt is paid. Negropontean lignite, iron, nickel and marble are traded with Venice and Rome almost exclusively. With the dawn of the Mediterranean Trade League, profits rise as Constantinople becomes completely open for the various metal and mineral trades. Eco-turn
 * Free Port of Ragusa: The Mediterranean Trade League causes a boom in Ragusa, helping to ease the transition into vassalage for many Ragusans. The Ragusan fleet heads east and decides to try to maximise trade with the east, they begin to gather spices and silks from across the Mamluk ports and bring them to Venice for trade across Europe. Eco-turn
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. We continue work on a central trade road that connects the capital cities of Bengal, Arakan, Koch, Aohm, and Orissa together in order to better movement of goods and missionaries. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. A series of less progressive reforms take place under the new Sultan, which bars unlanded merchants who are Hindu from trading outside of the Bengal Sultanate and its vassals.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Maharaja of Koch: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Mahraja of Koch begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Swargadeo of Ahom: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Yucatan: We move to recover our empire by invading the closest state, and begin forming alliances with others.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church. A plan to return Pomerania to the HRE falls through due to the steadily increasing population of Western Church followers who are justifiably afraid of what the bigoted Catholics will do to them.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. (1000 sq km). The population of Castile officially reaches about 4.3 million and continues to grow rapidly thanks to a sharp increase in agricultural production. The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed. A heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizeable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.7 million and growing. The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. Castile also begins to fully establish its trade dominance in the Atlantic using its large battle fleet to not only enforce maritime laws and then increasing taxes through Gibraltar. Along with this the Castilian trade fleet begins more aggressive trading policies and begins to maintain its dominance in its own locale.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns Cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Emir, however, managed to maintain a favorable position with both denominations and hold the country together effectively through careful management. The Emir Ahmed now with multiple children from Castilian noble who offered his daughter knowing that the Emir is secretly Christian begins a process of converting Granada into a Principality rather than an Emirate showing its closer connection to Europe as well as Castile in general. While there is an uproar over the beginning of a conversion to a Principality, the amount of highly powerful Christian settlers or knights and the vast loyalty many of the Emir's men have to their leader prevent anything from breaking out. Some issues break out more toward the coast but they are quelled quickly as the Emir begins his long road to conversion from Emirate to principality (the more European term). The long term situation of this plan had led to the beginning of it moving much more smoothly than intended.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  Policing is left up to local organization sanctioned by King Matthias of Cyprus. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Newly created kingdom of Morocco led by a highly trusted castilian noble is begins to secure its borders and begins a massive internal campaign to not only convert thousands of people, but to expand the Christian presence. This presence is heavily expanded by the Knights Hospitaller who with a force of nearly 10,000 strong are the main force behind the new kingdom. The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted while multiple other Muslims are killed in campaigns by the Knights. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situtation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom begins a steady economic process with its trade and regularly begins to arrest people (mostly Muslims) for crimes and selling them as slaves on the market. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area. The estimated population of the Christian Kingdom of Morocco is somewhere near 150,000 but officialls seem unsure. The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accomodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begans to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice asks that:
 * Castile stand down from its attempts to steal the western Mediterranean trade from Venice,the Mediterranean Trade League as well as other local traders.
 * Venice also asks that Castile cease the attempts to enforce Castilian standards at sea, where it holds absolutely no dominion.
 * Venice further also asks that Castile cease taxing goods through Gibralter at a high rate, it is effectively cutting off much trade from the Mediterranean to Western and Northern Europe.
 * Venice states that Castile must declare the intention of its aggressive actions or Venice will be left without direction on policy toward Castile.
 * Venice calls on its allies, both trade and military, to pressure Castile to stop its aggression.
 * Hamburger Diplomacy: Hamburg calls upon Castile to follow Venice's requests. Until done so, Hamburger trade with Castile will cease.
 * The North Sea Trade Alliance (England, UNC, Hamburg, Holland, and Prussia): The NSTA voices its concerns over the heavy handed measures of Castile. Castile is gently reminded that the North Sea and the areas of the Atlantic near Albion, are under the protection of the NSTA and its founding member of Albion. Any attack on trade in the region can be perceived as an attack upon the sovereign crown of Albion. Albion stresses this is a cautionary move. The NSTA would like Castile to acknowledge NTSA dominion in the North, and to not be unjust with taxation. Much Albionic trade flows through Gibraltar, and we wish to keep it that way.
 * 'Koryak Confederation : The Confederation officially gains the allegiance of most of the chiefs in Kamchatka through the use of military force. A council of the most powerful is formed and starts organizing and building a more centralized state. Following a trader's observation of iron-smelting techniques in Korea, the Koryak Confederation begins experimental iron and gold mining, followed by the successful creation of iron weapons. The Confederation also begins construction of larger ships to replace the relatively small kayaks presently in use. Horses begin to replace reindeer as a means of transport, with reindeer being relegated to livestock. Cows, chickens, and silkworms also arrive. Significant work to improve the nation's infrastructure is undertaken, especially the construction of roads, shipyards and smelting furnaces. The Koryaks also begin large-scale agriculture for the first time, growing rice and wheat along the coast. As a result of the increase in the complexity of the Confederation's affairs, writing is used for the first time to chronicle events and, soon, to record legends. Copied Japanese glyphs are used. Fishermen stay year-round on Sakhalin Island, where they trade with local people and establish a fortified camp.  Meanwhile, Koryak tribes reaching the Chukchi peninsula to the North of Kamchatka. They begin exerting cultural influence on the tribes of the area. (Year One of Four). Timber buildings come into widespread use. Buddhism arrives and begins to gain popularity. Interest in further modernization results in traders being sent south to Japan, Korea, and China for the purpose of establishing trade links. Silver currency comes into widespread use.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: Georgia, along with Armenia, Gordyene, Adiabene, and Ardalan, continues fighting in Azerbaijan. Jarishuri and Azbanak pike squares break through Azeri lines along the Kura, pressing forward to besiege the Azeri capital at Shirvan. In Ossetia, Prince Alexandre manages to crush one of the two primary opponents to Georgian suzerainty in the field, breaking a rebel army at the Battle of Dzaug's Settlement; he estimates that Ossetia will be vassalized next year.
 * Georgian Diplomacy: Georgia offers a peace proposal to Azerbaijan and the Jochid Ulus, ending the war in exchange for territorial concessions by the Azeris.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we AGAIN offer a trade pact to the Chagatai khanate in order to strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, (Needs mod response) and continue influencing them (Year Thirteen out of 17) The Timurid Emperor pushes the funding of roads and connections toward India as well as decreasing the taxes for the more and more autonomous western provinces. Princess Esther, current wife of Junayd Safavi gives birth to a girl, which further strengthens the ties between the Timurids and Safavids, hopefully ensuring peace in the Empire. Also, the young girl is promised to Ghiyath al-Din's youngest son, as he is one of the Sunni Nobles which have been growing in power for the last few years. As IOUs continue growing in popularity we start issuing more and more of them every month. Debates about wether IOUs or their successors could and/or should become an official currency in the Empire grow.  As prince Aryan is soon reaching marital age the arrangement of a royal marriage between Draka's prince Aryan and Rao Rid Mal's daughter is  AGAIN   offered (Needs mod response). As our trade pacts are a success we carry on rebuilding our connections to the Indian nations.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the newly created trade agreements
 * Chagatai likes trade ... marriage offer is a yes unless someone tells me something I don't know. -MP
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Influence is exerted on our former rival of Lithuania (~eight turns). The city of Moscow continues to expand, one half of the new plans completed. With a newly formed centralized capital, the population of Moscow increases to 600,000. Larger ports and dry docks are constructed in the city of Odessa, for easier accessibility for merchants and to allow for faster and more efficient construction of vessels. Military development continues. Expansion to the east continues by 2500 km (30 px) just bypassing the expansion of the Golden Horde and now into Siberia.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed,  with forty large carracks being finished, and by 1441 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany. Continuing in 1441, Albert II announces his interests in sending certain vessels around the coasts of Africa. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 61% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, the young Prince Charles exhibits signs of sickness.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1441, the total class amounts to about 1370 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm.
 * Munster:  Henry II of Moers  asks Hesse if he would like to be allies with his country. At age 20 Arnold's son Evert asks the daughter of the king of Utrecht to marry him. We build up our military by drafting a boarder control team. We expand our economy by using the printing pess to make more newspapers. Our nation changes their flag to black, green, purple with a wolf on it. The King starts the production of the biggest Sedevacantist church in the country.
 * Crossed out since Scarlet has decided to switch to a different nation.
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The World Exploration Council continues to expand influence after the massive success of the African Trade delegations. Further exploration and perhaps the formation of a trade outpost are considered for the future. King Edward IV continues to push for English to be used as the primary language at the court. North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Remaining Norman influences are persecuted and purged by the people. In May, the King, Edward IV dies. His son Prince Edmund of Yorkshire ascends to the throne as King Edmund I. The coronation is held in Edinburgh, Scotland instead of London, due the Prince having lived and worked in Scotland for a number of years. He will travel to York in the fall, Then tour Ulster, Dublin, Munster, Cardiff, and the Isle of Mann before returning to London to attend to affairs of State.
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. The King of Albion meets with Irish diplomats to discuss the conflicts in England. Dublin prepares for the arrival of the New King. A large welcome party is present at the harbour.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The King visits Cardiff to the presence of a large parade in his honour.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu expands 5000 km sq into interior Sakhalin and sends ambassadors to the Koryaks. 
 * UNC: The UNC works on expanding its economy this year, its navy becoming a major focus. Several ships are built this year to guard trade routes in and around the North Sea. The UNC decides to expand some of its operations in Greenland. The Hamburg offers are accepted. Western Christianity begins to make its way into the UNC, experiencing a vast amount of growth in the UNC's vassals and parts of southern Denmark. The UNC continues influencing Hansa, vassalizing it this year.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north (by 14 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov in the year 1445, Yaroslavl in the year 1446, and Tver in the year 1447.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Brabant-Hainaut-Holland: The war for Netherlander autonomy continues, with some more loses south of the Rhine along the borders of Brabant, and Hainaut, troops from Flanders are sent to re-inforce the borders, with the smaller states now at risk, The General Estates make another request for them to supply troops and join the war for independence. North of the rhine General Estate forces prove much more successful with two german incursions being expelled. The war is starting to take its toll on the aging Engelburt, and Karl van Nassau is giving more duties which he deals with from Ghent as his wife have a child named Maurice van Nassau-Orleans as tribute to his mother;'s family and to strengthen ties with the French. Tinkering with the Arquebus to bring it up to standards with the match lock schematics continue with a proto type nearly done. The troops look anxiously at this with the hopes that itll prove a new tool to crush the advancing Austrians. Navl expansion continues with operations throughout Western Europe continuing to break Austrian trade west of the straits of Gilbratar. Trade continues as does banking activities.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. Displeased by further news of rebellion and religious tension in the Lowlands, a second company of soldiers is deployed to aid the German forces operating in the area. During the 1441 campaign veteran soldiers begin sporting dark colors as a form of rank, but most importantly, serving to help disguise soldiers on the field of battle when not in an engagement. Comprised mostly of Landsknechts and veteran soldiers, armed with pikes, Zweihänders, and halberdiers for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry, our forces continue to skirmish with the Dutch rebels, and advise the local lords. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. Having broken the siege in Liege, German soldiers march into the southern Netherlands. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Plans are made for the construction of a shipyard there in future years. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. In Austria a joint stock company known as the Trieste Company is formed as a private trading company, hoping to take part in recent economic activities in Europe and Africa. The company establishes outposts in Trieste and Melilla, trading with several nations of the Mediterranean. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, and others. We continue influencing Strassburg, and Metz. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand. We accept the alliance offer from the nation of Baden. Albert II’s first daughter, Anne, turns fourteen, while his two sons; George and Otto, turn seven and one years of age respectively.
 * Salzburg: The Prince-Archbishopric of Salzburg orders the training of levies to be used in war. Military and economy is expanded.
 * Gorizia: The nation’s fields are expanded to allow for greater agricultural yields. Trade begins with nearby nations, including Venice and Milan. Military and economy is expanded. We ask for a trade agreement with Venice.
 * Augsburg: The Mixed Imperial City of Augsburg encourages the growth of industry, producing large quantities of woven goods, cloth and textiles. The city of Augsburg is established as a major city of the Holy Roman Empire through the creation of several banking and financial institutions. We grow economically through trade routes with Austria, Bavaria, and other German states. Augsburg purchases several printing presses, for use in financial bookkeeping and records. Military and economy is expanded. Finances are provided to the newly formed Trieste Company to help grow the company, with several shares of the company being sold to Augsburg bankers.
 * Aquila: Ties grow between Austria through trade and the use of our ports. We finish constructing a shipyard to further facilitate trade and shipbuilding, allowing for the production of several new ships. Permission is granted by Austria to begin constructing bimereiches regularly.
 * Bohemia: Military and economy is expanded.
 * Moravia: Having recently acquired the title of Margrave of Moravia, Albert II tightens his grip over the regions of Brandenburg and Luxembourg. Military and economy is expanded.
 * Brandenburg: Military and economy is expanded.
 * Luxembourg: Military and economy is expanded.
 * Saxony: Military and economy is expanded. We begin rebuilding our nation in the aftermath of the recent war. The elector of Saxony pledges fealty to the Holy Roman Emperor, and to Austria itself, to which he is a vassal.
 * Mainz: Having sworn fealty to Albert II, the nation of Mainz begins expanding military to defend the Holy Roman Empire. After receiving funds from the emperor himself and several other intrigued and influential members of the empire, Gutenberg continues to develop his printing press device. His printing of the Bible becomes popular, with dozens of copies being printed. The printing press is sold among our allies and to wealthy patrons.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to profit from trade, and the Imperial Bank continues to consolidate its assets in order to better manage the treasury of the Empire. In order to maintain the University of Constantinople as the most prestigious center of education in Europe, the Empire purchases a printing press from the Venetians who invented it. The device is then put to use to make books for students to read. Printed books become an expensive luxury good valued amongst the nobility. The Khan's son continues his education, and continues to learn Mathematics as well as some important languages. During a horse race at the Hippodrome, he meets a Syrian merchant by the name of Hassan, and the two quickly become friends. In military news, the armed forces begin to train with the new Walloon arquebuses purchased from the Netherlands. Gunsmiths in the Empire are instructed to learn the mechanisms behind such weapons and how to reproduce them. After some time of debate and what not, the Empire decides to deport the remaining members of the Lusignan family who once ruled Cyprus in return for a marriage between the Emperor's son Michael and Princess Marie of France. Don't delete my posts, I am ticked off ...
 * Colorado Confederation: Centralization and infrastructure build up (build up and improvement of towns, roads and trade routes), and seeking trading continue.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo's conquest of Benin continues as planned, with the destruction of countless Benin temples, and the deportation of Benin subjects, depopulating the anti-Oyo region, and freeing up the land for the Oyo loyalists. Production cannon continue under Akitunde, as well as the enhancement of the scribe's copying tool. The production of stronger and larger ships by the Oyo begin, especially once cannon have been mounted onto the ships. The Alaafin is pleased with the reports of his new "warships" as the shipbuilders have taken to calling them. The Lati Rii Daju is invoked for the first time by one of the subjects of Oyo, who have asked for a court hearing after a fellow Oyo, a Muslim, sought to punish his wife for not wearing a hear covering in his presense. The Muslim Oyo is punished in accordance with the Lati Rii Daju which outlaws any hinderance of another man's ability to worship his God. Though many Muslims are unhappy with the defeat, they as well as their Christian neighbors, are happy that their rights to fair trial and jury have been codified into a document for their protection. The court hearing does more to bring the nation together as a unit as they come to venerate the document as the source of their freedoms and protections, and also come to view on another as fellow Oyo as opposed to Christian and Muslim. With the Lati Rii Daju in effect, the Oyo view the document as the source of power in the empire, not the sufis, bishops, or nobles. This does much to enlighten many to fight for their rights as opposed to their lords, though by extension, their lords protect their rights. Oyo expands its military, economy, and infrastructure.
 * Cahokia: After a period of leaderless uncertainty, the Cahokian people begin to stand together as one and get back on their feet. A young, yet ambitious tribesman called Rektaw the Proud emerges as a potential leader for the Cahokians and starts to rally his people. When he's not putting down small rebellions, Rektaw spends his days orchestrating a nation-wide recovery of infrastructure. He plans to organize a more cohesive farming industry to satisfy a soon to be growing population. Infrastructure and military are expanded.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Moundville in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Moundville assists in nation-wide recovery. Moundville is instrumental in the upcoming food production overhaul and prepares for it. Military and infrastructure are expanded.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Etowah in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Etowah assists in nation-wide recovery. Etowah's main focus is scouting eastward for richer forest as current stockpiles and nearby forests are proving unsustainable. Etowah expands to the east. Military and infrastructure are expanded.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia):  Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Parkin in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Parkin assists in nation-wide recovery. Parkin's focus is to close the gap between its own borders and those of Cahokia. It centers its resources on organizing a small military force to satisfy the impending needs of expansion, utilizing leadership assests from Cahokia. Military and infrastructure are expanded.
 * Cahokian Diplomacy: Emissaries are sent out to the Iroquois Confederation and Zapotec Alliance in order to establish inital diplomatic contact (friendly). We request an alliance and trade rights with these two civilizations.
 * Milan: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. We upgrade economy and military, as do our vassals. We ask for an alliance with the nation of Naples to ensure the safety and tranquility of Italy from foreign invasion.
 * Unfortunately, after a long and fruitful rule, the prince of Pskov dies in his sleep. The Veche then elects Artem Leonidovich Zaytsev as Artem Leonidovich I Zaytsev, By the will of the Veche and the people Knyaz(Knyaginia) of Psov, Confidante to the Muscovian Grand Duke and Head of His mint. After signing the Ryad of Pskov that granted him almost unilateral decision-making with the consent of the Posadnik on the changing of the  national symbols (coats of arms, etc ...) He, after an extensive period of designing, decides to adopt a personal coat of arms and somewhat redesign the state symbols for the Prince of Pskov, his emmisaries, and starts flying the newly designed Princely standard over his residence. Printing kicks off after a bit of stagnation after the church asks Bordukov to print them a few gospels or apostles ... if he can ... and its a resounding success, not only did he manage to give them 20 of each in less time  that it takes to copy half of a gospel, but spell-checked and with little to no errors, the church decides to endorse his new machine, and soon, he starts to print many more editions of his favorite relitious and secular texts, who the people buy up happily, as literacy rates are quite high in Novgorod and Pskov at this time compared to the rest of the world. Employees in the Print shop begin to see their work, typesetting and printing, as another form of art and handicraft, something Pskov will be most greatful for. Some printed books are sent to Moscow for sale, to try to make more money. However, only a few wealthy landowners buy them, so it's mostly a bust. The legal code is updated and put in the Residence of the Prince, who the Veche decides to put inside the Kremlin after building up defences, with the current plan to build a second wall around the Kremlin (OTL it went up to five walls). Eco-turn. Novgorod, Poland, Lithuania, Prussia and the Golden Horde are all invited by Emissaries of the Prince of Pskov to adopt the zolotnik currency in order to facilitate trade between the great nations of Eastern Europe and northwestern Asia and/or name the Prince of Pskov as the head of their respective mints in order to facilitate the consistency and reliability of the currency.
 * The Mamluk Sultanate continues its war in Nubia. This is the final year of the massive conflict, which has eliminated three-fourths of the remaining Christian population, reducing the Christians to only 10%. The war brings large numbers of ethnic Arabs into Nubia, which is re-annexed (if it even did declare independence). The embargo of Ethiopia continues, harsher than ever, although the war has ended. We attempt to re-establish good relations with Yemen and Oman, and pay reparations, as well as granting them trade rights in Arabia and Mesopotamia. We also help them stabilize their nations. Segregation continues, with Christian districts emerging in the poor parts of local towns. We begin to re-influence al-Sumal, using economic diplomacy. al-Mansur continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates, and the new trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. As the Mamluks begin to regain their power, the pride in the central region, called the Mashriq, continues. Many Mesopotamians call for unification, and the Sultan begins to entertain the idea. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh. Education at both universities (Alexandria and Damascus) continues strongly. Research into mills for the Nile continue. Cotton growing becomes an important industry. Greater interaction with the Venetians has resulted in an interest in learning Latin, which catches on in some regions. Mesopotamia begins to pay attention to the intellectual movement in the Mamluk state. As a result, construction on the University of Baghdad continues. In addition, the ideas of Saadiq Assaf begin to spread among the local clergy. All Burji states grow militarily as tensions appear to pick back up. Ifat and Socotra both expand by 10,000 sq km. The successes of the Sultanate comes to a crashing halt as, in late November, Sultan al-Mansur Mostafa Hazem dies. Physicians announce that his heart gave up, tormented by the rebellions in Arabia. The Caliph denounces all rebel leaders and condemns them. The Crown Prince, Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf is slated for coronation in January.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, coming to rival Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the arts and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age. Aragon does not seek to be caught in the trade conflict between Venice and Castile and urges both sides to reach a mutually beneficial agreement. However, Aragon does also ask Castile to lower the taxes on Gibraltar through trade.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.

1442
'''The community of Rauma, Finland is granted its town rights. The municipality of Juva, Finland is founded.'''

Vlad II Dracul is temporarily replaced as ruler of Wallachia by his son Mircea.

A fourth tower is added to Liverpool Castle.

Jelena Balšić completes writing the Gorički zbornik manuscripts at her church of St Mary on the island of Beška in the Serbian Despotate.

'''Trading ships from Sunda arrive on the North Shore of OTL Bathurst Island off North Australia, having been blown off course in a cyclone. There they encounter the Tiwi people. Forced to spend several months repairing their ships, they develop ties to a local villiage called Marrikuwyanga. By the time the ship has finished, several of the crew have decided to remain in the Tiwi Islands and marry local women - including the ship;’s first mate, who marries the only daughter of the local chief after impressing him with exotic metal goods from Southeast Asia. The rest of the merchants return to Sunda, having loaded the ship with some of the exotic Eucalyptus hardwood timber from the island, which they think will fetch a good price in Sunda. The elderly chief soon dies, leaving the Sundan first mate as his de facto heir and planting the seed of statehood on the Tiwi Islands.'''

'''Several neutral states in the Lowlands finally swear fealty to the Dutch separatists, either pressured by fear of rebellion, or hoping to gain power in the new government that is forming. Of the states to secede include the nations of Guelders, Namur, Limburg, and Breda, who for all intents and purposes are to be considered vassals of Holland until the establishment of a unified government, or one in which they are represented.'''


 * Failure to adhere to these reasonable requests will result in action to protect the hegemony and trade interests of Venice, the Mediterranean Trade League as well as others affected by the attempt to make the Atlantic Coast a Castilian gulf. Venice calls on its allies to stand in support of defending the right of various nations to trade without having to face Castilian aggression.
 * ​ ​ ​Ashikaga Dip:  The Shogun suggests greater collaboration between us, as a union between us would ensure dominance over rival lords.
 * Yamana Dip: The Daimyo believes that friendship with the Shogun is useful as it will allow the Yamana Clan to expand within the realm without threat from the Shogun.
 * Ashikaga Dip: The Shogun asks the Daimyo to recognise the Shogun's right to a sphere of influence in the North of the islands of Japan, with the Daimyo exercising control of the Southern half.
 * Ashikaga Dip: The Shogun asks the Daimyo to recognise the Shogun's right to a sphere of influence in the North of the islands of Japan, with the Daimyo exercising control of the Southern half.

1443
'''The famine in China begins to ease with infrastructure points returning to their full value. However, the strain on the economy and lack of grain keeps economic points low.'''

Concerned by the rapid rise of royal French power, Brittany forms alliances with states to the south of France should the French Crown try to expand in those areas.

'''The Eucalyptus wood from the Tiwi Islands is greeted ecstatically by Sundan artisans, and one of the pieces even intrigues the king. More ships are sent back to Marrikuwuyanga to buy more of the precious wood. Finding a Sundan now in control of the local population and claiming the land as his property, the Sundans agree to prop him up as “King” and help him gain more control over the rest of the islands '''.

'''On the other side of the continent, in the lands of the Tharawal, small villages of permanent humpies grow alongside the new eel farms. The couple who made the first of the new eel farms have expanded their humpy greatly, to such an extent that people can almost stand upright inside it.'''

King Sejong the Great establishes Hangul as the native alphabet of the Korean language.

The Buddhist Zhihua Temple (智化寺) is built in Beijing at the order of Wang Zhen, chief eunuch at the court of the Emperor of Ming Dynasty China.

Azerbaijan accepts the Georgian peace treaty.

1444
'''With relatively little help in the form of iron weapons from their Sundan friends, the Marrikuwuyanga quickly asserts its supremacy over Bathurst Island, with the Sundan first mate styling himself as the “Marrikuwuyanga Emperor”. The Sundans help construct a port to support the shipment of Eucalyptus wood.'''

The Marrikuwuyanga state continues to solidify as the new “Emperor” signs an exclusive contract allowing Sunda exclusive rights to export timber from the Tiwi islands - which they pay a handsome price for, as they can sell Eucalyptus wood products for even more money in Asia.

A serious fire occurs at Old St Paul's Cathedral in London.

The Iguvine Tablets are discovered at Gubbio, Italy.


 * What is this with Vlad II Dracul ruling Wallachia? Michael was never killed in battle with the Ottomans as happened in the OTL. Also, Mircea I never had a son named Radu, only fathering Michael. Stephanus rex (talk) 01:34, March 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * Another event copied from OTL.--Collie Kaltenbrunner (talk) 07:00, March 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * ​It is defunct for several reasons and should be removed. Stephanus rex (talk) 13:55, March 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * It has been removed. - Mscoree
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them (Year Fourteen out of 17) The Timurid Emperor pushes the funding of roads and connections toward India as well as decreasing the taxes for the more and more autonomous western provinces. Also, the young girl is promissed to Ghiyath al-Din's youngest son, as he is one of the Sunni Nobles which have been growing in power for the last few years. As IOUs continue growing in popularity we start issueing more and more of them every month, and the Timurid paper factories grow. Debates about wether IOUs or their successors could and/or should become an official currency in the Empire continue. As prince Aryan's marriage is settled with Rao Rid Mal's daughter the ties between the Empire and Marwar grow. As our trade pacts are a success we carry on rebuilding our connections to the Indian nations.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the newly created trade agreements
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Ming China: Continues to reform. The Zhengtong Emperor continues the policy of seeking "wen" (knowledge) over "wu" (violence). However, that does not mean that the military is neglected. However, he continues to replace many powerful figures with others of lesser birthright but great capabilities. Minor revolts spring up due to this policy but the majority of the population is happy with the change. It also lessens corruption greatly. The naval facilities in the ChangJiang are expanded. Korea, Qara Del, Haixi and Tainan expand their economies. Lao Xing is influenced further and becomes a vassal of China and relations with the Emperor, Kyushu and Vietnam grow warmer and warmer. The Japanese Royal Family and Chinese Royal Family celebrate the wedding of the Zhengtong Emperor's son and the granddaughter of the late Emperor Suko, thus unifying the two royal families. The third cousin of the Zhengtong Emperor discovers he is infertile after numerous years of trying and thus it is decreed after his death that the lands shall go to the Celestial Kingdom.
 * Sicily improves its infrastructure.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. (1000 sq km).  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed. A heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizeable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.7 million and growing. The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. Castile eases its taxes on Gibraltar but requests that Venice ceases to undercut Castile's trade influence in the Atlantic area (which I have a large stake in, it's detrimental to my economy if you keep trying to shove me out.) We are looking to remain allies but your continuing to undermine my trade in the area does not help our relations much. (Also, for future notice, I've been taxing through Gibraltar for a while but it wasn't high.) Castile recognizes England's trade hegemony but requests that England recognize Castile's trade dominion over the portions of the Atlantic extending from Castile all the way down to the Capo Verde colony.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns Cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Emir, however, managed to maintain a favorable position with both denominations and hold the country together effectively through careful management. The Emir Ahmed now with multiple children from Castilian noble who offered his daughter knowing that the Emir is secretly Christian begins a process of converting Granada into a Principality rather than an Emirate showing its closer connection to Europe as well as Castile in general. While there is an uproar over the beginning of a conversion to a Principality, the amount of highly powerful Christian settlers or knights and the vast loyalty many of the Emir's men have to their leader prevent anything from breaking out. Some issues break out more toward the coast but they are quelled quickly as the Emir begins his long road to conversion from Emirate to principality (the more European term). The long term situation of this plan had led to the beginning of it moving much more smoothly than intended.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  Policing is left up to local organization sanctioned by King Matthias of Cyprus. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Newly created kingdom of Morocco led by a highly trusted castilian noble is begins to secure its borders and begins a massive internal campaign to not only convert thousands of people, but to expand the Christian presence. This presence is heavily expanded by the Knights Hospitaller who with a force of nearly 10,000 strong are the main force behind the new kingdom. The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted while multiple other Muslims are killed in campaigns by the Knights. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situtation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom begins a steady economic process with its trade and regularly begins to arrest people (mostly Muslims) for crimes and selling them as slaves on the market. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area. The estimated population of the Christian Kingdom of Morocco is somewhere near 150,000 but officialls seem unsure. The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accomodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begans to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice is glad of the lowering of the tax through Granada but states that this does not give Castile the right to continue its other detrimental actions. Venice will continue to undercut Castilian trade unless the Castilians reasonably respond and stop attempting to undermine the sovereignty and trade of other nations. Castile must send a delegate to agree and sign a treaty in the Coixa and invites others to sign as supporters of the agreement to bring peace:
 * Castile stand down from its attempts to steal the western Mediterranean trade from Venice, the Mediterranean Trade League as well as other local traders.
 * Venice also asks that Castile cease the attempts to enforce Castilian standards at sea, where it holds absolutely no dominion.
 * Venice further also asks that Castile completely cease taxing goods through Gibralter and trying to enforce Castilian laws on the sea. It is hampering and in some cases effectively cutting off much trade from the Mediterranean to Western and Northern Europe.
 * Castile must recognise that the trader and goods of the Northern Sea Trade League and Mediterranean Trade League are protected and regulated by their members and not bound by taxes or laws of Castile unless docked in Castilian ports.
 * Venice: KunarianTALK 18:13, March 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * Castile:  (I'll agree but I'm not going to cut off taxation. Through Gibraltar I've been doing it since I captured the area but I won't be supertaxing anything. You must stop in the port to be taxed.)
 * Italy:
 * Hamburg: I am that guy (talk) 18:16, March 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * (Insert your nation and signature here in support)
 * Munster (In Ireland): Limited trade continues with West African nations. However, it begins to stop due to the increasing prevailance of Islam in Oyo. The rebellion continues, yet it becomes clear that the Kings-Men have the upper hand. The war with the rebels ends, with them being vanquished, and Henry D'Arcy and his cronies executed. The war was won due to the levies' modern weapons and the bravery of the Garda Slavacha. The levies continue to be equipped with the pikes and warhammers that have served them so well in the rebellion. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. The northern expansion, hampered temporarily by the war begins again. Fionn's journal is assembled into a book, "Tales of Eire" (title in English, as I don't know Old Gaelic). Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. (Mil-turn)
 * ​Leinster: Leinster rebuilds after the civil war. D'Arcy's cronies are executed, and a pro-Munster government is instated, under Thomas II, son of King Eamon. Leinster rejoins the Confederation of Ireland, and joins the United Kingdoms of Greater Albion. The trade that has been so instrumental in improving Munster begins to spread to Leinster. (Eco-Turn)
 * Yamana Clan: Daimyo Yamana Tokihiro of the Yamana Clan passes away in the late spring of 1442. He is succeeded to by his son Yamana Mochitoyo. The new Daimyo has large ambitions for his clan. He starts to reform the army into a more organized state. He implements new training policies to improve the discipline of the army. The Daimyo recruits some more ashigaru from the peasants to help increase the size of the army. The Daimyo also decides to recruit some ronin into his army to further increase the size of the army. He also sends spies to the territories of the Amago clan to seek information as he is interested in declaring war upon the Amago clan. The Daimyo also sends an alliance and trade pact to the Ming Empire.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Influence is exerted on our former rival of Lithuania (~ eight turns). Expansion halts to preserve national unity. Military development continues.
 * Ulster:  We continue to vassalise Sligo. Ulsterian soldiers are moved to stabilise cities and the countryside. Trade with the Med and Greater Albion continues. We continue to work on new ship designs. Posted for Local while he is away, will be controlling his nation for the near future. Macedon_Shield.pngBow To Your Sensei. BOW TO YOUR SENSEI !!!Rome_Shield.png
 * France: After the extensive military preparation the Kingdom of France continues the war on Tunisia, in order to establish a stronger influence on the Mediterranean using the invasion of Morocco as a similar excuse to invade them, the wish of French domination of the Mediterranean starts, and the intention of capturing Tunisia is the first step toward it. King Louis, however, has its secret reason as he wants to thrust the new religious model of the kingdom by succeeding where the Catholics failed. recapturing the kingdom of Africa, as neither the Neapolitan Normands, nor King St Louis of France did, the intention is to gain as much land from them as possible and if achieved, capturing the city of Tunis, then launching France into a campaign to create seafaring superiority in the region.
 * Burgundy: Following the command of Louis, the duchy launches its own offensive from the French-held Picardie and French Flanders (now part of Burgundy) the armies begin spreading through France to reach the Mediterranean ports in order to sail southward into North Africa.
 * Berry: With the French war declaration the duchy soon sends troops in order to help the supply line to the region. Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up. The declaration of war surprises many, but many follow the king as they see the Muslim heathens receiving their punishment for not believing in the true god. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Tibet: The defenses are expanded. Tibet continues to vassalize Taungoo. The Queen  Drisana Malla gives birth to her first son  Jetsan Gyaltsen Phagmodrupa.


 * Rājya of Nepal: The economy is expanded. People start converting to Bön.
 * The Confederation of Shan States: The Confederation expands its defenses. People start converting to Bön.
 * Chutiya: Tibetan Bön monks travel to the capital Sadiya and set up a presence.
 * Hesse:  Wurzburg and  Paderborn are now vassalized into the Duchy. We begin vassalizing Berg and Munster. We accept the new trade coming through from Trier and start trading with our new fleet in Holstein. We go to Holland, France, England, and other places to pick up goods and trade from them. Meanwhile, our two caravels head into the Mediterranean. We ask Austria if we could use their colony in Morocco as a port to dock in. Twins are born this year, Heinrich III and Hermann IV.
 * Wurzburg is already a vassal of Bavaria.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, in another expedition, Nuno Tristão reaches a bay and discovers an island, apparently called Arguim. On this island, Tristão encounters a Berber village, the first permanent settlement seen by Henrique of Viseu's captains on the West African coast. Tristão immediately attacks it, taking some fourteen villagers captive and returns to Portugal with his captives.
 * County of Oldenburg: Count Dietrich is interested in the offer to join the so-called "German Union", and asks Hamburg for more information. The military is expanded a little bit from the annual tax paid by the OHG. One new cog is built to supplement the two already in operation, and it joins them in policing Oldenburg's Frisian Islands. New cannon are also bought for the army. The OHG focuses on Venetian trade this year, with whaling and sealing operations being slightly scaled back, so as not to flood the market. Prince Frederick's wife gives birth to a cute little boy, who is named Christian, after his grandfather.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The episcopal military is built up. A small monastery is opened up.
 * Hamburger Dip: The German Union is a coalition for economic prosperity and mutual assistance. So far it's comprised of Hamburg, Hesse, Bavaria and out vassals.
 * Koryak Confederacy: The Confederacy continues its shift toward a more centralized form of government as the council is replaced by a three-man triumvirate. Centralized agriculture and mining operations are greatly expanded, with gold production proving especially lucrative. Using new, larger ships, merchants are able to take loads of gold, salmon and furs south to find new trade routes. The triumvirate commissions six new, larger, junks. The wood-carving industry grows in response to the overabundance of lumber available, with ornate carvings depicting scenes and events becoming popular as status symbols. They also begin to carve walrus ivory obtained from Chukhotka. Several towns grow larger, with the capital at Nymylan on the south coast becoming grreatest.  Cultural and economic influence over Chukhotka continues to grow (Year Two of Four), while traders begin to exert influence over Evenks in the Kolmya Range (Year One of Four).  Meanwhile, fishermen abandon Sakhalin Island for preferable anchorages in the Aleutian Islands, where they expand 200 km inland.  People continue to convert to Buddhism, although many Koryaks prove resistant to the new religion. Writing use also begins to spread, becoming popularized as texts from Japan and China become available on the wider market. The population begins a meteoric rise as the food supply increases - the triumvirate begins to investigate the creation of a more effective military (Eco-turn).  Koryak Diplomacy: Offers a trade pact to Mangut Nivkhu.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues its trade. The education of the Khan's son continues, and he becomes closer to Hassan, as well as beginning to learn more in his studies. The studying of the Walloon weapons continues. Printed books continue to be a luxury.
 * Ashikaga: The Shogun begins to invest in his army, expanding the size and developing training techniques. This is funded through a new policy of taxation of the Feudal lords in the area which, although unpopular, is seen as a necessary move to expand the dominance of the Shogunate over neighbouring clans.
 * Foix: We build up our army to make a border control team. We ask France if we can be allies with them. We look to expand our lands and take over Armagnac. King John sets up a cabinet group to help him rule his country. Our economy expands with us trading with France.
 * Andorra: We build up our military and economy.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward.We expand 200 px to the North. We speed up our expansion North and East toward Lake Baikal. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We bought a printing press and take it back to Oskemen. We buy more books from China. We start influencing Chagatai Khanate and our population has became the largest of Mongol states, reaching 300,000 people.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Consolidation of Saxe-Lauenburg with Hamburg continues. The HTSC sees increased profits, thanks to direct access to the Baltic and able to mostly bypass the Øresund, and also to lowered tax on passing Gibraltar. This, and the current crisis in Holland, their main banking partner, convinces the city to establish their own bank. The Bank of Hamburg is set up in October, and business is offered with Oldenburg, Hesse, Bavaria, Austria, the UNC and others.
 * Lippe: Military and economy
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded.
 * Bavaria: We accept to do business with the Hamburger bank.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We accept your offer.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed,  with forty large carracks being finished, and by 1442 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany. Beginning in 1442,  Albert II commissions five carracks to travel around the Mediterranean.  The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 63% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, the young Prince Charles exhibits signs of sickness. Court physicians diagnose him with premature pleurisy. The young prince is not expected to live.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1442, the total class amounts to about 1370 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.
 * Chiribaya: We expand another 20 km southeast.
 * Cahokia: The Cahokians begin to become once more proud, and get back on their feet after the long droughts. Rektaw the Proud continues putting down small rebellions and rallying the people. Rektaw spends his days orchestrating a nation-wide recovery of infrastructure. He organizes a more cohesive farming industry to satisfy a growing population. Infrastructure and military are expanded. We expand 15 pixels south.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Moundville in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Moundville assists in nation-wide recovery. Moundville is instrumental in the upcoming food production overhaul and prepares for it. Military and infrastructure are expanded. We expand 10 pixels east.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Etowah in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Etowah assists in nation-wide recovery. Etowah's main focus is scouting eastward for richer forest as current stockpiles and nearby forests are proving unsustainable. Etowah expands to the east. Military and infrastructure are expanded. We expand 10 pixels east.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia):  Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Parkin in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Parkin assists in nation-wide recovery. Parkin's focus is to close the gap between its own borders and those of Cahokia. It centers its resources on organizing a small military force to satisfy the impending needs of expansion, utilizing leadership assets from Cahokia. Military and infrastructure are expanded. We expand 5 pixels west.
 * Cahokian Diplomacy: Emissaries are sent out to the Iroquois Confederation and Zapotec Alliance in order to establish initial diplomatic contact (friendly). We request an alliance and trade rights with these two civilizations.
 * Coloradian Diplomacy: We accept the alliance and trade offer with the Cahokians.
 * Aztec Empire: The Empeor Montezuma II, now 22 years of age, begins the creation of the Templo Mayor, a new wonder promised to the new belief of a sort of one almighty God compared to all the others in Aztec religion. This is being dedicated to a certain being, due to Emperor Montezuma II having a dream of an all powerful God, and constant visions to remind him of this all powerful one. For the past weeks our Emperor has visited the priests asking for an answer to these signs. The priests have given him nothing but questions for his question, continuing his curiosity of a single powerful god. In the mean time, we expand northeast by 20 pixels. We expand our economy by creating more fishing ships [9] into the Pacific Ocean. We expand our military as Cuachtemoc has it extremely orangized, sparing no expense on the Elite Warriors. Garland wars or Flower wars causes the infantry of the army to become increasened with moral and fighting dedication.
 * Tlacopan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We send economic supplies to Tenochtitlan. We expand our fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean by a moderate amount [ten], expanding our economy. We expand our military, whom is much more enthusiastic for the great capital, Tenochtitlan. We expand northwest 10 pixels.
 * Texcoco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand the fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean in large amounts [13] leading to an expansion of our economy. And begin to construct a sort of navy with a complete armada of [19] ships. These have either been taken from the surrounding city states and clans, or built in the past years, no matter the ships are highly outdated, and requests for the Emperor to invest in trying to enhance the navy. We expand our military sending raiding parties and invasions into the southwest, expanding our empire 5 pixels in that direction.
 * Venetian Republic:
 * In Veneto: The Venetian Revival continues. However, some fear that conflict with the Castilians will bring an end to the revival. The Castilian attempts to disrupt Venetian trade in the western Mediterranean fail except in Castilian ports, Venice continues its dominance un-besmirched. In the east Venice ensures that Cypriot trade also is undercut, effectively ensuring that the Castilians cannot undermine the Venetian position. The Castilian trade with western Africa and Oyo is disrupted as Vencie contracts out to privateers to ensure that Castilian ships do not pass unharassed along the western coast. Venice continues to take over the western African coastal trade using its trade connections all across Europe to build on its power in Africa. Venice also begins trading through the land route around Morocco completely to avoid the Gibralter tax, Venice offers other nations to use this route to avoid the Castilian tax on trade. The trade share of Venice and the Byzantines in the Mediterranean grows and leaves them in control of close to 40% of trade in the Mediterranean (this is due to sheer trade capacity as well as controlling key points). The trade control increases use of the Venetian Ducat and Roman Stavraton as a currency for trade, the former now being used from the Black Sea ports all around the coast of Europe to Novgorod and Moscow in the north and the latter all across the Mediterranean. Giovanni Bonmont (OTL Johannes Gutenberg) improves on the design in very simple manners and produces a few more to increase the production capacity, now a variety of books are being produced and sold to wealthy nobles and merchants across the empire. Honouring the agreement with Moscow, Venice instructs a group of traders to send salt and other goods up into Muscovite lands at favourable rates. Many Moroccans are enslaved and sold across Europe, and any troublesome Moroccans in the occupied territories face the same issue. To better deal with the issue, Moroccans are offered safety from slavery as well as a basic set of rights if they convert to Christianity, additionally Muslims are given protection as long as they break no laws, and news of this is spread to Castilian Morocco and attracts many Muslims to the Venetian lands out of faith. Many native coastal vessels are also attacked and have their goods stolen. The actions make trade along the western coast of Africa perilous for African traders and some decide to resort back to inland trading completely. Meanwhile, Republican reforms are being enforced, as all across the Empire various new laws come into place that spread Venetian Democracy across the lands. Venice accepts the trade deals from Austria and Gorizia, ending the trade blockade between the Austrian influenced Germans and Venice. With the blockade ending, Venetian and Austrian markets boom with wealth. Venetian merchants flood also to Bavaria to the market in Landshut. The german states has become the second wealthiest region of trade for Venice. Venice considers that the newest arrangements with Austria might merit an invite to the Mediterranean Trade League. Venice reaps the reward of being one of four official christian trade partners with the Mamluks, Venice becomes overflowing with silks and spices, and trade revenue increases even more. Meanwhile, several Venetian traders follow the Oyo ship to their lands, and begin to trade heavily with them, they offer twice what Castile is paying for gold and ivory, effectively taking over the gold and ivory trade while also bringing in slaves to europe. Further Venetian wealth floods into Oyo and many merchants who travel the african coast learn not to harass Oyo vessels. Eco-turn
 * In Porto Tolle: Trade continues to flow to Italy, Milan and Austria. Porto Tolle becomes a key point via which those opposed to the new Kingdom of Italy leave the Kingdom for brighter prospects across the Mediterranean.
 * In Istra: Terrano wine increases in price due to the demand with grape growers and wine merchants finding it difficult to quench the thirst of Hungary. Various goods leave the nation for Hungary and Venice, such as lime, cement, bricks and stone as well as these wine unique to the region known as Terrano wine is sold almost exclusively in Hungary and Venice.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports: The school in Saranda now has a developed society of apprentices and masters in various crafts, soon enough there will be journeymen too to fill the gap between the two. The larger city guard continues to suppress artisans, and soon enough the Potensa is replaced with a new one. The new Potensa declares he will be creating a Sigiƚàr Collegantia to unite the artisans and merchants of Saranda, however, not to undermine the trade and influence of Saranda like guilds do. Titani exports fine clothes and furniture across the Mediterranean. Preveza has continues recruiting masters and begins training its first apprentices. Salted fish, furniture and fine clothes are traded particularly this year with the Romans, Mamluks and Italy, the new trade league carries goods far though bringing them to Aragon as well.
 * In the Peloponnese: Argos continues renovations and the Peloponnese trade fleet takes products from the local area to the Hungarians and Austrians in the west. Olive oil and wine are exported this year, mainly along land routes to Byzantine Greece.
 * In Attica: Marathon's port acts as a reasonable port, mostly gaining wealth from traders and warships that stay in the harbour and spend money in the local market. Trade, however, generates a lot of wealth with the Attican fleet, now three ships strong taking wool and grain to the Roman Empire and Black Sea ports.
 * In Morocco: The Venetians begin to impose their rule, the Moroccans are becoming less discontented. Some favour the rule of Venice due to the turmoil that Morocco is declining into and their leniency toward Muslims compared to other Christian states. The slave trade booms in Morocco after the first flux of slaves from the initial conquest but now turn to the west African coast for slaves, they attack African vessels (not North African) that they come across and seize their goods and enslave the young while killing the old and fragile. They also raid the west African coast for slaves and burn many coastal settlements. This ruthless exploitation is sanctioned by the Doge in order to secure the western coast for future expansion and trade domination, having heard of rich gold deposits in Africa. Slaves are traded far and wide, but mainly to Portugal, Byzantium and Aragon. Venetian Morocco expands to the southern coast by 1000 sq km.
 * Epirote Republic: The subsidy for goods and the road have worked in the favour of Epirus, allowing them to take over the Epirote trade in goat's meat, feta cheese and wool, these goods are exported to Italy, the Romans, Hungary and Austria. Eco-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * Province of Aegina: The Doge grants them money to double their defences and soon enough Aegina has 40 guards to protect it. Trade continues with grains and figs heading to the Romans, Italy and Mamluks. Eco-turn
 * Free Port of Athens: Trade with Portugal and Aragon continues and with the Mediterranean Trade League lessening competition, Athens looks into Black Sea trade which is now being called the "Golden Sea" in Athens for its wealth in trade. Athens trades with Wallachia and Georgia, keeping its investments on the safe side. Mil-turn
 * Province of Candia: Candia is running out of spare land for immigrants, and should run out in a years time. Seeing Cyprus as a naval rival, Candia decides to convert its military fleet into a combined fleet like Venice and most of its fellow vassals. Ten more ships are brought bringing the number to 90 ships, and now with them being used for trading, the trade power of Candia increases. Trade through Candia grows and Candian wines, olives and oil, pungent cheeses and candied citron peels are traded primarily this year with the Romans, Mamluks and Wallachia. Candian trade now also favours stopping in the Crimea and Georgia and in the west they stop in Aragon. Mil-turn
 * Corfiot Protectorate: With the finishing line for the forts in one year, the construction drags on but many passers-by and travellers are awed by the fortified isle and the line of forts and many share tales of the island of turrets and towers far and wide. Corfiot wine and olive oil is traded through the Epirote Free Ports and finds profit in Aragon, Austria and Italy. Mil-turn
 * Province of Kaffa: Kaffa the city is now a pivotal point in Black Sea trade and is known as the Venice of the Black Sea, especially since Venetian architecture is becoming more prominent as the newer buildings of the city are constructed under instruction from Venetian masters. The Kaffan navy acts as the crux of the salt trade in the Black Sea. Wines, crops and iron from Kaffa are traded to the Byzantines (specifically the Byzantines in Crimea but the rest as well), Jochid Ulus, Wallachians, Georgians, Ottomans and Muscovy, in order of trade volume. Trade also reaches the Mamluks. The Kaffa salt trade continues to make the region prosper and most of the salt trade ends up in Venice but also Constantinople although some is diverted to Moscow. Eco-turn
 * Naxian Protectorate: The Doge attainders all the rebellious Hospitalers' lands and executes the ring leaders but offers the rest to work for the new republican regime, and states that loyal servants will be granted back their lands. As the republican reforms are implemented, merchants consider returning to Naxos. Mil-turn
 * Province of Negroponte: Mining continues at good levels supporting spending in the city. The interest on the state debt is paid. Negropontean lignite, iron, nickel and marble are traded with Venice and Rome almost exclusively. With the dawn of the Mediterranean Trade League, profits rise as Constantinople becomes completely open for the various metal and mineral trades. Eco-turn
 * Free Port of Ragusa: The Mediterranean Trade League causes a boom in Ragusa, helping to ease the transition into vassalage for many Ragusans. The Ragusan fleet heads east and decides to try to maximise trade with the east, they begin to gather spices and silks from across the Mamluk ports and bring them to Venice for trade across Europe. Eco-turn
 * General Estates (B-H-H): Following the entrance of the rest of the lowlands states into the great Netherlander revolt, Engelburt is finally able to see his dreams and ambitions coming to life in his final years, as his health continues to deteriorate more powers are issued to the General Estates and to his son Karl van Nassau, who is declared the Stadtholder of the General Estates and co-ruler with his mother who is being preassured into renouncing her title of Duchess of Braban, and Countess of Hainaut and Holland to cede the titles to her son. Karl is forced to return to the Heneral Estates leaving Flanders under the control of his advisors and his wife the countess. Instead of going to Brussels he sets up his base of power in The Hague, While the General Estates are left in Brussels to help coordinate the defence of the Lowlands, and to organize counter attacks against the German forces. Losses are sustained in the defence of Brabant and the germans slowly push into General Estates Territories but at high costs. Naval operations continue hamper Austrian trade and the blockade of all non-friendly ships continue. Trade continues. The General Estates prepare to fully integrate the other states into administrative body of the lowlands.  A policy of religious tolerence is taking up by Karl to further unite the Netherlanders for the cause. The first Matchlock prototype is completed and production is started to replace the older arquebus designs.
 * Guelders:  troops are sent to help the occupation of Utrecht to help relieve General Estates soldiers. The small guelder navy is put under the command of the Dutch fleet to help things along. Reformist preachers begin spreading the word the reformation into the land.
 * Namur: troops are sent to help things along, and reformists begin preaching in the area.
 * Breda: Troops are sent to support the movements in the lowland. Reformists begin preaching in the area.
 * Limburg: Limburg puts forth troops to help with the liberation of the Netherlands and preachers enter the land.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: The Georgian forces declare a cease-fire while they await the Azeri response to the peace proposal.  (Mod response needed!)  The securing of the iron deposits at Ganca eases the burden on the Georgian civilian sector, enabling wider use of high-quality iron in agricultural tools; this significantly increases the productivity of marginal Georgian fields, expanding the Georgian economy. Additionally, Crown Prince Alexandre successfully subdues the remaining Ossetian rebels, and Ossetia is successfully vassalized. Encouraged by his son's success and the Georgian victory on the Azeri front, an ailing King Giorgi sends emissaries to Dido, the Avars, and the Leks, requesting their vassalization in exchange for protection against other foreign powers. The Leks are expected to accept in three years, DIdo in four years, and the Avars in five years.
 * Kingdom of Armenia: While the Armenians await the outcome of the war, King Smbat orders the construction of a highway to connect the Assyrian principalities to the existing Georgian-Armenian road network. ThisTagavori asorakan chanaparhy (also called the Tagaschan) stretches from Yerevan to Arbela, and significantly improves Armenian infrastructure.
 * Principality of Gordyene: The Gordian section of the Tagaschan begins construction this year, and improves Gordian infrastructure accordingly. Additionally, Prince Levon makes an inquiry to the newly-adopted Prince Gabro of Adiabene regarding the possibility of a royal marriage - and potentially a political union - between the two Assyrian principalities.
 * Principality of Adiabene: The Adiabenites also begin work on the Tagaschan, improving Adiabenite infrastructure. Prince Gabro notes Prince Levon's proposal with some interest, but the details of the arrangement remain undecided, preventing a betrothal from being made.
 * Principality of Rani: The Georgian-controlled lands around Ganca as provisionally organized as the Principality of Rani, and are placed under the rule of King Giorgi's newly-matured younger son, Prince Zurab. The Principality's population is provisionally estimated at 145,000 souls, almost entirely composed of Azeri Muslims. Prince Zurab, being more aggressive than his older brother, immediately posts guards within every mosque to monitor potentially rebellious imams in the province; this measure increases Rani's military readiness.
 * Principality of Ardalan: As promised, the Principality of Ardalan is returned to the control of Mamluk Mesopotamia, with gratitude for the Mamluks' adherence to the Treaty of Adana.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. German forces under the command of Lord William VII of Horne and Han Khevenhüller, commander of the Austrian guard, continue their campaign following victory in Liege. North of Liege their forces and the locals do battle with a trained army of Holland, unlike much of the rebels who had been encountered upto that point. At the Battle of St-Truiden the first major battle occurs in which firearms are used by both sides to support their infantry. After several hours of fighting the Dutch forces are eventually forced to retreat, although heavily damaging the German army. With much of its allied infantry killed, and William VII mortally wounded, Khevenhüller orders that his army return south and regroup with a supporting army thirty miles south of Namur. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Ground is broken on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company launches an expedition under the command of Ambrosius Federmann to open trade in the Atlantic. Three bimereiches under his command travel from Melilla to Gibraltar, to Casablanca, to Agadir, to the Canary Islands. From there his voyage continues south, along the coast. The group comes to a peninsula inhabited by nearby natives, and establish peaceful contact. The area is named Bezeguiche (OTL Dakar, Cap-Vert Peninsula) by the sailors, named for a local ruler. The group initiates trade with the natives for provisions and other goods. Before leaving the area, the group leaves a stone obelisk on the beach of the peninsula to mark their voyage. Returning back to Melilla, the Trieste Company becomes interested in the prospect of continuing trade in Bezeguiche, and trade ships begin trading in the area, alongside Castilian vessels and other nations. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, and others. We continue influencing Metz. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand. We accept the alliance offer from the nation of Baden. Albert II’s first daughter, Anne, turns fifteen, while his two sons; George and Otto, turn eight and two years old respectively. His fourth child, Elisabeth, is born in Vienna.
 * Salzburg: The Prince-Archbishopric of Salzburg orders the training of levies to be used in war. Military and economy is expanded. Trade routes are opened north into Bavaria, attracting trade to run through its borders.
 * Gorizia: The nation’s fields are expanded to allow for greater agricultural yields. Trade begins with nearby nations, including Venice and Milan. Military and economy is expanded. We ask for a trade agreement with Venice.
 * Augsburg: The Mixed Imperial City of Augsburg encourages the growth of industry, producing large quantities of woven goods, cloth and textiles. The city of Augsburg is established as a major city of the Holy Roman Empire through the creation of several banking and financial institutions. We grow economically through trade routes with Austria, Bavaria, and other German states. Augsburg purchases several printing presses, for use in financial bookkeeping and records. Military and economy is expanded. Finances are provided to the newly formed Trieste Company to help grow the company, with several shares of the company being sold to Augsburg bankers.
 * Aquila: Ties grow between Austria through trade and the use of our ports. We finish constructing a shipyard to further facilitate trade and shipbuilding, allowing for the production of several new ships. Permission is granted by Austria to begin constructing bimereiches regularly.
 * Bohemia: Military and economy is expanded. The Charles University in Prague begins promoting a sense of philosophy and theological study based on the writings of the previous rector, Jan Hus, now deceased.
 * Moravia: Having recently acquired the title of Margrave of Moravia, Albert II tightens his grip over the regions of Brandenburg and Luxembourg. Military and economy is expanded.
 * Brandenburg: Military and economy is expanded. The residence of Brandenburg’s ruler is moved to Berlin. Trade is opened with Hamburg, Pomerania, and Prussia.
 * Luxembourg: Military and economy is expanded. Support is given to forces in the Lowlands. Luxembourg becomes a base for further operations to the north and west, with various levies using its facilities at times, alongside the garrison stationed in the area by Albert II.
 * Saxony: Military and economy is expanded. We begin rebuilding our nation in the aftermath of the recent war. The elector of Saxony pledges fealty to the Holy Roman Emperor, and to Austria itself, to which he is a vassal.
 * Mainz: Having sworn fealty to Albert II, the nation of Mainz begins expanding military to defend the Holy Roman Empire. After receiving funds from the emperor himself and several other intrigued and influential members of the empire, Gutenberg continues to develop his printing press device. His printing of the Bible becomes popular, with dozens of copies being printed. The printing press is sold among our allies and to wealthy patrons.
 * I've agreed to the trade agreements a few years ago :L just FYI.
 * The Jochid Ulus fulfills its contractual obligations with Georgia, invading Azerbaijan. Several thousand troops flood into Dagestan, hoping to take swathes of land before the end of the year. To the north, expansion slows down, to 1500 sq km, as resources are focused southward in Dagestan. However, several Nenets villages are founded, and the Ulus grows ever closer to, if not outright into, the sea. The population grows, especially amongst the Volga, the Ukraine and Kazakhstan. In these areas, heavy immigration continues. The Mastorava spreads amongst the populace.
 * Great Perm expands its economy. The Mastorava begins to resume growth rather quickly throughout the nations. Permic merchants continue to expand their trade routes, and teach Komi to as many as possible secretly.
 * Adyghea expands by 2000 sq km. The population grows, as does the city of Maykop and other fortified plazas. Adyghea sends supplies to the war effort in Azerbaijan.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: Prince Michael, now an older man of 44, begins to train his eight year old son Radu the art of ruling. Stephen of Moldavia, the disenchanted son of Alexander I, grows weary of the empty promises of Michael. However, his allies are few and the people adoring of Michael for his peaceful and fair rule.  The economy is prospering, and trade within the Black Sea is flourishing as the merchant fleet nears 700 ships. Salt and Iron are the major two exports, which constitute roughly 50% of all international trade; the remainder comprised of lumber, agricultural goods, and finished goods. Shipyards in Constanta and Sulina produce many ships for private use, and benefit trade in the region.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo continues its push into Benin, enslaving tens of thousands of Benin subjects, and marching north into Morocco to be sold to Europe. Much of Benin has been conquered by the Oyo, and most of the fighting is against the insurgency, which without direct support from their allies in Benin, cannot sustain their operations against Oyo and its much larger and technologically superior forces. With the introduction of the cannon into the Oyo military, the Benin warriors are cut down in swaths, with buildings and fortresses they once believed gave them protection, are struck down by the massed artillery fire of the new cannon armed forces of the Alaafin. The city of Edo is captured by the Oyo, and the regional government set up within the captured palace of the Oba of Benin. The Oyo continue their settlement of the land, and push out the survivors of the Oyo invasion. Those left behind and not enslaved, are handed out to the Oyo soldiers as their personal servents. The warriors of the Ikarira are rewarded by the Alaafin, who states thay may have as many women as they can carry back to their homes and impregnant with Oyo children. Taking up the offer, thousands of Oyo warriors drag their captives to their homes as much as they can, and set about creating a new generation of Oyo for their people.  Elsewhere, the first print in Oyo is set up in the city of Lagos, where the scribe and his brother have set up a copyist shop, and creating several wood letter blocks, and creating papers with the information requested by their customers . The construction of true warships taken up last year, has resulted in the production of three armed nlanla ships, which are large, four-masted vessels, sporting  40 cannon each . These ships, supported by the smaller armed yanyan ships which sport  12 cannon  each, are to form the basis of the new Oyo navy as a major force. Backed by the wealth of the Oyo trade networks, the navy is too be expanded swiftly under the orders of the Alaafin. The military, economy, and infrastructure of Oyo are expanded.
 * Colorado Confederation: With the recent trade agreement and alliance with the Cahokians a surge of money and ideas comes to the nation. Construction and improvement of towns and roads continue but at a much faster pace. With such an advancement, it is predicted that infrastructure build up will be completed by 1495. Centralization also continues.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, coming to rival Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the arts and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age. Aragon seeks to make trade agreements with England, Rome and the Dutch.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. We continue work on a central trade road that connects the capital cities of Bengal, Arakan, Koch, Aohm, and Orissa together in order to better movement of goods and missionaries. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. A series of less progressive reforms take place under the new Sultan, which bars unlanded merchants who are Hindu from trading outside of the Bengal Sultanate and its vassals.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Maharaja of Koch: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Mahraja of Koch begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Swargadeo of Ahom: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Eip asked me to post that for him.
 * The Mamluk Sultanate begins to wind down its forces, as their wars in Nubia, Yemen and Oman have all come to a close. Relations continue to improve in Oman and Yemen, which remain independent. Christian segregation continues in Nubia, pressuring conversions. At the same time, the Arabic population is greatly out-producing the local blacks, at a rate of six to two, triggering ethnic changes near the borders and in the fronteirs, which are increasingly Arabic. With the recent death of al-Mansur, mourning continues, but he is largely remembered for the countless civil wars. His unpopularity leads to the happiness of the populace as Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf is crowned Sultan. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates begun by his father, and the new trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. As the Mamluks continue to lose power, the pride in the central region, called the Mashriq, develops. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh. Education at both universities (Alexandria and Damascus) continues strongly. Research into mills for the Nile continue. Cotton growing becomes an important industry. Greater interaction with the Venetians has resulted in an interest in learning Latin, which catches on in some regions. Mesopotamia begins to pay attention to the intellectual movement in the Mamluk state. As a result, construction on the University of Baghdad continues. In addition, the ideas of Saadiq Assaf begin to spread among the local clergy. All Burji states grow militarily as tensions appear to pick back up. Ifat and Socotra both expand by 10,000 sq km.
 * ​UNC: The UNC works on improving its military, especially its navy. Several ships are constructed for the nominal purpose of protecting trade routes, though they would make excellent warships. In addition, ships are constructed to protect the UNC from foreign invaders. Western Christianity continues to influence the UNC, especially Denmark and the German vassals. The Hamburg banking offers are accepted. As the UNC continues to improve its influence with its Northern European neighbors, it speaks out against the Holy Roman Empire and its negative influence on the Catholic Church. Nations are encouraged to break away from the Holy Roman Empire to preserve Catholicism, nay the Christian faith.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Milan: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. We upgrade economy and military, as do our vassals. We ask for an alliance with the nation of Naples to ensure the safety and tranquility of Italy from foreign invasion.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Yamana Clan: The Daimyo starts using more agressive tactics against the Amago Clan in preparation for a war against them. He sends the recruited ronin to raid the bordering lands of the Amago clan. The ronin are disguised as bandits so as to not directly bring attention to the Yamana Clan as the reason of these raids. The Daimyo marries Hayashi Atsuko. The army continues to increase in size as the Daimyo recruits more ashigaru into the army and implements more reforms into the training drills and structure of the army. The Daimyo again requests an alliance with the Ming Empire in hope of foreign aid in his ambitions. The Daimyo looks into the possibility of future expeditions to map out areas to the South and North. The Daimyo also sends emmisaries to the Isshiki Clan to start influencing them.
 * ​Ashikaga Dip: The Shogun sends a goodwill gift of jade to the Daimyo and asks for assistance in a planned invasion of the Toki lands. The Yamana Clan is also given the right to pass troops through Ashikaga territory and to station them there to conduct any future wars against other clans, furthering the Daimyo's expansionism.
 * Yamana Dip: The Daimyo accepts the gift and he promises to help in the planned invasion. The Daimyo is grateful for the military access.
 * Ming Dip:  The Ming agree to the alliance.
 * Ashikaga Shogunate: The Shogun begins to conduct small scale border raids against the Toki Clan, destroying crops and burning down settlements. Undercover emissaries of the Shogunate are sent in to the Toki lands disguised as peasants, spreading disaffection against the Toki feudal lords. At the same time the Shogun's army is being drilled on the border in preparation for a wider offensive against the Toki. The Shogun requests a marriage to the daughter of the Daimyo of the Shiba clan to unite their two realms. Mod response needed.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, another island is discovered west of São Miguel.
 * France: Sfter the extensive military preparation the Kingdom of France continues the war on Tunisia, in order to establish a stronger influence on the Mediterranean using the invasion of Morocco as a similar excuse to invade them, the wish of French domination of the Mediterranean starts, and the intention of capturing Tunisia is the first step toward it. King Louis, however, has its secret reason as he wants to thrust the new religious model of the kingdom by succeding where the Catholics failed. recapturing the kingdom of Africa, as neither the Neapolitan Normands, nor King St Louis of France did, the intention is to gain as much as land from them as possible and if achieved, capturing the city of Tunis, then launching France into a campaign to create seafaring superiority in the region.
 * Burgundy: Following the command of Louis, the duchy launches its own offensive from the French-held Picardie and French Flanders (now part of Burgundy) the armies begin spreading through French to reach the Mediterranean ports in order to sail southward into North Africa.
 * Berry: With the French war declaration, the duchy soon sends troops in order to help the supply line to the region. Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up. The declaration of war surprises many, but many follow the king as they see the Muslim heathens receiving their punishment for not believing in the true god. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * County of Oldenburg: Count Dietrich agrees to join the "German Union", hoping to gain economic benefits from the other member-states (as well as protection in the event of invasion). The county focuses on the economy this year. Money is given to Frisian Lords as an incentive for them to turn their lands into agricultural land, thus increasing Oldenburg's output. The plan is at least modestly successful, and the Lords buy serfs from all over the County, Osnabruck, and even the Nederlands to work on their land, as well as inviting freemen to work as tenants. The OHG sends a sall group of five families to Greenland to set up small farms near the whaling/sealing outpost, so that it is not dependent on OHG shipments or Norse raders for food. The outpost, which up until now hasn't really had a name, is called "Dietrichdorf" on honour of the Count. Trade with Venice continues doing well.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The new monastery proves to be quite the economic booster for the small Bishopric. It produces crops and becomes a centre of learning for local scholars.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them (Year Fifteen out of 17). As IOUs continue growing in popularity we start issueing more and more of them every month, and the Timurid paper factories grow. Debates about wether IOUs or their successors could and/or should become an official currency in the Empire continue and we begin using woodblock printing in order to issue more IOUs. The creation of a Timurid currency made out of paper is discussed by the Emperor and his advisors. As prince Aryan's marriage is settled with Rao Rid Mal's daughter the ties between the Empire and Marwar grow. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, issueing the creation of shipyards south of our Capital.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the newly created trade agreements
 * Venetian Republic: Eco-turn
 * In Veneto:
 * In news from the Doge's Palace: Doge Christofo is dead, he died peacefully in his sleep. His son - Dragano - wastes no time in assuming his position as Doge. After the signing of the Treaty of Coixa with Castile, the Doge decides to agree to their minor change in the wording. The Doge gives leave for traders to continue the harassment of native traders on the African coast but makes it clear that Castilian and Oyo traders are not to be harmed. African gold flooding back to Venice is used to mint more Ducats as well as being traded, increasing the supply and use of Ducats across Europe.
 * In news from merchants: With the trade war over with Castile, Venetian traders return to Castile, many traders also now pass through Gibralter now that the tax is substantially lower but some wishing to maximise profits still use the land route to avoid the tax. The mass return to Castile and renewal of trade brings a boost to both economies. The Mediterranean trade league is estimated to control 50% of Mediterranean now that the Mamluks have joined and given special rights to the Romans and Venetians. African slaves are becoming a major commodity, proving to be a highly profitable item on trade routes. Harassment of native trade in Africa gives profit to merchants as they force native Africans to trade by land routes. Venice continues to be a huge trader in silk and spices, after given special rights by the Mamluks. The undercutting of Castilian traders in Oyo halts but many traders still competitively purchase gold, ivory and slaves.
 * In news from travellers: The Venetian Revival continues but with the death of Christofo, some fear that it may end. Giovanni Bonmont continues expanding the amount of printers, and continues to tweak the design, slightly lowering the cost of printed books. With the printed books reaching nobles high and low and merchants who can afford them, learning is becoming renewed. Many who can afford purchase books about various subjects, from law to art to history.
 * In Porto Tolle:
 * In news from the Potensa's Palace: Potensa Francesco Viscia is elected to rule Porto Tolle and the locality.
 * In news from merchants: Traders from Porto Tolle take silk and spices from Venice inland to the Kingdom of Italy.
 * In news from travellers: The flow of people from the Kingdom of Italy slows, with many settling in the enclave of Porto Tolle.
 * In Istra:
 * In news from the Potensa's Palace: The Potensa of Pola, Angelo Gerardo, continues to rule Pola and the locality. He calls a meeting with the other officials of the land of Istra to organise expansion of infrastructure across the territory.
 * In news from merchants: Traders from Istra trade Terrano wine with Hungary. Other goods such as lime, cement, bricks and stone are largely sent to Venice although some amounts are sold to Hungarian traders.
 * In news from travellers: Many Istrans are not concerned about the death of Christofo, some don't even know who the old Doge is nor who the new Doge is.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports:
 * In news from the Superpotensas' Palaces: The Superpotensa of Saranda, Alessandro Antelini, creates a Sigiƚàr Collegantia - the second of its kind in the Venetian Empire - called the Saranda Trading Collegantia. The Superpotensa of Titani, Felle Guistinian, is elected and decides to copy the actions of Saranda, he meets with guild masters to discuss forming a Sigiƚàr Collegantia of the city. The Superpotensa of Preveza, Cataldo Ademo, continues to fund the School of Preveza.
 * In news from merchants: The Saranda Trading Collegantia employs many traders based in the city as well as many artisans, the co-ordination results in high levels of productivity giving Saranda a good balance of trade, far in the positive. Salted fish, fine clothes made from silk and wool along with furniture are traded across the Mediterranean, particularly with the Romans, Mamluks, Italy and Castile.
 * In news from travellers: Many Sarandans benefit from the new Saranda Trading Collegantia. With many people blaming the inner turmoil of the city from years past on the guilds people lose their respect for organised labour. Many instead wishing to rely on the Collegantia to provide for them. Titanians hear news of the Collegantia and its boon and become excited by the talks between guild masters and the Superpotensa.
 * In the Peloponnese:
 * In news from the Potensa's Palace: The Potensa of Argos, Barbus Caotorta, is elected and continues the work on public infrastructure in the city.
 * In news from merchants: Olive oil and wine are exported this year, mainly along land routes to Byzantine Greece.
 * In news from travellers: Peasants complain about bad crops and many ask the Potensa for help.
 * In Attica:
 * In news from the Potensas' Palaces: The Potensas meet and agree to build a basic road network - by marking routes with stones that also bear distances to locations - to better assist internal movement of goods.
 * In news from merchants: Local business makes money off of people stopping in the ports while traders carry wool and grain to Black Sea ports and the Roman Empire.
 * In news from travellers: Locals are put to work making the stones to mark the roads.
 * In Morocco:
 * In news from the Potensas' Palaces: The Potensas continue to operate on a lenient policy toward Muslims as well as a policy of rewarding converts to Christianity. Several Potensas feel that Morocco cannot be centrally governed by Venice, they request to be made into a Province.
 * In news from merchants: Moroccan merchants use the ports as gateways to Africa, they bring back gold, ivory and slaves and trade them across Europe to Portugal, the Roman Empire and Castile.
 * In news from travellers: Muslims feel safer with lenient measures protecting law abiding Muslims from slavery. Christianity is rarely taken up but those who do take it up find themselves boosted up several social and economic strata. Local Venetians are largely involved in trade and the harassment of the African coast, they also build fortified positions along the coast to the south, expanding Venetian Morocco by 1000 sq km along the coast.
 * Epirote Republic: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Doge's Palace: With Christofo's death, the position of Doge passes to his son Dragano. Having been raised largely in Epirus, Dragano is determined to improve its prestige in the world. He begins by looking to the north and considering the possibilities of a campaign.
 * In news from merchants: Goat's meat, feta cheese and wool are exported to Italy, the Romans, Hungary and Austria.
 * In news from travellers: Locals both mourn the death of Christofo and celebrate it, causing violent clashes in the capital. Division between those who believe Christofo ruled Epirus well and those who do not forgive him for conquering them is shown to be deep.
 * Venetian Empire:
 * Province of Aegina: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: Geragio Dal Sol continues to rule as Conte of Aegina. With the new guard of 40 men in place, he sets about petitioning Venice to send people to help the population grow.
 * In news from merchants: Traders take grain and figs from Aegina and trade them with the Romans, Mamluks and Italy.
 * In news from travellers: Locals feel safer with the guard doubled, after the invasion from Naxos, many Aegineans view them with disdain.
 * Free Port of Athens: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Superpotensa's Palace: Curticius Servopoulos, the Superpotensa, invests in the Athenian fleet, increasing its size to 10 ships.
 * In news from merchants: Traders bring in goods and export goods to Portugal, Castile, Wallachia, Georgia and other "Golden Sea" ports.
 * In news from travellers: Athens is a bustling city, due to the mix of cultures but the universal nature of the language Veneto, it is becoming the first language of locals.
 * Province of Candia: Mil-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: The Conte dies and his son, Palmerio Morosini, takes over the rule. He continues to grow the Candian fleet, not wishing to let Cyprus take precedence in naval power, the fleet now numbers 100 ships.
 * In news from merchants: Trade through Candia grows and Candian wines, olives and oil, pungent cheeses and candied citron peels are traded primarily this year with the Romans, Mamluks, Wallachia, Crimea and Georgia and in the west they stop in Castile.
 * In news from travellers: Land has run out and immigration slowed.
 * Corfiot Protectorate: Mil-turn
 * In news from the Governor General's Palace: Governor General Vito Sanuto oversees the finishing of the construction of the seven new forts.
 * In news from merchants: Corfiot wine and olive oil is traded through the Epirote Free Ports and finds profit in Castile, Austria and Italy.
 * In news from travellers: Locals are proud of the forts that have finished this year, they tower over all the old structures and shine in the sun as ships sail by.
 * Province of Kaffa: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: Conte Victor Borozzi sees that he is old when he has trouble merely getting onto his personal ship. He begins to make preparations for his son Anechino to succeed him.
 * In news from merchants: Kaffa continues to be a pivotal port in the "Golden Sea" trade and the nickname of Venice of the "Golden Sea" sticks with people. The Kaffan navy acts as the crux of the salt trade in the "Golden Sea". Wines, crops and iron from Kaffa are traded to the Roman Empire (specifically the Romans in Crimea but the rest as well), Jochid Ulus, Wallachians, Georgians, Mamluks, Ottomans and Muscovy, in order of trade volume. The Kaffa salt trade continues to make the region prosper and most of the salt trade ends up in Venice but also Constantinople although some is diverted to Moscow.
 * In news from travellers: Growing amounts of buildings with Venetian architecture add to the nickname of Venice of the "Golden Sea" as many people marvel at the sight of the cities of Kaffa, Bata and Caulita.
 * Naxian Protectorate: Mil-turn
 * In news from the Governor General's Palace: The new Governor General is elected, Cecaumenus Panaretos, he is one of the loyalist Hospitalar. He begins by using funding to rebuild the Naxian fleet and abolishes the levy in Naxos, planning to find a way to fund a standing military navy.
 * In news from merchants: Fruits and cattle are traded with the Roman Empire, Mamluks, Castile and with the Mamluks.
 * In news from travellers: People are rejoicing at the abolition of the levy but many wonder how Naxos can protect itself without one.
 * Province of Negroponte: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: The Conte, Rizardo Lacaris, continues to manage the city and lands carefully. He pays the interest on the state debt from the coffers.
 * In news from merchants: Mining continues at good levels supporting spending in the city. Negropontean lignite, iron, nickel and marble are traded with Venice and Rome almost exclusively. With the dawn of the Mediterranean Trade League, profits rise as Constantinople becomes completely open for the various metal and mineral trades.
 * In news from travellers: Many people speak of the Conte's son, and are concerned that he made not be made of the same stuff as his father.
 * Free Port of Ragusa: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Superpotensa's Palace: The Superpotensa, Aluysio Turri, sets about better equipping the Ragusan guard, he also hears of the abolition of the levy in Naxos and watches on in interest.
 * In news from merchants: The Ragusan fleet heads east and decides to try to maximise trade with the east, they begin to gather spices and silks from across the Mamluk ports and bring them to Venice for trade across Europe.
 * In news from travellers: Ragusan people are still easing into vassalage, many still wish Ragusa was a free city.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 500 px to the North. We speed up our expansion North and East toward Lake Baikal. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We  begin to study the printing press and make copies of it and the first Oirat literature is published using a script using Chinese characters but with different pronociations and slightly different meanings. We buy more books from China. We start influencing Chagatai Khanate.
 * Milan: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. We upgrade economy and military, as do our vassals. We ask for an alliance with the nation of Naples to ensure the safety and tranquility of Italy from foreign invasion.
 * Koryak Confederacy: The Confederacy begins a massive reorganization of its military. A permanent army of 45,000 is created, with distinct cavalry and infantry divisions. The triumvirate orders the creation of a militia to include all male inhabitants of the Confederacy, who can be called up in case of an emergency. The Confederacy begins reproducing matchlock muskets (Mil-turn). Using the newly comissioned junks, sailors discover the Walrus Islands (OTL New Siberian Islands) in the Far North. They continue to explore to the west, as the triumvirate believes there may be a new trade route in the making. The vassalization of Chukhotka continues, with many tribes preferring to join the Confederacy. (Year Three of Four). The Kolmya Evenks prove more resistant (Year Two of Four). Fishermen expand farther up the Aleutian Islands, as far as an island the natives call Atka (OTL Andreanof Islands). They hear reports of a larger island with gigantic bears to the west, piquing their interest.  Merchants visiting CHina, Korea and Japan are placed under orders to investigate and discover the principles behind other technologies the Confederacy does not yet possess in order to further modernize. Meanwhile, a new drink called cha (tea) becomes popular in the Confederacy. In an effort to secure a permanent supply, a trade pact is offered to Siam. (Mod response needed)
 * Foix: We build up our military by producing more guns and adding more troops to our border control team. Our country expands the economy by trading more with France and Castile. John's first son is born. His name is Raymond. Just like France did John wants to thrust the new religious model of the kingdom by succeeding where the Catholics failed.
 * Andorra: We expand our military and economy.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north (by 14 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov in the year 1445, Yaroslavl in the year 1446, and Tver in the year 1447.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo expands 5000 km into the west of its borders, crushing Akan natives and selling them to the Europeans in the north. With no modern weaponry such as steel or crossbows, the Akan natives are quickly defeated or captured by the superior Oyo forces. Their lands are quickly settled by the Oyo seeking land outside of the core provinces deeper within Oyo land, and mosques, churches, and castles are quickly built throughout the regions settled by the Oyo subjects. In Benin, the insurgency has largely been crushed by the Oyo, who are now in the process of tracking down and capturing any of the fleeing Benin survivors seeking to make it back to their remaining lands. Like with their comrades before, they are dragged off to Oyo homes as servants, and their women are handed off the Oyo soldiers who captured the land for the empire. By this time, there are no more Benin forces remaining in the lands of Oyo, with all of their forces killed, routed, or enslaved.  Elsewhere, the Oyo seek to see if their ships can hold the fabled cannon that have been making an astonishing introduction throughout the military forces of the Ikarira of the Alaafin.  The number of warships produced by the Oyo in the shape of yanyan and nlanla continue, with more room for archers and boarders, as well as heavy crossbows freshly-built from the armories of the Alaafin. With the navy growing largely each year,  the Alaafin Akitunde feels confident enough to set sail for Europe,  a feat within itself as few of the Europeans have had the courage to brave the long voyage to Oyo, hoping to showcase his wealth, power and achievements, and meet the leaders of Castille that he has been trading with for so many years personally.   He also hopes to increase their respect for his nation as well as secure greater trade agreements with the Europeans, as well as highlight the growing slave trade to which he and his people are the most important players. On this voyage, Akitunde brings with him his personal army of swordsmen, archers and arquebusiers, the latter recently trained after his armorers were able to harness the power of gunpowder on an individual basis. He also brings ivory, gold, diamonds, exotic fruits, sugar, and spices, all gained either from production in his own lands, or gained from trading with his neighbors. Finally, Akitunde brings with him one of his six daughters, Ayomi, famed for his beauty and unblemished skin back home, as a wife for any of the Castillian or European nobles who would have her, something she is quite overjoyed with the possibility of.
 * Crossed out the part about cannons, and temporarily crossed out the part about visiting Europe until further discussion from other moderators. 
 * Munster (In Ireland): Limited trade continues with West African nations. However, it begins to stop due to the increasing prevailance of Islam in Oyo. The rebellion continues, yet it becomes clear that the Kings-Men have the upper hand. The war with the rebels ends, with them being vanquished, and Henry D'Arcy and his cronies executed. The war was won due to the levies' modern weapons and the bravery of the Garda Slavacha. The levies continue to be equipped with the pikes and warhammers that have served them so well in the rebellion. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. After years of northern expansion into Mayo, we reach the northern coast. Fionn's journal is assembled into a book, "Tales of Eire" (title in English, as I don't know Old Gaelic). Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. (Mil-turn)
 * Leinster: Leinster rebuilds after the civil war. D'Arcy's cronies are executed, and a pro-Munster government is instated, under Thomas II, son of King Eamon. Leinster rejoins the Confederation of Ireland, and joins the United Kingdoms of Greater Albion. The trade that has been so instrumental in improving Munster begins to spread to Leinster. (Eco-Turn)
 * ​'Ulster:  We continue to vassalise Sligo. Ulsterian soldiers are moved to stabilise cities and the countryside. Trade with the Med and Greater Albion continues. We continue to work on new ship designs. 'Posted for Local while he is away, will be controlling his nation for the near future. Bow To Your Sensei. BOW TO YOUR SENSEI!!!
 * Kingdom of Georgia: Georgia expands its infrastructure, and continues vassalizing the Leks (two turns), Dido (three turns), and the Avars (four turns). Armenia, Gordyene, Adiabene, and Rani all expand their economies. (No time for details today - going to be driviing shortly and won't be able to post.)
 * Duchy of Hamburg: While trade through Gibraltar increases following the lower tax, some still bypass the strait and use Venetian Moroccan ports. William I and his wife have another daughter, named Margaret. Meanwhile, Fredrick reaches age seven, and Sophia age six, William begins looking for places to send them to school. Hamburg welcomes Oldenburg into the German Union.
 * Lippe: Military and economy expanded. Lippe is brought into the German Union.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded. Bruchhausen is brought into the German Union.
 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, now 23 years of age, oversees the creation of the Templo Mayor, a new wonder, in Tenochtitlan, promised to the new belief of a sort of one almighty God compared to all the others in Aztec religion. This is being dedicated to a certain being, due to Emperor Montezuma II having a dream of an all powerful God, and constant visions to remind him of this all powerful one. For the past weeks our Emperor has visited the priests asking for an answer to these signs. The priests have given him nothing but questions for his question, continuing his curiosity of a single powerful god. In the mean time, we expand northeast by 25 pixels, now bordering our beloved ally, the Zapotec Alliance, and nearing our other, the Cahokian Civilization. We expand our economy by creating more fishing ships [13] into the Pacific Ocean. We expand our military, as Cuachtemoc has largely expanded to the surrounding city states throughout central America. We now establish the states of Cihuatlan, along the coast of the Pacific, becoming our vassal. As well as the state of Atotonilco in the northern region, joining the empire as a vassal.
 * Tlacopan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We send economic supplies to Tenochtitlan. We expand our fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean by a moderate amount [12], expanding our economy. We expand our military, whom is much more enthusiastic for the great capital, Tenochtitlan. We expand northwest 10 pixels, now touching mid Mexico, scaling along the Pacific coast.
 * Texcoco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand the fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean in large amounts [18] leading to an expansion of our economy. And begin to construct a sort of navy with a complete armada of [22] ships. These have either been taken from the surrounding city states and clans, or built in the past years, no matter the ships are highly outdated, and requests for the Emperor to invest in trying to enhance the navy. We expand our military sending raiding parties and invasions into the southwest, expanding our empire 10 pixels in that direction, now bordering our ally in the southern part of his kingdom, the Zapotec Alliance.
 * Aztec diplomacy: We increase our trade rights, and offer military access with the Cahokian Civilization, in return for military access as well as increased trade.
 * Cahokia: The Cahokians are proud of their nation begins to thrive once more. Rektaw the Proud continues putting down small rebellions and rallying the people. Rektaw spends his days orchestrating a nation-wide recovery of infrastructure. He organizes a more cohesive farming industry to satisfy a growing population. Infrastructure and economy are expanded. We expand 20 pixels southwest, nearing our ally the Aztec Empire.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud sends envoys to Moundville in order to establish better communications and a better working relationship. Moundville assists in nation-wide recovery. Moundville is instrumental in the upcoming food production overhaul and prepares for it. Military and economy are expanded. We expand 10 pixels southeast.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud has fully recovered the state of Etowah, and is "proud" [ah ha, pun] of his people once more. Etowah assists in nation-wide recovery. Etowah's main focus is scouting southward for richer forest as current stockpiles and nearby forests are proving unsustainable. Etowah expands to the southeast. Military and infrastructure are expanded. We expand 10 pixels southeast.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia):  Rektaw the Proud is now fully in control of the nation-states of . Parkin and Cahokia and pushes the assistance of nation-wide recovery. It centers its resources on organizing a small military force to satisfy the impending needs of expansion, utilizing leadership assets from Cahokia. Military and infrastructure are expanded. We expand 15 pixels southwest.
 * Cahokian Diplomacy:  We request an alliance and trade rights the Iroquois Confederation and Zapotec Alliance. We accept the increased trade and military access with the Aztec Empire. We are pleased with the alliance with the Colorado peoples.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. (1000 sq km).  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed. A heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizeable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.7 million and growing. The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. Castile now only monitors Gibraltar militarily and asks Venice once again to cease undercutting Castile (since weve come to terms)
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns Cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Emir, however, managed to maintain a favorable position with both denominations and hold the country together effectively through careful management. The Emir Ahmed now with multiple children from Castilian noble who offered his daughter knowing that the Emir is secretly Christian begins a process of converting Granada into a Principality rather than an Emirate showing its closer connection to Europe as well as Castile in general. While there is an uproar over the beginning of a conversion to a Principality, the amount of highly powerful Christian settlers or knights and the vast loyalty many of the Emir's men have to their leader prevent anything from breaking out. Some issues break out more toward the coast but they are quelled quickly as the Emir begins his long road to conversion from Emirate to principality (the more European term). The long term situation of this plan had led to the beginning of it moving much more smoothly than intended.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  Policing is left up to local organization sanctioned by King Matthias of Cyprus. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Newly created kingdom of Morocco led by a highly trusted castilian noble is begins to secure its borders and begins a massive internal campaign to not only convert thousands of people, but to expand the Christian presence. This presence is heavily expanded by the Knights Hospitaller who with a force of nearly 10,000 strong are the main force behind the new kingdom. The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted while multiple other Muslims are killed in campaigns by the Knights. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom begins a steady economic process with its trade and regularly begins to arrest people (mostly Muslims) for crimes and selling them as slaves on the market. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area. The estimated population of the Christian Kingdom of Morocco is somewhere near 150,000 but officials seem unsure. The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required.
 * the Jochid Ulus continues to grow and expand, with the Yamalian colony growing 5000 sq km until it reaches the Siberian coast, and then starting to move eastward (because my expansion has been reduced for the last 20 years and we should've reached the coast by now). The population in this area continues o grow, as more people reach the area and more Nenets settle and are born. The population also grows because of a large influx of the population in Ruthenia and Kazakhstan, with Tatars, Assyrians and Mordvins moving in great numbers to the area. The Mastorava keeps growing, with a new edition being published in Qazan by a group of pagan Tatars. This edition, known as the Kazan Book, would be extremely important for the growth of the Mastorava, as it included a group of beliefs and customs that would later be adopted nationwide. Khan Temür-Hachiun begins sending correspondence to the Christian priests in the nation, looking for increased prestige amongst that religion. His son continues to be educated in Constantinople. Hand gonnes continue to make a surge, with a few infantry armies' purpose to be artillery armies. However, this goal shall not be achieved for several years. Another two ships are unveiled at Sochi, as the cities' infrastructure continues to grow. By this year, almost no actual ulus remain in the nation, most leaders having become either burghers or settled landlords. The few ulus that remain are increasingly scattled and centred in the eastern part of the nation, especially in the border with the Mansis. The nation's economy also grows.
 * Great Perm's economy grows rapidly as its purpose as a trade centre continues to grow. Many trading going east into Asia begins to pass either through Kolvakvkar or Cherdyn. Several merchants traverse Russia and Siberia, teaching Komi in the former secretly and making a lot of money for the nation. Some people begin to adopt the Pskovian currency as their universal coin.
 * Adyghea expands by 1000 sq km into Adyghe territory, as the nation continues to grow. The population of all tribes begins to grow. However, the  notion of tribes begins to disappear as more people move to the cities.
 * General Estates: Under the command of Karl van Nassau troops begin reorganizing heavily and efforts to put on a strong front in the south are made, with the austrian and german forces making a new push this time on Brussels the administrative capital of the General Estates. Karl van Nassau moves his forces personally to meet them there. Integration of Flanders into the General Estates continue. More matchlocks are deployed along with cannons. Naval efforts to harrass and destabilize Austrian Trade continue. Trade and banking continue.  A new naval expedition aimed for the so called Kongo area is planned for the immediate post-war.
 * General Estates: Under the command of Karl van Nassau troops begin reorganizing heavily and efforts to put on a strong front in the south are made, with the austrian and german forces making a new push this time on Brussels the administrative capital of the General Estates. Karl van Nassau moves his forces personally to meet them there. Integration of Flanders into the General Estates continue. More matchlocks are deployed along with cannons. Naval efforts to harrass and destabilize Austrian Trade continue. Trade and banking continue.  A new naval expedition aimed for the so called Kongo area is planned for the immediate post-war.


 * All minor Netherlander States: send aid for the war efforts and continue to align further with the interests of the General Estates.
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The World Exploration Council continues to expand influence after the massive success of the African Trade delegations. Further exploration and perhaps the formation of a trade outpost are considered for the future. King Edward IV continues to push for English to be used as the primary language at the court. North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Remaining Norman influences are persecuted and purged by the people. King Edmund travels to Castile to strengthen ties between the two nations. NSTA recognized Castilian hegomony to the South, in return, Castile recognizes Albion and the NSTA's hegomony in the North Sea, the Baltic Sea, and the areas of the Atlantic surrounding Albion and the Northern Coast of France. France is extended an offer of co-operation in efforts to repair the relationship between the two powers. Albion sends more explorers to Africa, particularly in the OTL regions of Sierra Leon and the Ivory Coast. (When could Albion establish a colony/trade outpost? Albion has more than enough ships and resources for it.)
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. The King of Albion meets with Irish diplomats to discuss the conflicts in England. Dublin prepares for the arrival of the New King. A large welcome party is present at the harbour.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The King visits Cardiff to the presence of a large parade in his honour.
 * Roman Empire: With the trade dispute between Castile and Venice over, the Empire resumes full and total trade. The Empire's trade expands due to new connections made further east with Aragon and Bavaria, as well as some local contacts in Venetian and Austrian Morocco. The Khan's son continues to be educated. The Imperial Bank continues to consolidate its assets and manage the Empire's treasury. The restoration work on the Mausoleum of Bodrum is completed, and the Emperor himself goes to see the magnificient building. With this complete, the Empire begins to construct new roads and two forts near Constantinople in order to further solidify the security of the city. The printing of books continues, and such books remain a highly valued good. Some of the vast number of volumes in the Imperial Library are printed as well, but new books are also added, growing the library. The Emperor commissions a printer to gather a collection of words in Greek, Latin, and Taurican so other races in the Empire can translate and learn other languages. Supplies are sent to the Mamelukes, as the Empire fears a collapse of their state will negatively affect trade in the Mediterranean League.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Noting the supplies sent to the Mamluks, the new Doge decides to act decisively and send supplies. Venice, Epirus and all their vassals send supplies to the Mamluks in an effort to boost their resolve.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Influence continues to be exerted on Lithuania (six turns). Military development continues. The enlargement of the city of Moscow is nearly completed with approximately six more years until the construction work is done. More naval vessels are built in the Black Sea.
 * UNC: The UNC works on expanding its economy this year, its navy becoming a major focus. Several ships are built this year to guard trade routes in and around the North Sea. The UNC decides to expand some of its operations in Greenland. The Holy Roman Empire is again spoken out against as the UNC states how negatively the Holy Roman Empire has influenced the Catholic Church. States are urged to break away from the Holy Roman Empire to prevent further 'contamination' of the Christian religion. The UNC grows closer to Western Christianity.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed,  with forty large carracks being finished, and by 1443 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany.  Beginning in 1443, Albert II commissions five carracks to travel around the Mediterranean.  The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 64% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, the young Prince Charles exhibits signs of sickness. Court physicians diagnose him with premature pleurisy. The young prince dies in mid November.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1443, the total class amounts to about 1370 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: The economy is prospering, and trade within the Black Sea. Salt and Iron are exported to Rome, Venice, Georgia, Hungary, and beyond.  Shipyards in Constanta and Sulina produce many ships for private use, and benefit trade in the region.
 * Hesse: We continue looking for a bride to marry Ludwig II to. Reformed peasants in newly bought and vassalized land begin rebelling against the Catholic government. Troops are sent to put down the rebels. A rebel burns a feasting hall in Ludwigsburg, killing all brothers and sisters of Ludwig.
 * Colorado Confederation: Infanstructure build up and centralization continues.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. German forces under the command of Han Khevenhüller, commander of the Austrian guard, has now withdraw south and reunited with the support army from Luxembourg. With enough support the army marches to Brussels, setting up a siege. Trade ships begin trading with natives of West Africa for Gum arabic, as well as making regular trips to Bezeguiche. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. We FINISH work on a central trade road that connects the capital cities of Bengal, Arakan, Koch, Aohm, and Orissa together in order to better movement of goods and missionaries. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. New coins are minted, this time less reflective of the Hindu and Buddhist culturs in the Sultanate, lacking the depiction of elephants, and instead using a camel with a small crescent above it.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Maharaja of Koch: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Mahraja of Koch begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Swargadeo of Ahom: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * The Mamluk Sultanate continues to wind down its forces and consolidate their empire. This is greatly improved Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf declares that Mesopotamia and the Mamluk Sultanate will be combined to form the Grand Sultanate of the Mashriq on the Islamic New Year in 847 AH (1444). A series of religious and scientific reformers begin to plan a new calendar system which would be more compatible with the West, which uses the Gregorian Calendar. Nubia continues to be integrated more and more, to prevent any future rebellions. Christian segregation continues in Nubia, pressuring conversions. At the same time, the Arabic population is greatly out-producing the local blacks, at a rate of six to two, triggering ethnic changes near the borders and in the fronteirs, which are increasingly Arabic. Mourning for al-Mansur has stopped by now, and he is continuously remembered less and less fondly. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates, and the trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. As the announcement for the unification of the Mamluks and Mesop0tamia is made, many are excited and Mashriqi pride builds up a lot. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh, making slow but steady progress. The IAFATM relocates itself to Basra, finally leaving Oman. Education at both universities (Alexandria and Damascus) continues strongly. A series of mills begin to be made along the Nile, improving production of crops and encouraging some small-scale manufacturing. Agriculture continues to grow. Latin has become a lingua franca among the educated elites and the merchant classes. Mesopotamia is prepared for integration with the Mamluks, planned for next year, and grows 10,000 sq km. The Sultan also travels to Baghdad to finish the construction of the University of Baghdad, creating the third national university in the Mashriq.  Meanwhile, the ideas of Assaf continue to pervade the culture of all Burji lands. As the Tunisians manage to repel the French, relations with the Hafsids are greatly improved by sending supplies to the Hafsid recovery effort. This is in anticipation of Ahmed's acension to the Hafsid throne following the death of his mother, the Sultana of Tunisia. All Burji states grow economically as tensions have calmed and trade with Oman and Yemen restarts. Ifat and Socotra both expand by 10,000 sq km.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, coming to rival Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the arts and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age. Aragon seeks to make trade agreements with England, Rome, and the Dutch.
 * Ming China: Continues to reform. The Zhengtong Emperor continues the policy of seeking "wen" (knowledge) over "wu" (violence). However, that does not mean that the military is neglected. However, he continues to replace many powerful figures with others of lesser birthright but great capabilities. Minor revolts spring up due to this policy but the majority of the population is happy with the change. It also lessens corruption greatly. The naval facilities in the ChangJiang are expanded. Korea, Qara Del, Haixi, Lao Xing and Tainan expand their economies. The Khmer Empire, in decline is influenced heavily by Ming China which seeks an opening into South East Asia and relations with the Japanese Emperor, Kyushu Daimyos and Vietnam grow warmer and warmer.
 * Sicily improves its infrastructure
 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, now 24 years of age, oversees the creation of the Templo Mayor, a new wonder, in Tenochtitlan, promised to the new belief of a sort of one almighty God compared to all the others in Aztec religion. This is being dedicated to a certain being, due to Emperor Montezuma II having a dream of an all powerful God, and constant visions to remind him of this all powerful one. For the years our Emperor has visited the priests asking for an answer to these signs. The priests have given him nothing but questions for his question, continuing his curiosity of a single powerful god. In the mean time, we expand northeast by 20 pixels, now bordering our beloved ally, the Zapotec Alliance, and nearing our other, the Cahokian Civilization. We expand our economy by creating more fishing ships [16] into the Pacific Ocean. We expand our military, as Cuachtemoc has largely expanded to the surrounding city states throughout central America.
 * Tlacopan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We send economic supplies to Tenochtitlan. We expand our fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean by a moderate amount [15], expanding our economy. We expand our military, whom is much more enthusiastic for the great capital, Tenochtitlan. We expand northwest 10 pixels, now touching mid Mexico, scaling along the Pacific coast.
 * Texcoco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand the fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean in large amounts [22] leading to an expansion of our economy. And begin to construct a sort of navy with a complete armada of [24] ships. These have either been taken from the surrounding city states and clans, or built in the past years, no matter the ships are highly outdated, and requests for the Emperor to invest in trying to enhance the navy. We expand into the south by 10 pixels, scaling our trusted ally in the southern part of his kingdom, the Zapotec Alliance.
 * Atotonilco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military and infrastructure. We send soldiers to Tenochtitlan. We expand north 10 pixels. Markets are constructed as Atotonilco becomes the major trade hub between the Cahokia and Aztec.
 * Cihuatlan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our infrastructure and economy. With large amounts of fishing ships [11] going into the Pacific we expand our food output, and harvet Cacao beans. We expand 10 pixels east. We send economic tribute to Tenochtitlan for the protection of the Aztec military.
 * Aztec diplomacy: We request trade rights with the Yucatan.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north 5000 sq km (by 70 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov in the year 1445, Yaroslavl in the year 1446, and Tver in the year 1447.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Ming China: Continues to reform. The Zhengtong Emperor continues the policy of seeking "wen" (knowledge) over "wu" (violence). However, that does not mean that the military is neglected. However, he continues to replace many powerful figures with others of lesser birthright but great capabilities. Minor revolts spring up due to this policy but the majority of the population is happy with the change. It also lessens corruption greatly. The naval facilities in the ChangJiang are expanded. Korea, Qara Del, Haixi, Lao Xing and Tainan expand their economies. The Khmer Empire, in decline is influenced heavily by Ming China which seeks an opening into South East Asia. Relations with the Japanese Emperor, Kyushu Daimyos and Vietnam grow warmer and warmer. Diplomats and court advisors are sent from China to Kyushu and to the Japanese Emperor himself. They secretly encourage the Japanese Emperor to unify Japan in his name.
 * Ashikaga Dip: The Shogun appeals to the generosity of the glorius Zhentong Emperor, asking for closer ties between China and the Ashikaga Shogunate. He asks for renewed trade and better relations, apologising for the expansionist policies of the previous Shogun.
 * Ming Dip: The Zhengtong Emperor lists a series of demands for the Ashikaga Clan which essentially nullify the title of Shogun to an honorific and presents ruling power in Japan to the Emperor himself. In return trade and better relations may begin.
 * Ashikaga Dip: The Shogun requests the Emperor's understanding that accepting these terms would be an absolute impossibility for any ruler with any dignity. In any case, the Japanese Emperor is merely a figurehead, with the Shogun holding the real power. Giving the Emperor the power vested in the Shogun would lead to the further fragmentation of the Japanese Archepelago, with the various Daimyos vying for power, as the Emperor could not control any rebellions. The Shogun urges the Zhetong Emperor to reconsider.
 * Sicily: improves its infrastructure.
 * Hesse: We continue suppressing the Reformist rebels in the north and north-west. Funerals are prepared for the deceased Royals. Ludwig I locks himself away for periods of time, only coming out on occasions. Monarchs from Hamburg, Oldenburg, Bavaria, Trier, UNC, Austria, Holland, Cologne, Prussia, and Mecklenburg are all invited to the funeral.  We begin vassalizing Magdeburg.  The University of Marburg is created. It is small, hosting only 900 students and 40 some teachers. It teaches Mathematics, Sciences, Language Arts (Literature & Grammar), Religion (Catholic), History, Art, Health, Music, Latin, French, Spanish, Italian, Polish, Dutch.
 * Albionic Dip: Albion would like to open formal relations with Hesse and extends condolensces to Hesse for their loss
 * Hesse Dip: We agree about opening formal relations and we send thanks for the condolences. We invite the Albion monarch to also attend the funeral.
 * You don't border Magdeburg. - Mscoree
 * Told already by two other mods I could vassalize them. 
 * You asked me how long it would take to vassalize Mageburg theoretically, but you must border them first. - Mscoree
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The World Exploration Council continues to expand influence after the massive success of the African Trade delegations. Further exploration and perhaps the formation of a trade outpost are considered for the future. King Edward IV continues to push for English to be used as the primary language at the court. North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Albion sends more explorers to Africa, particularly in the OTL regions of Sierra Leon and the Ivory Coast. Albion sets up a small trading outpost near OTL Sierra Leon. The Great St Paul's Fire has expanded to most of central London. The Royal Palaces of Westminister are severely damaged but the fire is eventually put out by a rather strong rainstorm. Work begins on rebuilding segments of the city. A lottery is held to determine the new design for the rebuilt St Pauls, as the fire totally ravaged the structure. The damage to Greater London and the Houses of Parlilament are expected to cost a large sum over the course of the next decade. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North.
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. Dublin founds the Bank of Eire as an offshoot of the Bank of England. The Bank of England sees modernzation. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg sends a group of ships down the African coast, finally making contact with the Oyo. A small outpost is established outside Oyo territory, dubbed Williamsburg after Duke William (OTL Monrovia, Liberia). With elections for Chancellor of the German Union approaching, two men announce their candidacies; Leopold Axel, mayor of Brunswick, and Bernhard Marius, city councillor in Hamburg.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Cahokia: Rektaw the Proud continues reconstructing the Cahokian empire and is gathering quite the following, walking the footsteps of the ideals of the now deposed political party.  The House of Birdman. His influence is significant but not overbearing in each of the vassal states. Trade, slow at first, begins with the Aztec and Colorado peoples and proves to be both very fruitful realtionships. Iron stores from years past are utilized both for trade and military expansion, starting the slow revitalization of the great Cahokian Archers. Resources are still focused on reconstructing effective government and establishing good connections with the outside world, including vassal states. We expand 20 pixels southwest, nearing our ally the Aztec Empire.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): The skeleton of an autonomous government is now in place and is taking shape as Cahokia's most valueable vassal because of increasing military and food demands (iron, copper, and fish). While it can not handle all of the nation's food supply demands, OTL Lake Michigan brings in a solid portion, approx. ~40% and is able to export food to the southern states. Efforts are centered on border security and economic production.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): Being the closest and oldest vassal state of Cahokia, control over Etowah has been restored in full. Etowah continues its search for larger forests and expands 10 pixels to the east.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud recognizes the strong military history and tradition in the region and utilizes it to focus on military training, shifting more assests here for training purposes. Parkin makes up for food production (~35%), utilizing the surrounding plains. Expansion efforts are stalled due to a shift in military focus to training rather than pushing with brute numbers through the void betweem Cahokia and Parkin (quality over quantity). No expansion this turn, food and military production increase significantly.
 * Cahokian Diplomacy:  We sent additional envoys to the Iriquois people requesting an alliance and trade rights the Iroquois Confederation and Zapotec Alliance.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. German forces under the command of Han Khevenhüller lay siege to the city of Brussels, encamping around the city for several weeks. Although multiple pushes into the city prove to be partially successful, inflicting large amounts of damage and casualties, each initially successful assault is beaten back. Unable to make any significant advances, Khevenhüller orders a withdrawal, moving from Brussels to Namur to camp for the rest and replenish supplies. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren.  With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. A second expedition under the command of Ambrosius Federmann is taken. This time he departs from Melilla carrying 211 men, mostly consisting of soldiers, farmers and priests, aboard three bimereiches, carrying a good amount of supplies and trade goods. Upon arriving in Bezeguiche, the group begins construction of a wooden fort to be used as a trade post to trade with nearby natives and as a fortification in case of attack. Initially the group has trouble cultivating plants, but with the help of the local Wolof, the settlement begins exploiting Fonio. Fishing is also undertaken at times. Federmann christens the settlement as “Albrechtburg” after his king. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods, beginning a peaceful relationship. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, and others. We continue influencing Metz and Saxe-Lauenburg. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded  kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand. We accept the offer to join the German Union, and ask that all our allied states be welcome.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed,  with forty large carracks being finished, and by 1444 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany. Continuing in 1444, Albert II commissions five carracks to travel around the Mediterranean. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 68% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, the general political outline of the German Union is created. Grand Duke Albert officially sends out Heinirch von Wasserburg and Adolf Adelzhausen-Brandt as possible candidates for Chancellery of the German Union.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1444, the total class amounts to about 1370 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm.
 * There is no way a landlocked nation like yours can have a navy, even if you have allies that permit the use of a port. Also, you can't have carracks yet. Lastly even if you could have a navy, there is no way it could trade in Brittany. Albion and the North Sea Trade Alliance control those waters heavily, and the large English navy patrols the region. I do not know who said you could have a navy, but it is not plausible. Even if it were, you couldn't have 40 ships plus four more, the largest navies at the time only composed anywhere from 300 to 500 ships MAX. (Venice being the only exception at around 3300 ships)Andrew
 * I agree that having carracks is implausible. 
 * France: The war in Tunis is over, the defeat of the French army and fleet is a surprise. However, the king lets itself not be misguided and launch another campaign, instead he decides to return to France with the rest of his fleet and army after his 100,000 of his men die in the battles or are killed during the sea battles. While this, military and economy are built up and the preparation for a better war machinery begins, on a side note Italian settlers from northern regions such as Milan and Venice are brought to the kingdom in order to populate some regions and to increase the population in the regions. The vassalization of Armagnac begins, as well as the vassalage of Brittany.
 * Burgundy: Following the command of Louis, the duchy launches its own offensive from the French-held Picardie and French Flanders (now part of Burgundy) the armies begin spreading through France to reach the Mediterranean ports in order to sail southward into North Africa.
 * Berry: With the French war declaration the duchy soon sends troops in order to help the supply line to the region. Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up. The declaration of war surprises many, but many follow the king as they see the Muslim heathens receiving their punishment for not believing in the true god. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * The Burji holdings in the Near East undergoes a massive change as Sultan Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf combines the Mamluk Sultanate and the Jalayirid Sultanate of Mesopotamia to form the Grand Sultanate of the Mashriq. This move is extremely popular, both by the commoners and the local emirs of both empires. In addition to this, he reforms the nation to create the Shura, which is a consultative law-making body, which is headed by the Grand Vizier. The Shura will be made up of all Emirs, their Sheikhs, and Grand Imams. Representatives from major trade cities (Alexandria, Damascus, Cairo, Aleppo, Baghdad, Basra, Jiddah) will also be present in the Shura. The Sultanate expands 10,000 sq km into Arabia. Pressure from the followers of Assaf to create a new calendar, with months based upon set times (much like the Western Gregorian calendar) continues to build. The newest Caliph, who was the Grand Imam of Alexandria, is a follower of Assaf's doctrines. He declares a new branch of Sunni Islam - Assafi Islam. The Grand Imams of Alexandria, Cairo, Aleppo and Damascus all begin to preach Assafi Islam, but in Baghdad, Basra, and Medina, traditional Shafi'ite Islam continues be the main form of Islam. Nubia continues to be integrated more and more, to prevent any future rebellions. Christian segregation continues in Nubia, where Christians make up 13% of the population, pressuring more conversions. At the same time, the Arabic population is greatly out-producing the local blacks, at a rate of six to two, triggering ethnic changes near the borders and in the frontiers, which are increasingly Arabic. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates, and the trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh, making slow but steady progress. Mashriqi pride soars to an all-time high, with the unification of Mesopotamia to the rest of the Muslim world for the first time since the Education at all universities (Alexandria, Baghdad and Damascus) continues strongly. A series of mills begin to be made along the Nile, improving production of crops and encouraging some small-scale manufacturing. Agriculture continues to grow. Latin has become a lingua franca among the educated elites and the merchant classes. Supplies continue to be sent to the Hafsids. All Burji states grow their infrastructure, with publicly planned roads beginning to appear. Protection from bandits begins to increase. Trade with Oman and Yemen continues. Ifat and Socotra both expand by 10,000 sq km. At the end of the year, the Emir of Ifat and Socotra decides to combine his nations into the Grand Emirate of Iritriya.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * Ka'aba Diplomacy: The new Grand Imam, a follower of the liberal Assafi School (no Jihad, Jizya, pro-western Calendar, less gender discrimination, etc.) asks to meet with the Pope in Jerusalem. He wants to address the issues of pilgrimages, and the increasing militant rhetoric from the Papacy.
 * Italian dip: The Pope will not travel to Jerusalem until the city is free from Muslim domain, but he will recive the Grand Iman in rome.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled.
 * Askigaga: There are calls from the Shogun for closer ties between the Daimyos, pointing out the benefits of trade and the great strength of a more united Japan. Ambassadors are sent to each of the other states, carrying gifts of jade and gold, particularly to the Toki and the Hateyama. In the mean time, work is carried out on infrastructure in the Shogunate, building roads and bridging to better tie together the state.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up a little bit, with the Frisian Island forts being renovated to include another cannon each. Their garrisons are also increased a little bit. The OHG builds another warehouse in Greenland, and whaling/sealing operations are increased.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy expands through trade with Oldenburg.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 500 px to the North. We begin building a settlement near Lake Balkai and it starts to threaten the Jurchens. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We begin to study the printing press and make copies of the and the first Oirat literature is published using a script using Chinese characters but with different pronunciations and slightly different meanings. We buy more books from China. We continue influencing Chagatai Khanate.
 * 500 pixels is a huge amount, and is too much. SwankyJ (talk) 13:27, March 17, 2014 (UTC)
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. We FINISH work on a central trade road that connects the capital cities of Bengal, Arakan, Koch, Aohm, and Orissa together in order to better movement of goods and missionaries. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. New coins are minted, this time less reflective of the Hindu and Buddhist culturs in the Sultanate, lacking the depiction of elephants, and instead using a camel with a small crescent above it.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Maharaja of Koch: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Mahraja of Koch begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Swargadeo of Ahom: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: Georgia, Armenia, Gordyene, Adiabene, and Rani all expand their economies. Georgia continues vassalizing the Leks (1 turn), Dido (2 turns), and the Avars (3 turns).
 * Venetian Republic: Eco-turn
 * In Veneto:
 * In news from the Doge's Palace: Doge Dragano continues to allow the minting of further Ducats and gives favourable rates to people who use them for trade. He also considers taxing Sigiƚàr Collegantia, at a low rate, or giving them right to collect tax. He ponders the idea. While reading a printed book he becomes aware of the possibility of spreading Veneto further than the Mediterranean. He passes a law making Veneto an official language next to Latin and begins talks with the nobles who own the Printing Presses of Venice.
 * In news from merchants: Venetian enterprises cover every possible type of business. The Roscol Bank with a trade fleet of 100 ships is the largest enterprise in Venice, other Collegentia run trade enterprises but rarely reach above 30 ships. Venice imports some goods to sustain itself and also imports silk, spice, lime, cement, bricks, stone, wine, fine clothes, furniture, olive oil, wool, grain, gold, ivory, slaves, goats meat, feta cheese, figs, cheeses, candied citron peel, crops, iron, salt, cattle, fruits, lignite, nickle and marble from across the Empire and Mediterranean. Venice exports these goods and more that are produced in the city and locality across Europe, the Middle East and North Africa.
 * In news from travellers: The Venetian Revival ends quietly, many people feel that their revival is over but feel that they are still stable.
 * In Porto Tolle:
 * In news from the Potensa's Palace: Potensa Francesco focuses on improving the level of order in the city, dealing with the increased amount of poorer classes that beg and thieve.
 * In news from merchants: Tollen merchants import goods to sustain itself along with silk and spices. They then carriage these goods into Italy.
 * In news from travellers:
 * In Istra:
 * In news from the Potensa's Palace: Potensa Angelo instructs that a road to Hungary should be constructed.
 * In news from merchants: Traders from Istra trade Terrano wine with Hungary. Other goods such as lime, cement, bricks and stone are largely sent to Venice although some amounts are sold to Hungarian traders.
 * In news from travellers: A small rebellion against a corrupt official occurs in the west.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports:
 * In news from the Superpotensas' Palaces: The Saranda Trading Collegantia continues to employ more of the city, acting as a central governmental and business organ. Discussions on forming a city wide Collegantia continue in Titani. The school of Preveza
 * In news from merchants: The Saranda Trading Collegantia employs many traders based in the city as well as many artisans, the co-ordination results in high levels of productivity giving Saranda a good balance of trade, far in the positive. Salted fish, fine clothes made from silk and wool along with furniture are traded across the Mediterranean, particularly with the Romans, Mamluks, Italy and Castile.
 * In news from travellers: Many Sarandans benefit from the new Saranda Trading Collegantia. With many people blaming the inner turmoil of the city from years past on the guilds people lose their respect for organised labour. Many instead wishing to rely on the Collegantia to provide for them. Titanians hear news of the Collegantia and its boon and become excited by the talks between guild masters and the Superpotensa.
 * In the Peloponnese:
 * In news from the Potensa's Palace: The Potensa of Argos, Barbus Caotorta, is elected and continues the work on public infrastructure in the city.
 * In news from merchants: Olive oil and wine are exported this year, mainly along land routes to Byzantine Greece.
 * In news from travellers: Peasants complain about bad crops and many ask the Potensa for help.
 * In Attica:
 * In news from the Potensas' Palaces: The Potensas meet and agree to build a basic road network - by marking routes with stones that also bear distances to locations - to better assist internal movement of goods.
 * In news from merchants: Local business makes money off of people stopping in the ports while traders carry wool and grain to Black Sea ports and the Roman Empire.
 * In news from travellers: Locals are put to work making the stones to mark the roads.
 * In Morocco:
 * In news from the Potensas' Palaces: The Potensas continue to operate on a lenient policy toward Muslims as well as a policy of rewarding converts to Christianity. Several Potensas feel that Morocco cannot be centrally governed by Venice, they request to be made into a Province.
 * In news from merchants: Moroccan merchants use the ports as gateways to Africa, they bring back gold, ivory and slaves and trade them across Europe to Portugal, the Roman Empire and Castile.
 * In news from travellers: Muslims feel safer with lenient measures protecting law abiding Muslims from slavery. Christianity is rarely taken up but those who do take it up find themselves boosted up several social and economic strata. Local Venetians are largely involved in trade and the harassment of the African coast, they also build fortified positions along the coast to the south, expanding Venetian Morocco by 1000 sq km along the coast.
 * Epirote Republic: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Doge's Palace: With Christofo's death, the position of Doge passes to his son Dragano. Having been raised largely in Epirus, Dragano is determined to improve its prestige in the world. He begins by looking to the north and considering the possibilities of a campaign.
 * In news from merchants: Goat's meat, feta cheese and wool are exported to Italy, the Romans, Hungary and Austria.
 * In news from travellers: Locals both mourn the death of Christofo and celebrate it, causing violent clashes in the capital. Division between those who believe Christofo ruled Epirus well and those who do not forgive him for conquering them is shown to be deep.
 * Venetian Empire:
 * Province of Aegina: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: Geragio Dal Sol continues to rule as Conte of Aegina. With the new guard of 40 men in place, he sets about petitioning Venice to send people to help the population grow.
 * In news from merchants: Traders take grain and figs from Aegina and trade them with the Romans, Mamluks and Italy.
 * In news from travellers: Locals feel safer with the guard doubled, after the invasion from Naxos, many Aegineans view them with disdain.
 * Free Port of Athens: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Superpotensa's Palace: Curticius Servopoulos, the Superpotensa, invests in the Athenian fleet, increasing its size to 10 ships.
 * In news from merchants: Traders bring in goods and export goods to Portugal, Castile, Wallachia, Georgia and other "Golden Sea" ports.
 * In news from travellers: Athens is a bustling city, due to the mix of cultures but the universal nature of the language Veneto, it is becoming the first language of locals.
 * Province of Candia: Mil-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: The Conte dies and his son, Palmerio Morosini, takes over the rule. He continues to grow the Candian fleet, not wishing to let Cyprus take precedence in naval power, the fleet now numbers 100 ships.
 * In news from merchants: Trade through Candia grows and Candian wines, olives and oil, pungent cheeses and candied citron peels are traded primarily this year with the Romans, Mamluks, Wallachia, Crimea and Georgia and in the west they stop in Castile.
 * In news from travellers: Land has run out and immigration slowed.
 * Corfiot Protectorate: Mil-turn
 * In news from the Governor General's Palace: Governor General Vito Sanuto oversees the finishing of the construction of the seven new forts.
 * In news from merchants: Corfiot wine and olive oil is traded through the Epirote Free Ports and finds profit in Castile, Austria and Italy.
 * In news from travellers: Locals are proud of the forts that have finished this year, they tower over all the old structures and shine in the sun as ships sail by.
 * Province of Kaffa: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: Conte Victor Borozzi sees that he is old when he has trouble merely getting onto his personal ship. He begins to make preparations for his son Anechino to succeed him.
 * In news from merchants: Kaffa continues to be a pivotal port in the "Golden Sea" trade and the nickname of Venice of the "Golden Sea" sticks with people. The Kaffan navy acts as the crux of the salt trade in the "Golden Sea". Wines, crops and iron from Kaffa are traded to the Roman Empire (specifically the Romans in Crimea but the rest as well), Jochid Ulus, Wallachians, Georgians, Mamluks, Ottomans and Muscovy, in order of trade volume. The Kaffa salt trade continues to make the region prosper and most of the salt trade ends up in Venice but also Constantinople although some is diverted to Moscow.
 * In news from travellers: Growing amounts of buildings with Venetian architecture add to the nickname of Venice of the "Golden Sea" as many people marvel at the sight of the cities of Kaffa, Bata and Caulita.
 * Naxian Protectorate: Mil-turn
 * In news from the Governor General's Palace: The new Governor General is elected, Cecaumenus Panaretos, he is one of the loyalist Hospitalar. He begins by using funding to rebuild the Naxian fleet and abolishes the levy in Naxos, planning to find a way to fund a standing military navy.
 * In news from merchants: Fruits and cattle are traded with the Roman Empire, Mamluks, Castile and with the Mamluks.
 * In news from travellers: People are rejoicing at the abolition of the levy but many wonder how Naxos can protect itself without one.
 * Province of Negroponte: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Conte's Palace: The Conte, Rizardo Lacaris, continues to manage the city and lands carefully. He pays the interest on the state debt from the coffers.
 * In news from merchants: Mining continues at good levels supporting spending in the city. Negropontean lignite, iron, nickel and marble are traded with Venice and Rome almost exclusively. With the dawn of the Mediterranean Trade League, profits rise as Constantinople becomes completely open for the various metal and mineral trades.
 * In news from travellers: Many people speak of the Conte's son, and are concerned that he made not be made of the same stuff as his father.
 * Free Port of Ragusa: Eco-turn
 * In news from the Superpotensa's Palace: The Superpotensa, Aluysio Turri, sets about better equipping the Ragusan guard, he also hears of the abolition of the levy in Naxos and watches on in interest.
 * In news from merchants: The Ragusan fleet heads east and decides to try to maximise trade with the east, they begin to gather spices and silks from across the Mamluk ports and bring them to Venice for trade across Europe.
 * In news from travellers: Ragusan people are still easing into vassalage, many still wish Ragusa was a free city.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. (1000 sq km).  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed. A heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizeable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.7 million and growing. The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. Castile now only monitors Gibraltar militarily and asks Venice once again to cease undercutting Castile (since we've come to terms) The Castilian navy reaches a large force of nearly 550 ships using the huge funding from Castile's conquests, trading, and other situation to fund this navy. However, the king agrees and further expansion of this kind of fleet will be unsustainable. Castile officially makes its first visit to Kongo but the inability of supplies to hold out prevents anything other than a Marker with a Castilian Standard up top being built on the coast. Castile begins looking for betrothals to Prince Henry, Prince Carlos, Princess Maria, and Princess Elenor.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns Cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Emir, however, managed to maintain a favorable position with both denominations and hold the country together effectively through careful management. The Emir Ahmed now with multiple children from Castilian noble who offered his daughter knowing that the Emir is secretly Christian begins a process of converting Granada into a Principality rather than an Emirate showing its closer connection to Europe as well as Castile in general. While there is an uproar over the beginning of a conversion to a Principality, the amount of highly powerful Christian settlers or knights and the vast loyalty many of the Emir's men have to their leader prevent anything from breaking out. Some issues break out more toward the coast but they are quelled quickly as the Emir begins his long road to conversion from Emirate to principality (the more European term). The long term situation of this plan had led to the beginning of it moving much more smoothly than intended.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  Policing is left up to local organization sanctioned by King Matthias of Cyprus. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Newly created kingdom of Morocco led by a highly trusted castilian noble is begins to secure its borders and begins a massive internal campaign to not only convert thousands of people, but to expand the Christian presence. This presence is heavily expanded by the Knights Hospitaller who with a force of nearly 10,000 strong are the main force behind the new kingdom. The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted while multiple other Muslims are killed in campaigns by the Knights. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom begins a steady economic process with its trade and regularly begins to arrest people (mostly Muslims) for crimes and selling them as slaves on the market. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area. The estimated population of the Christian Kingdom of Morocco is somewhere near 150,000 but officials seem unsure. The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. The Country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees further inland to help increase arable farmland.
 * ​Cuzco: Military and Infrasturcutre improve. Economy grows from trade (i should be back tomorrow. Cuzco STILL has not been updated.)
 * Koryak Confederacy: The Chuckchi tribes are vassalized, expanding Koryakia out of the Kamchatka Peninsula. Power over the Kolmya Evenks increases (3 turns). The Confederacy continues to develop its economy. More new ships are constructed and exploration during the summer months reaches the Taymyr Peninsula in North Siberia. Other explorers reach Kodiak Island off the coast of Alaska. They land on the island and trade iron tools for furs with the natives. They are able to communicate easily as Koryak and Aleut are relatively similar languages. Merchants bring back the instructions to creating steel, which is implemented immediately by the Confederacy to replace iron, stone and bronze.
 * Chukchis (Vassal of Koryak Confederacy): Expands 50 px to the Northeast.
 * Ashikaga Dip: The Ashikaga Shogunate offers a trade pact between our two nations, increasing commercial traffic and eliminating all taxation on goods travelling between us.
 * Koryaks agree to trade pact.
 * Ica-Nazca: We expand our military, increasing the size and military output of Kamayuk Warriors. We build a small amount of fishing ships; increasing our food, and boosting the economy.
 * Ica-Nazca dip: We request an alliance with the Cuzco people.
 * We have had an alliance for a while now.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them (Year Sixteen out of 17). Emperor Draka allows the creation of the first Timurid currency, the Tarmashirin, whose worth is considered to be the same as two standard gold coins (3.67 cm diameter, 0.43mm thickness). The paper factories flourish. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, and new shipyards are being built alongside river deltas.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the newly created trade agreements
 * UNC: King Sverker III visits Hesse for the funeral of their monarch. He extends his condolences to Hesse for their loss. In the meantime, the military is expanded, especially the navy. The UNC again speaks out against the structure of the Holy Roman Empire, stating that they are responsible for warping the teachings of the Catholic Church.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: A wave of the plague sweeps across Wallachia. Thousands of peasants are killed in the catastrophe and Stephen of Moldavia dies. The economy suffers as merchants refuse to visit ports or enter villages. There is no end in sight for the curse. As the catastrophe spreads some priests refuse to give last rites to the dying fearing that the plague will spread to them. Hundreds flee the cities and towns, seeking refuge in the countryside.
 * Foix: We build up our military buy producing more guns and adding more troops to our boarder control team. Our country expands the economy by trading more with France and Castile. With the unification of the church happening we support it any way we can.
 * Andorra: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hungary: Croatia and all the vassals of Hungary see a greater number of military fortifications made. Hungary continues to grow economically, increasing trading with each of them. Hungary also keeps its armies trained and well-drilled. Bosnia is expanded 10,000 km by the army and is looking to establish control so their borders are not affected in the future.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals. We join the German Union.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire continues to educate the Khan's son in classical literature as well as mathematics and Roman law and governance. The Walloon firearms continue to be studied. Trade increases in the Empire's territories. Construction of roads and forts continues.
 * Swiss Confederacy: (Daes asked me to post for him) The confederacy begins to influence the remaining three states around it in order to unify Switzerland. The troops begin basic training to ensure the military is ready for war if need be.
 * Colorado Confederation: Centralization and infrastructure build up continue and infrastructure build up is expected to be completed by next year. Chief A-Keh and the Grand Council of Elders thus go into meeting to decide the future of the Confederation. Meanwhile, an Interim Government is established in order to monitor things during the time of transition.
 * the Jochid Ulus continues to grow and expand, with the Yamalian colony growing 5000 sq km until it reaches the Siberian coast, and then starting to move eastward (because my expansion has been reduced for the last 20 years and we should've reached the coast by now!) The population in this area continues to grow, as more people reach the area and more Nenets settle and are born. The population also grows because of a large influx of the population in Ruthenia and Kazakhstan, with Tatars, Assyrians and Mordvins moving in great numbers to the area. The Mastorava keeps growing, with a new edition being published in Qazan by a group of pagan Tatars. This edition, known as the Kazan Book, would be extremely important for the growth of the Mastorava, as it included a group of beliefs and customs that would later be adopted nationwide. Khan Temür-Hachiun begins sending correspondence to the Christian priests in the nation, looking for increased prestige amongst that religion. His son continues to be educated in Constantinople. Hand gonnes continue to make a surge, with a few infantry armies' purpose to be artillery armies. However, this goal shall not be achieved for several years. Another two ships are unveiled at Sochi, as the cities' infrastructure continues to grow. By this year, almost no actual ulus remain in the nation, most leaders having become either burghers or settled landlords. The few ulus that remain are increasingly scattled and centred in the eastern part of the nation, especially in the border with the Mansis. The nation's economy also grows.
 * Great Perm's economy grows rapidly as its purpose as a trade centre continues to grow. Many trading going east into Asia begins to pass either through Kolvakvkar or Cherdyn. Several merchants traverse Russia and Siberia, teaching Komi in the former secretly and making a lot of money for the nation. Some people begin to adopt the Pskovian currency as their universal coin.
 * Adyghea: Expands by 1000 sq km into Adyghe territory, as the nation continues to grow. The population of all tribes begins to grow. However, the  notion of tribes begins to disappear as more people move to the cities.
 * Dai Viet: We ask the Ming Dynasty to open up trade with our people. We also ask them to help teach us how to build ships. We start training 1000 bow troops and 1500 sword and spear units they are recruited from farmlands within our country to create a strong central army in case of attack. We start construction of 20 sampan ships. We also start to build Prototype wooden ships using different methods of holding the ship together. We also offer a trade agreement to Bengal.
 * Dai Viet: has very close relations to Ming China. They are in an alliance and have close trade and military agreements.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.
 * Tibet: The defenses are expanded. Tibet continues to vassalize Taungoo. Nepal has been annexed into the Kingdom of Tibet. The Gongma leaves the Queen temporarily in charge as he travels to all the far reaches of his kingdom visiting the Confederation of Shan States and Chutiya, along with the new city of Shigaste. Tibet begins to influence Lanna, sending gifts of spices and horses (Need mod response) and asks for a trade agreement.
 * The Confederation of Shan States: The princes scattered throughout the nation begin to create a council of princes with the Gongma as the head of the council. The council will be in the capital. The capital begins to be fortified.
 * Chutiya: The Tibetan Royal Army begins to set up a presence in the capital Sadiya. Military is expanded.
 * Mod response, done.
 * Lanna (mod) diplomacy: Lanna accepts the gifts.

1445
'''The Marrikuwuyanga annexes the Melville Islands after guaranteeing the local chiefs that the timber industry will make them rich beyond their wildest dreams. A few old ships are purchased from the Sundans in order to control the new island. '''

'''With different influences affecting the Chagatai Khanate, the people are divided on who to align with. The Timurids hold the edge, as they have been influencing the longest, but the Oirats and Golden Horde do still control sizable portions of the population. This will likely increase the time it takes to vassalize, at least safely.'''

The Quimbaya Confederation continues to centralise as a single king strengthens its hold over these territories.

'''Albanian Macedonians rise up against Ottoman rule, wishing for Christian rule. (Skanderbeg is around these dates OTL, and Chris has been inactive.)'''

'''Mamluks begin plotting revolt against their Sultan as they believe the recent addition of the Jalayirid territories will heavily weaken their national power. There are protests by Mamluks, both senior and in training, in Cairo, Damascus, Alexandria and Aleppo.'''

'''Tribal conflict breaks out in Hokkaido, with the Ainu state taking advantage. It expands and takes more territory.'''

'''An outbreak of the bubonic plague kills 25% of the population of the city of Naples and 20% of the population of Foggia, greatly weakening the power of Naples in relation to other states in Italy. With many historic feuds and differences, Italy may be set on a path for civil war.'''
 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, now 25 years of age, oversees the almost finished construction of the Templo Mayor, a new wonder, in Tenochtitlan, promised to the new belief of a sort of one almighty God compared to all the others in Aztec religion. This is being dedicated to this certain being, due to Emperor Montezuma II having a dream of an all powerful God, and constant visions to remind him of this all powerful one. For years our Emperor has visited the priests asking for an answer to these signs. The priests have given him nothing but questions for his question, continuing his curiosity of a single powerful god. In the mean time, we expand north east by 25 pixels, now bordering our beloved ally, the Zapotec Alliance, and nearing our other, the Cahokian Civilization. We expand our economy by creating more fishing ships [19] into the Pacific Ocean. We expand our military, as Cuachtemoc has largely expanded to the surrounding city states throughout central America. The Zacatollan vassal is founded on the northern western side of the empire, along the coast of the Pacific. Our population now reaches the height of 5.8 million.
 * Tlacopan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We send economic supplies to Tenochtitlan. We expand our fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean by a moderate amount [17], expanding our economy. We expand our military, whom is much more enthusiastic for the great capital, Tenochtitlan. We expand northwest 15 pixels, now touching northern-middle Mexico, scaling along the Pacific coast. We begin to merge into the Aztec Empire, and the state of Tenochtitlan.
 * Texcoco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand the fishing ships in the Pacific Ocean in large amounts [27] leading to an expansion of our economy. And begin to construct a sort of navy with a complete armada of [26] ships. These have either been taken from the surrounding city states and clans, or built in the past years, no matter the ships are highly outdated, and requests for the Emperor to invest in trying to enhance the navy. We expand into the northwest by 10 pixels, scaling along the Tlacopan vassal. We begin to merge into the Aztec Empire, and state of Tenochtitlan.
 * Atotonilco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our economy and infrastructure. We send cacao beans to Tenochtitlan. We expand northeast 15 pixels, now nearing our ally: Cahokia and wrapping ourselves around and in front of our allies most northern border: Zapotec. Markets are constructed as Atotonilco becomes the major trade hub between the Cahokia and Aztec.
 * Cihuatlan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our infrastructure and economy. With large amounts of fishing ships [11] going into the Pacific we expand our food output, and harvest Cacao beans. We send economic tribute to Tenochtitlan for the protection of the Aztec military. We begin to merge into the Aztec Empire, and state of Tenochtitlan.
 * Zacatollan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military and infrastructure. Markets are build and a fort is constructed: Xilopolco. Military is invested into iron weapons, as well as iron scale armor, received from the the Cahokia people. We expand northwest by 15 pixels.
 * Aztec diplomacy: We establish contact with the Colorado,  Cuzco, Chiribaya, and Ica-Nazca peoples.
 *  While the America's were one web of human interaction. Central nodes did not have direct contact between each other. 
 * Koln: We influence Cleves-Mark and expand our military.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: With the new year the plague subsides. However, the people’s trust in the church is shaken. Hundreds died without their last rites, and many more had to be buried in unmarked mass graves. Church officials ask as to why God would punish them so and questions as to the nature of the church begin to be asked. At the University of Galati the theologians ponder the causes of the curse and search for answers. As many as 3000 died in Constanta alone out of a previous 17,500 inhabitants. Merchants hesitate to venture beyond safe ports and in the towns populations are severely depleted. Roughly 50,000 people were killed across the country.


 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north 5364 sq km (by 75 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov in the year 1445, Yaroslavl in the year 1446, and Tver in the year 1447. A celebration has been established to take part in the month of March, on the 17th day, in the honor of the settlement’s patron saint. The celebration takes part in the city of St Patricksburg.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Ashikaga Shogunate: The Shogun continues to expand trade with the Daimyos, abolishing all taxes on the import of goods across the borders of the Shogunate to encourage the growth of the Ashikaga economy. The first ships begin to arrive from the Koryak Confederacy under the new trade pact. These carry with them cargoes of furs which especially interest the Shogun, and samples are sent to the Daimyos in an attempt to show trust and build friendship between the Japanese states. A small detachment of troops, mainly in the role of advisors, is sent to Hokkaido by sea, to help them to establish control, as the Shogun sees the benefit of an ally in the North. The Shogun is irritated by the demands of the Ming Empire on the Shogun to relinquish power to the Emperor of Japan, seeing it as a strong power attempting to assert dominance over a weaker independent state. However, the Shogun still pursues a peaceful solution to this issue, attempting to find compromise between Chinese demands and retaining the power held by the office of Shogun.


 * Dai Viet: We offer trade agreements to the Ming Dynasty and to Bengal. We continue to recruit and train troops in case of attack. Agriculture is promoted to support a larger force, and to create a stockpile of supplies to defend in a siege. Noting the success of our forces during the the Mongol invasions of 1258, 1285, and 1287-88 by utilizing guerrilla tactics, our forces are trained to avoid the open field of battle and to utilize ambushes and other forms of attacks. We commission the creation of a proper navy to facilitate and protect trade with foreign nations, and to protect our ports from raids. We begin construction of several small vessels that will be armed with archers for ranged attacks and rows to maneuver quickly.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: We accept the trade agreement.
 * Mecklenburg: We, the nation of Mecklenburg, accept all the gifts from our all allies. While we train our regular militia we do train Sharpshooters and produce the new crossbows from our ally Novogrod. We equip all soldiers with the shields bearing our coat of arms, a typical bull.
 * General Estates: After Karl van Nassau's heroric efforts to relieve the forces at Brussels the siege of Brussels comes to an end with some parts of the city damaged and heavy loses to Dutch Netherlander forces. However, he inflicts major casaulties upon the Austrian-German Forces forcing them to retreat from Brabant and begins organizing and expanding the Army of Flanders as it is temporarily called for the planned reconquering of occupied Wallonia. More matchlocks are made and sent to the army of Flanders and The Army of the Rhine which is posed to invade Munster under the command of General Louis Bakker. The new matchlocks prove far supirior to the older firearms, and are placed in unit formations dedicated to unleashing volley fire in rotating lines as support to advancing pikemen and infantry, while some of the infantry themselves are made to carry the weapon as they advance on enemy lines, this is also supported by crossbows, and arrows from a distance, and cannons. With the war finally turning in favor of the Netherlander forces, it is decided that a single government will rule over the whole of the Netherlands in the post war. How this new governing body will be organized is unknown. However, many support the idea of elevating Karl van Nassau to the status of King as he is the heir to over two-thirds of the lowlands, and the other soveirgns retaining their titles in return for submiting to central authority and joining with the ruling legislative body. The General Estates are reorganized into the State-General, as a body made up of the leading members of each state within the General Estates to help the Ruler manage and administrate the domains.  New tax reforms and general laws are proposed to help standardize the administration and economy of all the domains controlled directly and indirectly by Karl van Nassau, and the State-General. Naval expansion continues, and development of newer sturdier and more agile ships continue. The reformist movement starts to solidify itself in owned lands, and preachers of the movement along with supporters propose the establishment of an actual church based on the ideas of Johann, the Council of Hague is organized, and with the blessing of Karl and the State-General the Reformed Church of the Netherlands is established ( now a completely independent church from the Catholic Church). However, the leading members of the church and the government preach for tolerance of Catholics and promise to respect their rights. Though laws are passed which tax the church, and several church lands are confiscated with in the General Estates. Trade and banking continue though the war is starting to have a toll on the economy of the estates.  The occupation of Utrecht continues and the bishopric is officially disbanded by decree of Karl and the State-General being replaced by a provisional government which will determine the final organization of the region upon the end of the war. Old full body armor is replaced completely by chest armor and helmets, to facilitate mobility in the forces.
 * Namur: Resistence to the German occupation begins in earnest by any means possible.
 * Guelder: The Duke of Guelder reluctantly agrees to the plans established by General Estates as it is widely supported by the local aristocracy, and the merchants who are all Dutch and support the emancipation of the Netherlands from the HRE.
 * Limburg: The government of Limburg agree to the plans set forth by the General Estates, and continue to send aid to the Netherlander forces.
 * Breda: Agrees to and sends forth more troops and supplies.
 * THe Pskov Republic: Continues minting more zolotniks, rubles and grivnas. new coins are minted, worth 3, 5, 15 zolotniks. Taking advantage of the current situation of currency in Poland (no national currency), Pskovian traders introduce the Russian currency system into Poland and Lithuania, which is quickly adopted by the local traders in an attempt to increase their economic influence in Eastern Europe. Pskov once again sends their request to Poland and Lithuania and Prussia (with vassals) to adopt the zolotnik currency. Meanwhile, printing is booming, with many more people being able to get ahold of books, and, due to the abnormaly high (in relation to the rest of Europe) literacy rate (due to the fact of literacy being important for traders and bookkeeping, and Pskov being a nation of mainly traders of transformed goods), many people start getting their hands on both secular philosophical and theological texts submitted by the local monasteries. Bordukov, due to his success, asks the Bank of the Pskov treasury for a loan to establish three more printing studios in Pskov, which, due to his relative success, they happily grand due to his current success and profits under the same terms as the other agreement. The bank officialy, under pressure by the church, adopts the policy of not giving out loans that the debtors can not repay. The Pskovians are also sent to introduce the currency all around the baltic, including the UNC.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Military development continues. Influence on Lithuania continues (Four turns). The enlargement of Moscow continues, with construction to finish in about five more years. The University of Moscow is completed following the end of this year. More naval vessels are finished.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: William, though upset that a Hamburger didn't get the Chancellor's position in the Germannic Union, accepts the outcome, and congratulates the victor. Consolidation of Saxe-Lauenburg enters its final year. Trading between the Oyo and the Hamburger outpost of Williamsburg continues, though a palisade is constructed around the perimeter until a much sturdier wall is built. Lippe and Bruchhausen see their militaries and economies improved.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization. Being that Naples is one of the largest cities of the kingdom, the medical system tries to contain the plague, and make the suffering of many people easier to take, but the death is unstoppable. By the end of the year the situation improve.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity.
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Ottoman Empire (Sorry for inactivity, I'll do my best to post more): The Empire continues its improvement on infrastructure and the navy. The Sultan also intends to set aside more funding for the construction and improvement of mosques around the nation, including in the Balkans. However, the Sultan hears word of an Albanian rebellion in Macedonia, and sends his available troops to the region to end the quarrels, many of whom come from Serbia. The Sultan also receives minimal troops stationed in Arta, which is still considered an Ottoman protectorate since the king swore fealty to the Empire decades ago. The Sultan fears the influence for the rebellion has come from the Romans, and the Sultan tells troops to keep an eye on the Roman border to ensure minimal aid is sent to the rebels.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice warns the Ottomans not to place troops near the border.
 * The Jochid Ulus finally reaches the Arctic Sea, with a small town being founded in the far north and a tower being built. However, the arrival to the Arctic Sea and the realisation that it is a mostly frozen over piece of land disuade many potential settlers, as the news reach the Volga. While the government still requests for expansion through Siberia, it slows down, as the northern edge of the country only expands by 500 sq km eastward this year, mostly through the taiga, as the permafrost seems to be slightly less useful. The economy, however, continues to blossom. The flourishing burghers begin to increase their influence within the government, as several territories' economy begins turning completely dependent on their trade with Venice, Rome, Rus' and other such nations. However, on other areas, such as Ruthenia, increased production outpacing trade begin to have the opposite event; the dominion of the Khan begins to grow in influence in these areas. In Ukraine and Kazakhstan, the population of Tatars and Volga Finns continues to flock to the area, now making large proportions of the local population, especially in cities and along the coast of the Dneiper. The population also grows in the rest of the nation, as the natural rate continues to grow and many nomads begin to settle down. The Mastorava continues to spread amongst the population; by this time, it is estimated that about a third of the population follows its faith. Infrastructure is expanded upon, as cities are connected to the sea and the rivers. The military also grows, with hand gonnes continuing to be applied. However, little new innovation is done on the military field. Temür-Hachiun's wife dies of a cold in winter, and he goes into mourning. Tulpar and Tyushta, Temür-Hachiun's twin sons, turn six, and begin formal education at court. Regarding the Chagatay issue, troops are sent to Kazakhstan, and increased influence occurs to the population with the goal of keeping Timurid influence out.
 * Great Perm's population expands. Cherdyn and Kolvakvkar continue to grow, as they continue to grow as trading hubs of western Siberia. Much of the Jochid trade going to Rus' and backward begins to be diverted to these two cities, greatly increasing the wealth of the nation. A Bible school begins to be built in Cherdyn, as the Bible is translated to Komi. The Mastorava, however, continues to grow in the nation, with about a tenth of the population following the faith in one form or another. The Mastorava and the Komi language are taught to people throughout eastern Rus' as trade power increases. The process to adopt the Pskovian currency begins, with several merchants being pressured into adopting it.
 * Adyghea expands by 1000 sq km, as tribal Adyghe and Ossetes are generally mostly subdued by now. The economy grows, as does the population, given that the fortified plazas in the Caucasus (and Maykop) continue to experience large demographic growth. Furthermore, the King of Adyghea begins murdering oponents to his reign, thus strengthening central government.
 * Hesse: With the election of the Bavarian Chancellor for the German Union, we prepare for their term. Berg is vassalized into the nation. More revolts start occuring, resulting in battle across the newly vassalized land of Berg and Paderborn. We prepare for the vassalization of Magdeburg, which will come soon.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. By this time, the colony in Leiname starts to export wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the colony of Santa Maria and São Miguel expands 200 sq km into the third island, which begins to be commonly called Terceira.
 * France: The war in Tunis is over, the defeat of the French army and fleet is a surprise. However, the king lets itself not be misguided and launch another campaign, instead he decides to return to France with the rest of his fleet and army after his 100,000 of his men die in the battles or are killed during the sea battles. While this, military and economy are built up and the preparation for a better war machinery begins, on a side note Italian settlers from northern regions such as Milan and Venice are brought to the kingdom in order to populate some regions and to increase the population in the regions. The vassalization of Armagnac continues. as well as the vassalage of Brittany.
 * Burgundy: Following the command of Louis, the duchy launches its own offensive from the French-held Picardie and French Flanders (now part of Burgundy) the armies begin spreading through France to reach the Mediterranean ports in order to sail southward into North Africa.
 * Berry: With the French war declaration the duchy soon sends troops in order to help the supply line to the region. Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up. The declaration of war surprises many, but many follow the king as they see the Muslim heathens receiving their punishment for not believing in the true god. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * County of Oldenburg: Count Dietrich offers Castille's Prince Henry the hand of his 25 year-old daughter, Sieglinde, in marriage. She is talented at singing, writing and needlework, is an excellent bookkeeper, and is drop-dead gorgeous. She's also a devout Catholic and seeing as she's Sedevacantist, issues of which Pope you accept don't affect her at all! Truly, she is the pick of the crop of current Northern European maidens. The OHG ramps up trade with Venice and other "German Union" members. Whale oil, and whale and seal skins are becoming quite invaluable Oldenburger exports.
 * You might want to get a Papal dispensation for that. They are first cousins.
 * Oh, true, I had forgotten that Sigelinde's mother is Branca of Portugal. Papal dispensation might be slightly hard to get, considering Oldenburg's sedevacantist. The Bishopr of Osnabruck could give his own dispensation ...
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Bishop Alberich of Oldenburg (distant cousin of Count Dietrich) dies. After being interred in the Cathedral, a new bishop is chosen (from candidates approved of by Count Dietrich), who affirms Osnabruck's Sedevacantism. The militia is expanded.
 * Ming China: Continues to reform. The Zhengtong Emperor continues the policy of seeking "wen" (knowledge) over "wu" (violence). However, that does not mean that the military is neglected. However, he continues to replace many powerful figures with others of lesser birthright but great capabilities. Minor revolts spring up due to this policy but the majority of the population is happy with the change. It also lessens corruption greatly. The naval facilities in the ChangJiang are expanded. Korea, Qara Del, Haixi, Lao Xing and Tainan expand their economies. The Khmer Empire, in decline is influenced heavily by Ming China which seeks an opening into South East Asia. Relations with the Japanese Emperor, Kyushu Daimyos and Vietnam grow warmer and warmer. Diplomats and court advisors are sent from China to Kyushu and to the Japanese Emperor himself. They continue to secretly encourage the Japanese Emperor to unify Japan in his name.
 * Ashikaga Dip: The Shogun requests the Emperor's understanding that accepting the terms given would be an absolute impossibility for any ruler with any dignity. In any case, the Japanese Emperor is merely a figurehead, with the Shogun holding the real power. Giving the Emperor the power vested in the Shogun would lead to the further fragmentation of the Japanese Archepelago, with the various Daimyos vying for power, as the Emperor could not control any rebellions. The Shogun urges the Zhengtong Emperor to reconsider.
 * Sicily: Improves its infrastructure.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. The central trade road between the vassal states allows for a greatly increased speed for missionaries, traders and soldiers to travel between the states.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Maharaja of Koch: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Mahraja of Koch begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The Maharaja of Koch, Aneka Ananda passes away at 59. His grandson, also the son of the Swargadeo of Ahom, now rules the country. 
 * Swargadeo of Ahom: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom begins to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. With his grandson in power in Koch, Suphakphaa claims his grandson to be a landed vassal of his, and therefore takes over the lands of Koch, ruling over his grandson who rules those lands. 
 * Foix: We build up our military buy producing more guns and adding more troops to our boarder control team. Our country expands the economy by trading more with France and Castile. With the church unifying John has full control of the country to rule on his own. We rename our capital city Rockford.


 * Andorra: We build up our military and economy.
 * You aren't allowed to merge the nations and move to capital, THIS IS COMPLETELY ASB. You are in a personal union - not dynastic. You can't get rid of the Bishop of Urgell either.
 * You are somewhere between Catalan and French. You can't just adopt English as a language out of nowhere.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 100 px to the North. We begin building a settlement near Lake Balkai and it starts to threaten the Jurchens. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We continue to study the printing press and make more of them. We buy more books from China. To increase the speed in influencing Chagatai Khanate, our queen, Orug Khan has died goes to Chagatai Khanate with books, experts and seeds and begins to influence the Chagatai into centralizing the North of their territory.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them. Due to the now seventeen years of influencing the Chagatai Khanate, the Timurid Empire largely influences the south-western and parts of the western Chagatai Khanate, whilst the other areas are divided among the Oirats influence and the Jochid Ulus' influence.  ALTHOUGH EVEN DURING TIMURS REIGN , Sultan Mahmud, then khan of the khanate already was issuing coins with Timur's face, due to the Jochid Ulus' and Oirats' influence, the Timurid influence weakened, yet it still strong due to Draka renewing said ties with the Chagatai Khanate for the last seventeen years. (Year Seventeen out of 17 + extra years because of different people influencing). The paper factories flourish. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, and new shipyards are being built alongside river deltas. Due to the slow works of the woodblock printing, we send multiple groups of traders/explorers in order to search for better way of printing. Two are sent to China, one is sent to the Mameluke lands and another is sent through the Ottoman Empire to European lands, as the inventions of the Europeans, especially Greek ones have proved to be of use.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the trade agreements.
 * Venetian Republic:
 * Books printed in the Venetian language spread throughout Europe and the Mediterranean, spreading knowledge of the language far and wide.
 * In Veneto Doge Dragano continues minting further Ducats, increasing the supply for traders and merchants to use. To further encourage people to use the Ducat and Lira, he passes a law which makes it so that taxes can only be paid in the two currencies. In talks with the nobles utilising the printing press, he manages to secure their support and they print commonly read books and ships them across Europe and the Mediterranean. Considering the options, Dragano decides that a war now is unfavourable but wishes to assist Epirus is acquiring Valona, Venice begins vassalising Valona (turn One of Three) by sending a letter stating that in return for their vassalage the lords may rule themselves with some autonomy, using the encroaching Italians as motivation for accepting.
 * Albionic Diplomacy: Albion diplomats hear of the new printing machine and begin requesting permission to use the machine in Albion, citing the close trade relations between the two nations as part of the reason behind the request.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: The Doge wishes to introduce the machine carefully and promises that if the good people of Albion give Venice time, they can acquiesce their request.
 * In Porto Tolle: the Potensa hires three new Pretors to help keep order in the city.
 * In Istra: the planned road is delayed as the nobles pool their money to hire a small mercenary force of 1000 men to crush the western peasant revolt.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports the Saranda Trading Collegantia employs over 50% of the city, with the current Superpotensa operating as the Proveditor. Titani forms its own Sigilar Collegantia, focusing on turning Titani into a center for the production of fine clothes and furniture. The school of Preveza takes primacy in influence in Preveza, with the masters of the school gaining in influence.
 * In the Peloponnese Potensa Barbus invites the peasants to the city of Argos and petitions the Doge for the Ducats to fund feeding them.
 * In Attica locals finish building a network of primitive roads. The waysigns help people make quicker and safer journeys.
 * In Morocco the number of raiders employed to harass the coast and lands and take slaves increases. Muslims in the nation feel uncomfortable. However, a leading Potensa converts and operates on a policy of what is close to equality between Venetians and locals. This act causes a stir and many officials petition the Doge to remove the man from his post.
 * Inf-turn
 * Epirote Republic: Dragano holds off on militaristic expansion, instead deciding to copy his father's attempts to utilise trade as a means of influence. When he hears of the clashes in Ioannina over supporters and opponents of his father he speaks with the Potensa there and has the city guard of 75 men round up rebels and protesters.
 * Inf-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * In the Province of Aegina Geragio continues to support traders and now with money to encourage settlement spends on a big infrastructure effort. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Athens Superpotensa Curticius sets sail to Oyo with the Athenian fleet determined to bring back gold and ivory for the city. He leaves the officials with instructions to continue facilitating trade in Athens. Inf-turn
 * In the Province of Candia Conte Palmerio maintains the Candian fleet, but is finding that the islands guilds cannot fix them all, he petitions the Doge for designs for an arsenal. Eco-turn
 * In the Corfiot Protectorate The Governor General announces to his advisors that he will be making a new law that will streamline the Corfiot military commitment. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Kaffa Victor Borozzi dies and is replaced by his son Anenchino, who lowers the tariffs as a sign that he will continue Kaffa's position as Venice of the "Golden Sea", he commissions an entire new section of the city of Kaffa to be constructed with living quarters and facilities as well as a large workshop area along with a small keep to increase defences. Inf-turn
 * In the Naxian Protectorate institutes a tax which forces Naxians to pay a certain amount depending on an assessment of their wealth or serve as unpaid soldiers in the Naxian Navy for 40 days a year, which can be extended to 120 in times of campaign. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Negroponte Conte Rizardo sends his son to Venice to be taught in the art of statecraft, he considers building a road to the most profitable mine, to maximise the income to the state. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Ragusa Superpotensa Aluysio creates the Black Guard of Ragusa, called so because of the black of their armour, he institutes a poll tax of three Lire aimed at being able to fund several heavily armed soldiers to be a full time army (they will number 1500 men). Mil-turn
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Albion sends more explorers to Africa, particularly in the OTL regions of Sierra Leone and the Ivory Coast. Edmund Trading Port in OTL Sierra Leone continues to see expansive trade. Due to the damage to the palaces, King Edmund elects to move the seat of Albion temporarily to York while the repairs to central London continues. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. England requests that Albion start using the English Pound Sterling as the offical currency of Albion and all Albionic trade to make prices competitive with Venice and other trade nations. The NSTA puts forward a proposal to use the Pound Sterling as the NSTA's main trade currency until a more suitable currency can be considered.
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. Dublin founds the Bank of Eire as an offshoot of the Bank of England. The Bank of England sees modernzation. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. The Crown Dependency begins trading exclusively in Pounds.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. Wales follows its fellow members of Scotland, England and Dublin in adopting the Pound as soul currency.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice encourages Albion to use the Ducat for trade, as a different currency would not change prices but would add additional exchange complexity as well as exchange costs, lessening the amount that could be spent by traders on trading. Venice points out that Venice gains no money from other nations using the Ducat and points out that the Ducat facilitates ease of trade and relations between nations.
 * Munster Diplomacy: We accept your offer to create a single currency between the nations of Albion, and we hope that a new currency will eventually be created, otherwise we will be using the Pound Sterling.
 * Ica-Nazca: We expand into Chimor by 15 pixels. We vassalize Chancay (One out of Four turns). We expand our military and economy.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. Capo Verde now fully settled is continually built up to accomodate Castile's military, navy and exploratory fleets.  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed - a heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizeable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.7 million and growing. The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. Castile now only monitors Gibraltar militarily. The Castilian navy reaches a large force of nearly 550 ships using the huge funding from Castile's conquests, trading and other situations to fund this navy. However, the king agrees and further expansion of this kind of fleet will be unsustainable. Castile officially makes its second and third visits to Kongo and begins to trade with the disorganized but relatively peaceful natives. Some more opportune men, however, seeing the relatively settled Kongo, mark it for the future. Castile begins looking for betrothals to Prince Henry, Prince Carlos, Princess Maria, and Princess Elenor.
 * Italian Dip: Reserve one daugther for me.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Granadan people now seem to look at their secular society as less of a Muslim one and more of a religiously neutral state. The Term Emirate is dropped and is renamed a Principality with the official name being the Principality of Granada. Some Muslim zealots turn out to protest this but the Emir - Now Prince of Granada manages to quell the zealots with quick timing by his troops. The relative unrest in the country continues to die down as the majority of the soldiers of Granada now Christian, or even corrupted Muslims (by the bounties of their conquests abroad) continue to obey the Prince of Granada with unshaken loyalty.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  Policing is left up to local organization sanctioned by King Matthias of Cyprus. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The newly created kingdom of Morocco led by a highly trusted castilian noble is begins to secure its borders and begins a massive internal campaign to not only convert thousands of people, but to expand the Christian presence. This presence is heavily expanded by the Knights Hospitaller who with a force of nearly 10,000 strong are the main force behind the new kingdom. The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted while multiple other Muslims are killed in campaigns by the Knights. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom begins a steady economic process with its trade and regularly begins to arrest people (mostly Muslims) for crimes and selling them as slaves on the market. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area.  The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. The Country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees further inland to help increase arable farmland.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Albert II offers his oldest daughter, Anne (born in 1427), as a suitable bride for your son.
 * Italian Dip:  Hey, Anne was mine!
 * Venetian Diplomacy: The Venetian Doge sends a letter to Castile simply saying "I know".
 * ​Cuzco: We delare war on the Aymaras. Our army stands at 500 warriors. we call upon the Ica-Naza to aid us. economy and infrasturcute expand, foucsing on the roads surrounding Cuzco.


 * Normally I say how overly large peoples armies are, but dude, you seriously would have something like 1500 warriors, or more, I estimate you have a population of around 70,000. Good work on being realistic! :D
 * We will agree to assist the Cuzco against Aymara if we get the northwestern parts Aymara for our efforts.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu expands 5000 km sq into interior Sakhalin.
 * Oyo Empire: The Oyo empire expands by 5000 km to the west, and continues its policy of capturing and exporting the local populations off to slave markets in Morocco. The destruction of the Benin warmachine has been completed, with the state now forced to disarm as well as sign itself over to Oyo as a vassal state given the recent collapse of its economy under Oyo conquest (I can do this right?). The expansion of the Oyo navy continues, with large nlanla ships equipped with crossbows, catapults, and archer towers to grant the navy a strong bite in the event of a naval conflict. A professor at the University of Oyo-Ile theorizes the possibility of helping people with sight problems, see through polished spectacles. He begins working on a model to demostrate his idea to his peers. Oyo merchants in Morocco sail to the Ottoman Empire to seek out potential goods that can be sent back to Oyo as luxury items. The census of Oyo shows a population of 8,104,446, a less than expected increase, which can be blamed on the slave trade which has depopulated much of the region.
 * Venetian Trade: Venetian traders bring the Ducat, a minted golden coin which has a consistent weight, to trade with the Oyo. Many slavers make their payments in this except when buying gold, in which they trade spices and silks instead.
 * Oyo Trade: The Oyo merchants are pleased with the purchases, and ensure that many more shall be on their way. Plans to increase the slave turnout are underway, with many Akan settlements which have many strong and able-bodied men and women laying in the path of Oyo expansion. We are happy you are pleased.
 * Tibet: The defenses are expanded. Tibet continues to vassalize Taungoo. The Gongma continues his trip around the nation, giving speeches and gaining support in the vassals. Tibet continues to influence Lanna.
 * The Confederation of Shan States: Military is expanded.
 * Chutiya: Military is expanded.
 * Ulster: We continue vassalizing Silgo. Revolts continue in the countryside. However, they die down due to the rebellion being crushed in Leinster, the Hiberno-Norman stronghold, besides the areas inside the now-dismantled Pale. Trade with Greater Albion and the Mediterranean continues. We continue to work on new ship designs, sending some south to look at designs of naval powers such as Portugal and Castille. We offer Munster to enter a Dynastic Union with Munster. OOC: Local told me to do this on my talk-page.


 * Munster (In Ireland): Limited trade continues with West African nations. However, it begins to slow down due to the increasing prevailance of Islam in Oyo. Economic reforms implemented in the past few years continue, growing cities and the professions that come with them. The war was won due to the levies' modern weapons and the bravery of the Garda Slavacha. The levies continue to be equipped with the pikes and warhammers that have served them so well in the rebellion. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. After years of northern expansion into Mayo, we reach the northern coast. Tales of Eire becomes popular reading amongst monks and nobles, and it spreads across the Irish Sea to parts of Britain. We are startled when Ulster offers us a personal union, but we accept the offer of a personal union with Ulster, given that better relations are a must if Albion and especially Eire are to grow closer together. Thomas II marries an Ulsterian princess, cementing the marriage. After the marriage of the two primary powers in Ireland, the King proclaims Munster and Ulster to be a joint Kingdom of Eire. Celebrations erupt across cities and towns all over the Isle, as the King is crowned on the Hill of Tara, as the High Kings of old were, and Ireland is, de jure united, save the independent Kingdom of Thomond. Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. (Mil-turn)
 * Leinster: Leinster rebuilds after the civil war. D'Arcy's cronies are executed, and a pro-Munster government is instated, under Thomas II, son of King Eamon. Leinster rejoins the Confederation of Ireland, and joins the United Kingdoms of Greater Albion. The trade that has been so instrumental in improving Munster begins to spread to Leinster. (Eco-Turn)
 * Cahokia: Could MP update the map for me? I think Cahokia was missed in the last update. Rektaw the Proud continues reconstructing the Cahokian empire and is gathering quite the following, walking the footsteps of the ideals of the now deposed political party.  The House of Birdman. His influence is significant but not overbearing in each of the vassal states. Trade, slow at first, begins with the Aztec and Colorado peoples and proves to be both very fruitful realtionships. Iron stores from years past are utilized both for trade and military expansion, starting the slow revitalization of the great Cahokian Archers. Resources are still focused on reconstructing effective government and establishing good connections with the outside world, including vassal states. We expand 20 pixels southwest, nearing our ally the Aztec Empire.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): The skeleton of an autonomous government is now in place and is taking shape as Cahokia's most valueable vassal because of increasing military and food demands (iron, copper, and fish). While it can not handle all of the nation's food supply demands, OTL Lake Michigan brings in a solid portion, approx. ~40% and is able to export food to the southern states. Efforts are centered on border security and economic production.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): Being the closest and oldest vassal state of Cahokia, control over Etowah has been restored in full. Etowah continues its search for larger forests and expands 10 pixels to the east.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia): Rektaw the Proud recognizes the strong military history and tradition in the region and utilizes it to focus on military training, shifting more assests here for training purposes. Parkin makes up for food production (~35%), utilizing the surrounding plains. Expansion efforts are stalled due to a shift in military focus to training rather than pushing with brute numbers through the void betweem Cahokia and Parkin (quality over quantity). No expansion this turn, food and military production increase significantly.
 * Cahokian Diplomacy:  We sent additional envoys to the Iriquois people requesting an alliance and trade rights the Iroquois Confederation and Zapotec Alliance.
 * Koryak Confederacy: The Koryak Confederacy offers support to the Ainu in Hokkaido, including weapons and naval assistance. Some troops are also sent. The arrival of luxury goods such as silk and porcelain due to the trade pact with the Ashikaga Shogunate creates a surge of interest in overseas trade. SOme goods are sold at hugely inflated prices to the tribes of Central SIberia. An organization is formed to explore more trade possibilities in the newly-discovered lands to the east/west (International Date Line?). As a result, the Confederacy expands 2000 km into Kodiak Island, pushing aside native groups, who are resettled as farmers along with thousands of Koryak settlers. Meanwhile, the military continues to be revitalized, including the preliminary construction of an iron-clad "turtle ship". The military also rearms with steel weapons. The triumvirate is deposed and replaced with a "council of Five". This is made up of the five most important chieftains within the Confederacy. Writing continues to spread ; in an effort to teach it to more of the population, the triumvirate founds a University in Nymylan. Explorers expand 3000 km to the northeast, eased by the fact that the Kolmya Evenks have been vassalized.


 * Kolmya Evenks: Economy is improved.
 * Chukchis: Infrastructure is improved.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished, and by 1445 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1445, Albert II commisions three cogs to sail around nearby Mediterranean coasts. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 68% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut.
 * Italian Dip: We are ready to send you a future consort king.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1445, the total class amounts to about 1370 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: The Tagaschan is provisionally completed this year; after four years of on-and-off construction, the royal road stretches from Batumi to Arbela, connecting Yerevan, T'bliisi, and Nuhadra along the way. Georgian infrastructure continues expanding, as subsidiaries of the Tagaschan stretch to Kartli. Additionally, Georgia successfully vassalizes the chiefdom of the Leks this year, with local chieftains swearing allegiance to the Georgian throne. Crown Prince Alexandre, noting his father's failing health, redoubles vassalization efforts of the chiefdom of Dido and the Avar tribes; rumors at court suggest that Dido will submit next year, and the Avars will bend the knee in two years' time. It is hoped that the King will live long enough to see Georgia's frontiers pacified, but the Crown Prince nonetheless alerts the Jarishuri to prepare for rebellion.
 * Kingdom of Armenia: As the Armenian section of the Tagaschan is completed, smaller roads are built of it at the behest of Armenia's influential princes, with capillaries stretching westward to Ararat and Van; this process improves Armenian infrastructure significantly. King Smbat also assures Prince Levon of Gordyene that his consolidation plan will be approved by the Armenian throne, and implies that Georgia will also approve his initiative.
 * Principality of Gordyene: The completion of the Assyrian section of the Tagaschan improves Gordian infrastructure. Prince Levon also makes an offer to Prince Gabro of Gordyene: Levon's eldest son will marry Gabro's eldest daughter, thereby joining the two (biologically unrelated) branches of the dynasty together and giving Levon the support he needs to consolidate Assyria under his rule. In exchange, Gabro would receive suzerainty over the County of Van, along Adiabene's northern frontier; this would make him Assyria's second-ranking noble.
 * Principality of Adiabene: The completion of the Assyrian section of the Tagaschan improves Adiabenite infrastructure. Additionally - to the joy of the aging Prince Gabro - his wife Tinatini gives birth to a son. With the future of his family as Princes of Adiebene secured (and the threat of an Armenian-led personal union neutralized), Prince Gabro agrees to betroth his daughter to Levon's son. The stage is set for the formation of a pan-Assyrian polity, assuming all goes well.
 * County of Van: Prince Garegin of Armenia arrives in Van this year, along with his wife, Princess Ketevan of Georgia. While Garegin has heard of Levon's consolidation plan, and resents his loss in stature, he lacks the political influence to affect the decision; King Smbat relishes the thought of consolidating the fractious Assyrian realms, and informants have warned the Prince that Georgia's Alexandre will sign off on the consolidation the moment his father dies. Prince Garegin, looking for a distraction from his worsening political position, develops a passion for engineering, expanding Van's infrastructure by improving the aqueducts running outward from Lake Van.
 * Principality of Rani: Prince Zurab personally oversees the extension of the Tagaschan to the Principality's capital at Rani, expanding Rani's infrastructure. Additionally, conversion efforts of the Azeris begin in earnest this year. However, the resentment of the locals toward their Georgian occupiers becomes apparent, and only 3000 of the region's 150,000 Azeris convert - primarily those already disliked by their neighbors, who have little to lose from changing faiths.
 * County of Ossetia: Georgian administrators begin linking the Ossetian capital at Dzaug's Settlement - which the Georgians call Vladikavkaz - into the Tagaschan, expanding Ossetia's infrastructure. Preparations are also made to consolidate Georgia's northern holdings under a single Prince - most likely one of Crown Prince Alexandre's sons, given King Giorgi's age.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to trade and expand the power of the Imperial Bank in order to better manage the Empire's treasury. The khan's son continues to learn in Constantinople, learning basics on classical philosophy as well as some city planning. His relationship with Hassan increases, and he starts to experience the merchant's Nestorian faith. Printing of books continues and remains a major luxury goods for nobles as well as the Imperial Library. The army is put on alert because of the Albanian revolts happening in the Ottoman Empire. The Imperial government distances itself from the rebellions, declaring that it is neutral in the current conflict. Despite this, many nobles, both Greek and Latin, support the Albanians in their cause. Construction of the twin forts and better roads continue. Roman traders begin to influence Cephallenia by expanding Roman currency and products there.
 * Just so you know, Caphallenia is part of Arta and has been for about 40 years or so. They united soon after the Treaty of Aegina). I started trying to influence them not long after the treaty and had this issue.
 * The Grand Sultanate of the Mashriq continues to complete Sultan Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf's plan of uniting all of his holdings. The commoners and the emirs continue to be excited by new trading options, as well as greater security, but the Mamluks appear to disapprove. The head Mamluk of the largest Mamluk troop is invited to Cairo and appointed to be the new Grand Vizier in order to quell any talk of rebellion. The new head Mamluk is a pro-Ahmed soldier, and urges all men to reswear loyalty to the Burji dynasty. Most do, but those who refuse rebel in Cairo, Alexandria, Damascus, and Aleppo. The regular military, more adequately capable of putting down the Mamluks, travels with leading Mamluks to the cities in which rebellions are starting, but the rebelling Mamluks begin to grow restless and kill over 5000 people in total between the four cities. This greatly angers the people and continues to turn them against the Mamluks. By the end of the year, a large battle has taken place in Cairo and Alexandria, restoring the peace. The Mamluks proved incapable of holding land in the major cities. Reconstruction begins in Cairo and Alexandria. Notably, in Alexandria, the Amir announces that the Mamluks are no longer welcome in his Amirate. No damage was down to the University, Lighthouse, or Library. In Cairo, though, damage was done to the Palace Complex, and the Sultan begins to consider possible alternative palaces. The first meeting of the Shura commences, and harsh measures are taken against the Mamluks in rebellion. In general, the Mamluk minority begin to lose power rapidly. The Sultanate expands 10,000 sq km into Arabia. Pressure from Assafi Muslims to create a new calendar, with months based upon set times (much like the Western Gregorian calendar) continues to build. Nubia continues to be integrated more and more, to prevent any future rebellions. Christian segregation continues in Nubia. At the same time, the Arabic population is greatly out-producing the local blacks, at a rate of six to two, triggering ethnic changes near the borders and in the frontiers, which are increasingly Arabic. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates, and the trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh, making slow but steady progress. Mashriqi pride soars to an all-time high, with the unification of Mesopotamia to the rest of the Muslim world. Education at all universities (Alexandria and Baghdad) continues strongly. A series of mills begin to be made along the Nile, improving production of crops and encouraging some small-scale manufacturing. Agriculture continues to grow. Latin has become a lingua franca among the educated elites and the merchant classes. Supplies continue to be sent to the Hafsids. All Burji states grow their infrastructure, with publicly planned roads beginning to appear. Protection from bandits begins to increase. Trade with Oman and Yemen continues, as well as influence in Al-Sumal. Iritriya expands 10,000 sq km.
 * Swiss Confederacy: We build up our infrastructure. We continue to influence the three states around us by increasing trade with them.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. German forces under the command of Han Khevenhüller lay siege to the city of Brussels, encamping around the city for several weeks. Although multiple pushes into the city prove to be partially successful, inflicting large amounts of damage and casualties, each initially successful assault is beaten back. Unable to make any significant advances, Khevenhüller orders a withdrawal, moving from Brussels to Namur to camp for the rest and replenish supplies. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren.  With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Ambrosius Federmann’s second expedition to West Africa is a success, with a trade post being established to trade with natives.  Initially the group has trouble cultivating plants, but with the help of the local Wolof, the settlement begins exploiting Fonio. Fishing is also undertaken at times. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods, beginning a peaceful relationship. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, and others. We continue influencing Metz. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded  kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand.
 * Hungary, Croatia and all the vassals of Hungary see a greater number of military fortifications made. Hungary continues to grow economically, increasing trading with each other. Hungary also keeps its armies trained and well-drilled. Bosnia is expanded 10,000 km by the army who are looking to establish control as so their borders are not affected in the future.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.
 * UNC: The economy is expanded as the UNC establishes several trade routes through its vassals. Sadly, King Sverker III dies of old age this year. King Charles VIII becomes King of Sweden, Denmark and Norway. In the meantime, the UNC expands its assets in Greenland.
 * Colorado Confederation: Infrastructure build up is finally complete and not only are previously destroyed roads and towns are rebuilt, but new towns and roads are established as well. With so many new and improved towns and roads there is an economic boom with the trade routes being transported by the nomads of the Confederation from town to town. With this economic boom wealth circulates and encourages even more trade among the towns. With this trading not only resources are exchanged, but ideas as well. These ideas are mainly focused on how to maintain this great wealth and knowledge of the Confederation and Chief A-Keh peacefully re-establishes his power from the Conference. During the Conference it was decided to use the money from the economic boom in order to centralize and build up the economy even more. (I apologize if my post was nonfunctional, I had a busy day today and if this post is not accepted then I understand.)

1446
'''The Hangul alphabet is created in Korea by King Sejong the Great of Joseon. The Hunmin Jeongeum published during the year is considered the start of this brand new scientific writing system.'''

The Precious Belt Bridge in China is fully reconstructed.

The Blarney Stone is set into a tower of Blarney Castle in Blarney, County Cork in Ireland.

'''African attacks and remoteness hinder Venetian, English and Castillian trading outposts south of Morocco. Colonial outposts in Africa are weakened, negating any bonus in the algorithm for the next twenty five years.'''

'''Note: Due to rampant implausibility, none of the North American nations have contact with each other. The Central American (Zapotec, Aztec, Mayan) nations all have contact with each other. South American nations have limited contact, depending on their location.'''
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Ashikaga: The Shogun is dissapointed with the Chinese lack of response to diplomatic channels and Chinese demands for devolution of power back from the Shogunate to the Emperor. In reaction, a heavy tax is placed on Chinese imports until a time when the Zhengtong Emperor stops what is viewed as the bulying of a smaller state and reopens negotiations. Trade is maintained between the Shogunate and the Daimyos, bettering relations in the archipelago, especially after the arrival of the furs and other goods from the Koryak Confederation which are sold by Ashikaga traders throughout the islands for a great profit. The Shogun requests a marriage to the daughter of the Daimyo of the Date clan to unite their two realms, pointing out the benefits of unity with the strongest regional force. Mod response needed.
 * Chiribaya: We expand another 20 km southeast.
 * Hungary, Croatia and all the vassals of Hungary see a greater number of military fortifications made. Hungary continues to grow economically, increasing trading with each other. Hungary also keeps its armies trained and well-drilled. Bosnia is expanded 10,000 km by the army who are looking to establish control as so their borders are not affected in the future.
 * Milan: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. We upgrade economy and military, as do our vassals. We ask for an alliance with the nation of Naples to ensure the safety and tranquility of Italy from foreign invasion.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Saxe-Lauenburg is integrated into Hamburg, becoming its fourth province, and is incorporated into the Fourth Hamburg District. With Hamburgs influence having spread to its greatest extent under the reign of William I, some begin referring to him as "the Victorious". Williamsburg continues to serve as a midpoint for trade between Europe and the Oyo. Heinrich Volkard, who visited the previous year, paints "Edge of the Unknown", depicting Williamsburg with a Hamburger ship moored at its single dock, allowing people back home to see what its like on the "end of the map". Hamburg adopts the Alliance and Merchant Act of 1446, the German Unions first major legislation. The HTSC begins construction of a ship larger than those previously constructed, to be called Heinrich II Von Hamburg after Henry II, who led Hamburg during the Norse Wars. Events in the Dutch rebellion are watched closely, and rumors begin circulating of a Dutch improvement on the arquebus, though no such improvements can be seen. Lippe and Bruchhausen expand their economies.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization. The control of the plague effects improve, and the population grows.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity.
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Felix V continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert workmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. Capo Verde now fully settled is continually built up to accomodate Castile's military, navy and exploratory fleets.  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed - a heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. The Castilian army now seizing a sizable stretch of land from Morocco sanctions the creation of the Kingdom of Morocco under a Castilian noble. Castile's population reaches around 4.9 million and growing. (I have been focusing heavily on growth of population and have not been involved in nearly the amount of destructive wars as OTL Castile has been). The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. The Castilian navy reaches a large force of nearly 550 ships using the huge funding from Castile's conquests, trading, and other situation to fund this navy. However, the king agrees and further expansion of this kind of fleet will be unsustainable. Castile officially makes its second and third visits to Kongo and begins to trade with the disorganized but relatively peaceful natives. Some more opportune men, however, seeing the relatively settled Kongo, mark it for the future. The attacks from African natives in Kongo spark reprisals. However, any friendly tribes are continually traded with and friendly relations develop with. Castile begins looking for betrothals to Prince Henry, Prince Carlos and Princess Maria with Princess Elenor being reserved for Italy's heir to officially solidify Castile and Italy's full dynastic union (between you giving me your daughter and me giving you mine our dynasties will be the dame) In an act of good faith between Castile and Venice, King John send a letter apologizing for previous behaviour as he was not sure of intentions and was not sure whether the situation would be beneficial or not. However, seeing a notable increase in revenue John once again apologizes to the Doge of Venice. The Technology of the Castilian navy is improved heavily as the king begins to focus more on the quality of his ships rather than the quantity.
 * Granada: The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Granadan people now seem to look at their secular society as less of a Muslim one and more of a religiously neutral state. The Term Emirate is dropped and is renamed a Principality with the official name being the Principality of Granada. Some Muslim zealots turn out to protest this but the Emir - Now Prince of Granada manages to quell the zealots with quick timing by his troops. The relative unrest in the country continues to die down as the majority of the soldiers of Granada now Christian, or even corrupted Muslims (by the bounties of their conquests abroad) continue to obey the Prince of Granada with unshaken loyalty.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries: Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:King Matthias of Cyprus has twin sons, both of which are sent to Castile for tutoring until they are old enough. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: Prince Fernando of Morocco with only one son but very well educated and strong requests that in order to fully legitimize the Christian Kingdom of Morocco than he wishes to betrothe his son to a high level princess. By Castile's agreement we ask England for a suitable heir.  The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area.  The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. The Country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees further inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continue to expand with greater trade coming from Castile and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Knights hospitaller finally calm down from their overly religious conquest and begin to allow effective administration of the country.


 * English Dip: Princess Anne of Scotland is offered hand in marriage to the Christian Prince of Morocco. Anne is a superb seamstress as well as very active in aiding the less fortunate, not to mention she looks as if heaven bestowed upon man a most beautiful creature. Princess Anne is also skilled with weapons and is a shrewd defense specialist.
 * Oldenburger Diplomacy: Dietrich again offers his multi-talented youngest daughter, Sigelinde's hand. Se is the first cousin of the princes. (But come on, this is the fifteenth century)
 * Castilian Dip: Agreed we will betrothe her to the Heir Apparent, Prince Henry of Asturias. (Also, considering the marriages are not OTL and the fact King John's first wife was a Portuguese Princess, I don't think they are first cousins)
 * Actually, they are.Sigelinde's mother is the sister of Henry's mother.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Doge Dragano accepts the apology and wishes to end the strife that happened under another Doge. He says "A father's conflicts need not be his son's". He asks whether Castile wishes to form a Venetian-Castilian Pact, which can be discussed in more detail through envoys (aka: chat).
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. By this time, the colony in Leiname starts to export wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the colony of Santa Maria and São Miguel expands 200 sq km into Terceira.
 * Meanwhile ... meanwhile ... meanwhile ...
 * France: The war in Tunis is over, the defeat of the French army and fleet is a surprise. However, the king lets itself not be misguided and launch another campaign, instead he decides to return to France with the rest of his fleet and army after his 100,000 of his men die in the battles or are killed during the sea battles. While this, military and economy are built up and the preparation for a better war machinery begins, on a side note Italian settlers from northern regions such as Milan and Venice are brought to the kingdom in order to populate some regions and to increase the population in the regions. The vassalization of Armagnac continues. as well as the vassalage of Brittany.
 * Burgundy: Following the command of Louis, the duchy launches its own offensive from the French-held Picardie and French Flanders (now part of Burgundy) the armies begin spreading through France to reach the Mediterranean ports in order to sail southward into North Africa.
 * Berry: With the French war declaration the duchy soon sends troops in order to help the supply line to the region. Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up. The declaration of war surprises many, but many follow the king as they see the Muslim heathens receiving their punishment for not believing in the true god. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up. The nation sends supplies to the war efforts on Tunis.
 * Foix Dip: We ask if we can by Armagnac from you and Albret.
 * Venetian Republic:
 * Books printed in the Venetian language spread throughout Europe and the Mediterranean, spreading knowledge of the language far and wide
 * With the increased supply of Ducats, the fluidity of European trade increases
 * The Roscol Bank offers to fund trade for governments in return for rights to establish a bank in their nation's capital
 * In Veneto the Doge slows minting down to normal levels, starting to stockpile gold instead. The Doge spends money on renewing the roads of Veneto, placing waystones and paving the main roads to Italy, Milan and Austria. The printers create their own Sigilar Collegantia, called the Venetian Print. They manufacture books at ever increasing rates, although due to laws they are in the Venetian language. The books are on a complete range of topics and many are translations of books from other countries. Venice continues vassalising Valona (turn 2 of 3), with the Doge sending an envoy to treat with their lords, he brings gifts and promises of protection.
 * In Porto Tolle early in the year the Potensa dies and a replacement is elected, he is called Antonio de Mar. the Pretors subdue a murderer and hang him from the walls, when it is discovered that he was a pagan the Pretors begin an investigation into the religion of locals.
 * In Istra the revolt is largely crushed after the rebels are met by a heavy cavalry charge, they scatter and become brigands, the nobles offer a pardon to any man who gives himself up. Most do. However, some of the most passionate rebels continue to raid loyalist villages.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports the Saranda Trading Collegantia further organises the production and trade of Saranda, trying to make the system of commerce more efficient. The Collegantia of Titani exports record amounts of clothes and furniture, outproducing many cities across europe. The Prevezan guilds centralise their power and when the Superpotensa dies manage to get one of their own elected, he is called Euthymius Ferro.
 * In the Peloponnese the Doge gives Potensa Barbus a small sum of Ducats, knowing it would not be enough the Potensa takes a loan from the Roscol bank to pay for food to feed his people. By the end of the year they return to their fields.
 * In Attica criminals begin to use the centralisation of transport via the roads to theive passers and lay ambushes for merchants. Before they can rally together, the Potensa of Menidi dies, leaving the largest settlement in Attica without a Potensa.
 * In Morocco the Doge decides to wait and see before declares against or for the convert Potensa. The Potensa, with renewed confidence continues to persue reasonable levels of equality within the Ventian laws. He begins to purge official positions of Venetians who are there based on their birth and replaces them with competant Venetians or Moroccans, not discriminating based on faith.
 * Inf-turn
 * Epirote Republic: Dragano's round up of hsi fathers opponents in the city ends in a bloody conflict, but luckily he wins, ending the conflict by hanging ringleaders and those who continue to protest.
 * Mil-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * In the Province of Aegina: immigrants begin to arrive in Aegina, to begin with they build basic shacks to live in but soon enough Geragio invests money in constructing some basic housing including an alms house to handle new arrivals better. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Athens: Curticius arrives home from Oyo with holds full of gold, ivory and slaves. He gives up two fifths of it to the people as a show of generousity and then sells the rest on the market. Eco-turn
 * In the Province of Candia: the Doge grants Candia rights to a simple arsenal, for purposes of maintainance only. Conte Palmerio orders the construction of it immediately. Guild masters become wary, as they have heard that the Shipwright Guilds will be made obsolete by the new arsenal. Inf-turn
 * In the Corfiot Protectorate: Governor General Vito, inspired by Ragusa, announces that Corfu will institute a poll tax of two Lire to fund the Red Army of Corfu (should number 1000). Many realise where the inspiration came from but are eager to see the army materialise. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Kaffa: Conte Anenchino continues to encourage immigration to the city of Kaffa, most immigration is internal. However, some comes from outside of the Province. Inf-turn
 * In the Naxian Protactorate: Governor General Cecaumenus begins the first year of the tax called the "Fleet Tax", he operates the population in rotations and uses the money from those who can pay to defer some of the other costs of maintaining a fleet. Inf-turn
 * In the Province of Negroponte: Conte Rizardo begins the construction of the road to the most profitable mine, he recieves support from merchants for the effort and it is complete before the years end, more than doubling the revenues of the mine. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Ragusa: the Black Guard begins recruiting, already inducting the city guard into its ranks and by the end of the year numbers around 100 men riding coursers, all armoured in black plate and armed with pike and sword. Mil-turn
 * ​Castilian Dip: In an act of good faith between Castile and Venice, King John send a letter apologizing for previous behaviour as he was not sure of intentions and was not sure whether the situation would be beneficial or not. However, seeing a notable increase in revenue John once again apologizes to the Doge of Venice.
 * County of Oldenburg: Meanwhile, in Oldenburg, the year is spent improving the military. Meanwhile, work begins in a small sloop to assist the three cogs of the fledgling navy, which have, meanwhile, been patrolling the coast of Oldenburg. Meanwhile, apart from that scintillating fact, nothng much else happens.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop decides to organise his country better, mainly so he actually gets the taxes he's due. He proposes giving parish priests actual temporal authority over their parish. His Grace believes that if mayors and sheriffs have priests as their bosses, they would be less likely to embezzle money. Naturally, the priests could appoint lay people as as deputies. His Grace is actually quite pleased with his plan, and decides to implement it in three parishes next year as a trial run.
 * Foix: We send an ambassador and 20 guards to to Venice to ask for an alliance. John asks the church if he can buy Armagnac to add to our nation. (Need mod responce) We continue to build up our military and economy. Our inventers start to make our own version of the matchlock gun and the wick gun.


 * Andorra:  A special inventer of the name of Felix Ramel invents the worlds first glider. He flies up to 25 mpr and as high as 100 ft for ten minutes untill crashing into a small lake. We build up our military and economy.
 * Armagnac is not a Papal domain, and it would NEVER allow itself to be bought into Foix
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice agrees to the alliance. Stating that they will protect the independence of Foix and Andorra fiercely.
 * States-General Provisional Government of the Netherlands: With the war slowly turning in favor of Netherlander forces Karl and the States-General put in motion the invasion of both Munster, and liberation of the Rest of the Lowlands. Louis Bakkar leads the army of of the Rhine an army of 10,000 strong into the Munster while An army of 15,000 strong march into Namur under the command of Karl van Nassau to liberate the Wallon state from Austro-German forces.  The forces entering Namur avoid direct combat with the Austrians instead they begin looking to bring the Austrian forces to attack defended positions along by cutting off their retreat into Liege, while attacking in small engagements with light calvary to provoke the Austrian-German forces into attacking the prepared positions near the city of Namur. In Munster the Dutch forces march in an ordered fashion toward Munster while trying to avoid being flanked by the forces of Munster. Plundering is common in towns that are in the path of Louis's forces, and several cathedrals and church lands along the way are laid to waste and plundered by fanatic reformists while the more moderate try to keep them in line. The navy continues to harrass and sieze Austrian and German vessels that are under the flag of enemy nations. Dutch Naval expansion continues. The reformist Church continues to support harmony between Catholics and Reformists as long as Catholics do not attempt to cause issues for the Reformists. Meanwhile, preachers continue to promote the Reformed Church. The States-General continue to bring the Nethelrander minor states into the central administration by employing their forces in the united forces, and by calling in representatives from each of the states. More tax and administration reforms are put forth as the Nation's finances are starting to strain after ten years of war.
 * Castile Dip: Due to Castile's situation of being a breakaway into the Western Church as well the Castilians wholly support the Netherlands decision and offer up loans to the Netherlands at a favorable interest to help get the country back on its feet.
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Albion sends more explorers to Africa, particularly in the OTL regions of Sierra Leone and the Ivory Coast. Edmund Trading Port in OTL Sierra Leone continues to see expansive trade. Due to the damage to the palaces, King Edmund elects to move the seat of Albion temporarily to York while the repairs to central London continues. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. In effort to ease trade with Venice, the pound is matched with the Ducat, eliminating the exchange rate difference. The Ministry of Finance calls together a joint session of all the members of Albion to create a replacement currency in the future. English explorers begin to map the coast of Africa for the King, making it down the coast near OTL Gabon.
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. Dublin founds the Bank of Eire as an offshoot of the Bank of England. The Bank of England sees modernization. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. The Crown Dependency begins trading exclusively in Pounds.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. Wales follows its fellow members of Scotland, England and Dublin in adopting the Pound as soul currency.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: The Doge praises the Kings wise judgement and states that the new Sigilar Collegantia known as the Venetian Print wishes to establish itself a small workshop in England. This will bring some printing to England until more prints are produced.
 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, now 26 years of age, is delighted with the finished construction of Templo Mayor the new wonder, in Tenochtitlan, promised to the belief of a sort of one almighty God compared to all the others in Aztec religion. In the mean time, we expand south, going through our ally: Zapotec, by 20 pixels setting up a small vassal named Soconusco now passing the Zapotec Alliance in the south. We are nearing the Cahokian Civilization in the north. We expand our economy by creating more fishing ships [47] in the Pacific Ocean and lake of Tenochtitlan. We now have a navy containing a small fleet [26] ships, although highly outdated, Montezuma II wishes to increase the technology of ships. We also expand our wells in the great city as "well" as through the Empire as a whole. We expand our infrastructure; planning on a strong acqueduct system, linked with our canals, as well as more homes, hospitals, temples, and schools. Cuachtemoc oversees the militaries being built throughout the empire and its vassals. Our population now reaches the height of six million.
 * Atotonilco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our economy and infrastructure. We send cacao beans to Tenochtitlan. We expand northeast 10 pixels, now nearing the Cahokia [although we don't know them yet] and wrapping ourselves around and in front of our allies most northern border: Zapotec. Markets are constructed as Atotonilco becomes the major trade hub between the northern tribal states and the rest of the Aztec land. We plan the construction of aqueducts and wells, and the building of more homes, hospitals, and temples. We send exploration parties to the north discovering more disorganized land.
 * Zacatollan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our economy and infrastructure. Markets are built and a fort is constructed: Xilopolco. Fishing ships are built [four] and wells are created to increase infrastructure which also includes schools, which the empire has supported the attendance of. We expand northeast by 10 pixels, scaling along the vassal of Atotonilco. We send exploration parties to the north discovering more disorganized land.
 * Soconusco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We are a very small vassal, and begin to build our infrastructure; building houses, temples and hospitals. We expand our military, creating many Warriors to defend the new southern border of the Aztec Empire. We send out a few exploration parties discovering only disorganized land to the south of us. We mainly search for Cacao beans.
 * Aztec diplomacy: We request trade rights with the people of the Yucatan.
 * BTW, I wont be expanding any more as I have pushed my boundaries. And without horses my travel time is critical. So I see it as unfair if I expand any more, so I am calling myself unfair if I continue to expand. SwankyJ (talk) 22:57, March 19, 2014 (UTC)
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. The central trade road between the vassal states allows for a greatly increased speed for missionaries, traders and soldiers to travel between the states.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The Swargadeo (King) of Ahom declares himself to be King of Assam, also called Kamarupa in this time since he now controls his grandsons lands which were the Maharaja of Koch.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 100 px to the North. We begin building a settlement near Lake Balkai and it starts to threaten the Jurchens. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We continue to study the printing press and make more of them. We buy more books from China. We continue to influence the Chagatai into centralizing the North of their territory.
 * 100 pixels is still much too large, I am pretty sure. But the mods dictate that decision. SwankyJ (talk) 14:48, March 19, 2014 (UTC)
 * UNC: The UNC expands its military, especially its navy. The defense grid in the North Sea is expanded while the offensive potential of the navy increases as well. A shipbuilder known as Kristian Stig Ljungstrand develops a ship known as a Karak. Nearly identical to the carrack, karaks are much faster without sacrificing firepower, capable of easily defending a city or taking an offensive role. Three karaks are produced this year with many more on the way. The vassals and their militaries also expand, though the vassals mainly increase their armies rather than their navies. All nations in the UNC work on updating the military with firearms. Charles VIII takes a tour of Denmark, Sweden and Norway upon his coronation. He works on ensuring that  bullshit  crises such as what happened in the early parts of the 15th century do not happen again. He intends to enact policies to bring Denmark and Norway together with Sweden. While Norway is compliant with these policies, the Danes are much more resistant to the cultural changes brought on by the Swedes.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Military development continues. Influence on Lithuania continues (Two Turns).
 * Koryak Confederacy: With the widespread adoption of agriculture, the population of the confederacy continues to rise. Many colonists are shipped to Kodiak Island, where Koryak territory is expanded by a further 200 km. The University in Nymylan enjoys a large enrollment, and the subjects available are expanded from only writing to include navigation, languages, mathematics, metallurgy and military tactics. The Confederacy works to improve its economy, especially by building more ships for the purpose of fishing to help feed the growing population. Lumber shipments from Alaska rise, enabling the construction of a huge Buddhist monastery in the capital, something that is viewed with dislike by the larger shamanist portion of the population.
 * Chukhotka: Expands 2000 km north. 
 * Kolmya Evenks: Reorganize and refit the military.
 * Ica-Nazca: We continue to vassalize Chancay (Two of Four turns). We expand our military and economy.
 * Ica-Nazca diplomacy: We will agree to assist the Cuzco against Aymara if we get the northwestern parts Aymara for our efforts.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu expands 5000 km sq into interior Sakhalin.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, coming to rival Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the arts and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age. Aragon seeks to make trade agreements with England and the Dutch.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them. Due to the now seventeen years of influencing the Chagatai Khanate, the Timurid Empire largely influences the south-western and parts of the western Chagatai Khanate, whilst the other areas are divided among the Oirats influence and the Jochid Ulus' influence. (Year Eighteen out of 17 + extra years because of different people influencing). The paper factories flourish. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, and new shipyards are being built alongside river deltas. As our explorers progress through the lands, we await for news, yet none are to be heard of. Junayd Safavi's father becomes ill, meaning that the Safavids will soon be controll by Junayd. Draka travels to the Jaunpur Sultanate to discuss some issues with Muhmad Shah, who was recently injured during a travel to Draka's court.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the trade agreements.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: As Georgia's northern frontier stabilizes, the kingdom's merchants begin organizing trade missions into the markets of the Jochid Ulus, hoping to increase their foothold along the Black Sea; the commercial techniques developed in the process strengthen the Georgian economy. Additionally, Georgia successfully vassalizes the chiefdom of Dido this year, and local chieftains swear allegiance to the Georgian throne. By year's end, King Giorgi VII falls ill; he is not expected to survive the winter. Crown Prince Alexandre acts as regent, and continues vassalization efforts of the the Avar tribes, hoping that the Avars will submit to Georgian rule next year.
 * Kingdom of Armenia: Armenian commercial contacts along the Black Sea begin to pay off this year, as the growing prosperity and improved infrastructure of the Caucasus region allows the nation's merchants to access goods from the Mediterranean. As a result of the newfound wealth flowing down the Tagaschan from Georgia, the Armenian economy grows significantly.
 * Archduchy of Assyria: With the blessings of both Georgia's Crown Prince Alexandre and Armenia's King Smbat IV, the Principalities of Gordyene and Adiabene are combined with the County of Van to form the Archduchy of Assyria. Mtavari (Archduke) Levon immediately begins drilling the Archduchy's combined forces on mesame combat, since the province now has enough men to form its own distinct units. As a result of this training, Assyrian military capacity grows. (As Gordyene and Adiabene both developed in exactly the same ways, I'll keep their development scores and war penalties for the united Assyria.)
 * Principality of Rani: As local resistance movements grow, Prince Zurab trains the Principality's Georgian guard forces in riot-suppression tactics; the increase in security boosts Rani's military readiness. While conversion efforts of the Azeris continue, the resentment of the locals slows evangelization efforts, since Orthodox priests largely don't speak Azeri; by the end of the year, only 5000 of the region's 148,000 Azeris have converted, and most of these are merchants dependent on Georgian trade for their livelihood and particularly unpopular collaborators.
 * Principality of Kavkasia: With the submission of the Ossetians, the Didans, and the Leks to Georgian suzerainty, and the impending vassalization of the Avars, Crown Prince Alexandre organizes the entire region into a single Principality for ease of administration. Prince Garegin of Armenia is granted the Principality in exchange for the revocation of his claims to Van. The new prince promptly begins training the local clans in "proper" mesame combat, expanding Kavkasian military capabilities. Garegin also conducts a census of the population; Kavkasis is estimated to have a total of 145,000 residents (including the still-independent Avars): 45,000 Ossetians, 35,000 Avars, 25,000 Didans, 20,000 Leks, and 20,000 Georgian settlers.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: The introduction of the printing press by a Venetian merchant prompts a huge explosion in demand for scholars and tutors. Hundreds of barely literate boyars seek an education as it becomes fashionable to read own books. Merchants also capitalize on the invention using it to advertize their wares to the extremely rich. Several print shops open across the nation, and copies of the Bible begin to circulate among the boyars. The recovery from the plague of 1444 continues and trade flows more freely again. The development of gunpowder weapons is resumed. Though the populace remains deeply religious, trust in the church is less strong than before; theologians discuss the short falls of the Metropolis of Moldavia and Bukovina and the Metropolis of Ungro-Wallachia. A group calls for a union to create one metropolis, and an Emissary is sent to the Patriarchate of Constantinople to seek the Patriarch’s blessing for such a union. Many fear that unless action is taken the church will lose much of its sway within the principalities.
 * Eire: A disease strikes traders in Oyo. We end trade with them. Nationalization and centralization of Eire continues. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. After years of northern expansion into Mayo, we reach the northern coast. Tales of Eire becomes popular reading amongst monks and nobles, and it spreads across the Irish Sea to parts of Britain. We are startled when Ulster offers us a personal union, but we accept the offer of a personal union with Ulster, given that better relations are a must if Albion and especially Eire are to grow closer together. Thomas II marries an Ulsterian princess, cementing the marriage. After the marriage of the two primary powers in Ireland, the King proclaims Munster and Ulster to be a joint Kingdom of Eire. Celebrations erupt across cities and towns all over the Isle, as the King is crowned on the Hill of Tara, as the High Kings of old were, and Ireland is, de jure united, save the independent Kingdom of Thomond. Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. (Mil-turn)
 * Leinster: Leinster rebuilds after the civil war. D'Arcy's cronies are executed, and a pro-Munster government is instated, under Thomas II, son of King Eamon. Leinster rejoins the Confederation of Ireland, and joins the United Kingdoms of Greater Albion. The trade that has been so instrumental in improving Munster begins to spread to Leinster. (Eco-Turn)
 * Ulster: We continue vassalizing Silgo. Revolts continue in the countryside. However, they die down due to the rebellion being crushed in Leinster, the Hiberno-Norman stronghold, besides the areas inside the now-dismantled Pale. Trade with Greater Albion and the Mediterranean continues. We continue to work on new ship designs, sending some south to look at designs of naval powers such as Portugal and Castille.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of  St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov, Tver, and Yaroslavl in the far future. We want a non-aggression pact with UNC.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to posture itself in a neutral stance regarding the Albanian revolts in the north, and although the government is remaining neutral, many nobles in the Empire remain sympathetic to the Albanian cause. The government suspects that several of these nobles may be supplying the rebels with funds or supplies, but the authorities have no proof and so can do nothing. The military is still mobilized should the war spill over Roman borders. The training of the Khan's son continues, and he learns advanced military tactics as well as commercial law. The khan's son becomes more interested in Hassan's Nestorian faith, and beginst to learn more about it. The Roman military begins to look again into creating small ceramic grenades filled with Greek Fire as the military did once before. The twin forts continue construction, and the road system in southern Greece is improved.
 * Swiss Confederacy: The Swiss Confederacy continues to work on its infrastructure as well as vassalizing the three states adjacient to it.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.
 * Cahokia: Could someone update the map for me? I think Cahokia was missed in the last update. Also, OTL Key West Florida is colored for Cahokia, is this a mistake or do I currently control it? The Cahokian elite estimate that the entire empire will be under full control in four years. Rektaw the Proud continues to establish himself as the leader of the Cahokian empire. Several store mounds from when Great Alligator had ruled containing iron and weapons has been found in the countryside outside of the City of Cahokia. Rektaw utilizes this to further retrofit his military with better weapons, in particular experimentation with iron armor and metal arrowheads. In order to better prepare the empire for expansion, Rektaw seeks to scout further to the east and west along the shoreline of OTL Gulf of Mexico. Cahokia expands 15 pixels to the south-west and east.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): Moundville continues to produce a large sum of food for the empire. A focus upon the now growing fishing industry in OTL Lake Michigan has proven fruitful through its increasing efficiency. Fishing vessels are growing in size and sturdiness. Timber from new found forests in Etowah is sent to Moundville to satisfy its increasing needs.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): In its quest for larger timber supplies, Etowah has finally expanded to the foothills of OTL Appalachian Mountains and the rich forests it houses. Etowan leadership focuses the majority of its efforts on establishing the newfound timber industry. In doing so, they strengthen both infrastructure and economy.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia): Newly trained military assets are sent to Etowah to back up its aggressive expansion toward the OTL Appalascan Mountains. Food production and military training continue to be Parkin's main focus.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.
 * Colorado Confederation: 'Centralization and economic build up continue.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. After withdrawing from Brussels and continuing to fight back around Namurs and Liege, German forces under the command of Han Khevenhüller are forced to slow their advance after doing battle with Karl van Nassau. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Ambrosius Federmann’s second expedition to West Africa is a success, with a trade post being established to trade with natives. Initially the group has trouble cultivating plants, but with the help of the local Wolof, the settlement begins exploiting Fonio. Fishing is also undertaken at times. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods, beginning a peaceful relationship. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, Metz, and others. We continue influencing Furstenburg, Konstanz, Kempten, and Magdeburg. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand.
 * The Grand Sultanate of the Mashriq continues to complete Sultan Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf's plan of uniting all of his holdings. The Mamluks, still in charge of some districts of Aleppo and Damascus are all killed by a joint-invasion of commoners, regular military, militia, and loyal Mamluks. The Sultan mandates that all Mamluks must be fully integrated with regular military units, and that Furusiyya must be instilled in the minds of all Mamluks, and regular troops, even further. The merger of Mesopotamia, Egypt, Nubia, Syria, and Arabia continue to excite many who predict future profits. The general population strike out against a Mamluk troop near Suez, causing a minor flareup which demonstrates the new hatred between the Mamluks and regular citizens. The Shura continues to redefine the role of the Mamluks, which had been going on for almost half a century now. Reconstruction continues in Cairo and Alexandria, and begins in Damascus and Aleppo, both of which were not really hurt. The University at Damascus is still fully intact. The Emirs of Syria announce the ban of Mamluks in their lands, unless under the direct command of an Emir-led or Sultan-led operation. The damage done to the Cairo Palace Complex causes talks of حديقة قصر, or Hadeekah Palace, begin to surface. The proposals use Gezira Island, known for its numerous rare and exotic plants as the future location of a new and comprehensive palace. The Sultanate expands 10,000 sq km into Arabia. Pressure from Assafi Muslims to create a new calendar, with months based upon set times (much like the Western Gregorian calendar) continues to build. Nubia continues to be integrated more and more, to prevent any future rebellions. Christian segregation continues in Nubia. At the same time, the Arabic population is greatly out-producing the local blacks, at a rate of six to two, triggering ethnic changes near the borders and in the frontiers, which are increasingly Arabic. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of caravels and frigates, and the trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. The Swahili Trade and Exploration Company (STEC) consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered. Meanwhile, the Indian Association of Free Arab Traders and Merchants (IAFATM) continues to influence Aceh, making slow but steady progress. Mashriqi pride soars to an all-time high, with the unification of Mesopotamia to the rest of the Muslim world. Education at all universities (Alexandria and Baghdad) continues strongly. A series of mills begin to be made along the Nile, improving production of crops and encouraging some small-scale manufacturing. Agriculture continues to grow. Latin has become a lingua franca among the educated elites and the merchant classes. Supplies continue to be sent to the Hafsids. All Burji states grow their infrastructure, with publicly planned roads beginning to appear. Protection from bandits begins to increase. Trade with Oman and Yemen continues, as well as influence in Al-Sumal. Iritriya ​expands 10,000 sq km.
 * You really need to stop thinking you are immune to mod events.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo continues its 5000 km along the coastline of West Africa into the west, and continues its slave trade trade by forcibly capturing the primitive tribals of the land, and sending north to be sold to the Europeans. The Oyo continue the expansion of the navy into a true fighting machine, and additional developments into their sails has produced faster ships. The growth of the navigator schools throughout Oyo have given rise to many enterprising sailors, who seek to make their fortune overseas. The ability of the Oyo to travel to Angola sees them trading many luxury items with the Kongo in exchange for gold and exotic woods.
 * The Jochid Ulus experiences a lull in growth, as the borders of the nation only grow 2000 sq km, spread across almost all of the Eastern border. The resources that had previously been spent on expansion into colder areas now are spent on the military, with it expanding by several thousand infantrymen (some of which are armed with hand gonnes) and a bit of heavy cavalry, the first used by the Ulus in history. While Mongol archers still make the heart and soul of the Jochid army, the other branches now outnumber the cavalrymen. The economy also grows, with agriculture fluorishing throughout the nation, centred on Ruthenia and Kazakhstan; in both of those areas, the Tatars and the Volga Finns continue to move to the borders. Aydar-Arslan continues to be educated in Constantinople, while Tulpar and Tyushta begin formal education in court in Sarai. They are taught by a Mordvin merchant, Avvakum, who follows the Mastorava, a Nestorian Assyrian refugee, Afrêm, and three Muslims (one Tatar, one Persian, one Mongol) called Marat, Ali' and Temuge respectively. Temür-Hachiun once again looks for a wife, sending emissaries to request marriages with all Muslim nations. The Mastorava continues to grow and spread among the nation, with a lot of the population now following that faith. Influence of the Chagatay grows.
 * Great Perm continues to expand its economy .Eased restrictions on trade because of the adoption of the zolotnik expand the economy; the Pskovian zolotnik continues to be adopted as official currency. The population grows.
 * Adyghea expands by 250 sq km eastward. The population and economy grow.
 * Tibet: The defenses are expanded. Tibet continues to vassalize Taungoo. The Gongma returns to Lhasa, his health is failing and being that his son is just 3 years old, his wife the Queen will become the Regent until the prince is of age to rule. The Gongma also instates a Diarchy. The Queen Mother shall rue alongside the reigning King. Tibet continues to influence Lanna and asks the King of Lanna if he'd allow a Bön monastery to be set up in his country(Need Mod Response).
 * The Confederation of Shan States: Military is expanded. More people start to convert to bön.
 * Chutiya: Military is expanded. More people start to convert to bön.
 * Mod Response: They accept the offer.

1447
Wolves enter Paris and kill forty citizens.

'''Hahahah this is hilarious. Doesn't really affect anyone, just pretty amusing. SwankyJ (talk) 00:10, March 20, 2014 (UTC)'''

Wow this is hilarious!

'''Wow, you find innocent people being mutilated by wild animals funny? (I must admit though, I like the inclusion of events like these)'''

The fact that wolves enter a metropolitan city and kill forty people is funny in its sheer farcity.

'''Believe it or not this happened in OTL. Was too good to pass up. - Mscoree'''

Machu Picchu, located 2400 meters (7875 ft) above sea level begins construction.

'''Chief Hamekawa unifies the island of Oahu. In subsequent raids against Maui his power is smashed by the Maui Chief Kamahelo’s fleet which seizes the area of Oahu from Waikiki to Kailua and establishes the Mauan Empire. Secret alliance deals between Hawai’i and the other islands are already beginning with the intention of topping this disruption to the natural Hawaiian order.'''

'''In Sinaloa and other areas of western Mexico, many tribal federations begin to form. Deeply hostile to surrounding empires and one another, they prevent further expansion westward and northwestward by the Aztec and Zapotec.'''

'''A large K'ich'e state, the first since the fall of Tikal in the mysterious collapse of Classical Maya civilisation, begins to be organised in the area around Tikal in Guatemala. A Tzeltalan state is formed to the west. Threatened by Yucatec and Zapotec expansion, these two states in the southern highlands ally.'''

'''Muisca and Motilón confederations begin to form, threatened by the growing power of the Quimbaya kingdom in Colombia. However, the Quimbaya kingdom, controlling most of the Cauca river basin. A city is founded, Aburrá, near OTL Medellín, and gold production spikes for the developing religions of the area.'''

'''Carib raiders destroy Moundville and Zapotec outposts in the Gulf of Mexico. Cannibalising their dead enemies, they terrify much of the local population.'''

'''The states of Great Akania, Benin, Borgu and Nupe form surrounding Oyo, threatened at large-scale expansion of the nation. They ally with each other against Oyo, and increased co-operation between the four states gives them +4 in economic, organisation and infrastructure points, as well as a +2 in military ones, for the next 25 years.'''

'''I didn't know that 5000 km expansion into unsettled territory in the direction away from the enemy was considered "overexpansion". ~Viva'''

'''You invaded Benin and have aggressively expanded in every direction for nearly 50 years. This should've happened sooner in my opinion -Feud'''

'Actually, if you read my posts, I expanded peacefully'' for the last fifty years, with the exception of Benin which was recent, and the introduction of slavery as of about five years ago. ~Viva'''

Changed weather patterns because of recent volcanic activity leads to droughts hitting the Colorado, Zapotec and Aztec civilisations, killing many.

'''Noooooo my six million population! How much would you say I lose? Like 100,000? 200,000? SwankyJ (talk) 00:10, March 20, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''You wouldn't have six million in the first place. A closer estimate would be a maximum of 1.5 million AT MOST. With 800,000 on the low end of the scale. Scandinator (talk) 09:50, March 20, 2014 (UTC)'''
 * Well, the total population of the Central American area is about seven million at the moment. Considering the density and size of their Empire I'd say that your estimate of 1.5 million for Aztecs and all their vassals is pretty accurate for what their population is. KunarianTALK 12:33, March 20, 2014 (UTC)


 * http://www.webpages.uidaho.edu/engl257/Ren/aztec_empire_in_1519.htm - This states in 1500s the Aztec Empire had about five million people. Other cites have states this as well ranging from five to 11 million. The city of Tenochtitlan itself contains 200,000 equal to Paris and Naples, which were the largest European cities at the time. My population must be around three million or so, if this is only 50 years into the future. SwankyJ (talk) 14:38, March 20, 2014 (UTC)


 * Three million seems relatively reasonable, As long as you're not above five to eight million by the time colonization era comes around. -Feud
 * Three million isn't reasonable and five to eight million by the colonisation era? That's impossible with three million people at Aztec tech levels!

One of the largest bouts of Dancing Plague to date hits Austria, where four people die.

'''Macedonian Albanian uprisings continue, being led by a strategic genius called George Kastrioti Skanderbeg. They spread to Albanian areas occupied by other nations or petty kingdoms, trying to carve out a strong independent Albanian kingdom of their own.'''

If you want this to be the OTL guy, it's Skandebeg, not be r g. Thanks, Rex.

'''Zoroastrian and Nestorian communities of Persians grow and expand in isolated valleys in the highlands. While this checkers their size, it also grants them extreme amounts of protection, so much that the largest settlements are almost considered impregnable.'''

'''In Rome, Pope Felix V dies. In the subsequent conclave, the Castillian Juan de Cervantes is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Pius III.'''

'''Great job on the events, Mods! Its nice to see a full section of goings on. If I may, I would suggest stabilization of some states which have been unstable for about half a century now. Maybe they fold into smaller states, or come out in one piece, who knows? Also, Madagascar is a bit implausible. It takes 28 hours in a car to get from one end to the other, so just imagine the week it take to relay a message with relatively low technology. ~Rex'''

'''Currently Madagascar has one central government (a kingdom created through moderator events if I recall correctly), although they only control a small fraction of the island. Madagascar as a whole looks more like this. - Mscoree'''

'''Can the mods correct the map and situation then to reflect that map? Thanks, ~Rex.'''


 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, who is now 27 years of age, expands the military, although not scared of an attack from the Sinaloa state, has decided expansion would not be wise. We construct more fishing ships [59] in the Pacific Ocean and Lake of Tenochtitlan. We now have a navy containing a small fleet [32] ships, although they begin to be constructed somewhat larger. Montezuma II wishes to increase the technology of ships. We also expand our wells in the great city as "well" as through the Empire as a whole. We expand our infrastructure; planning on a strong acqueduct system, linked with our canals, as well as more homes, hospitals, temples, and schools. Cuachtemoc expands the militaries being built throughout the empire and its vassals. Our population now falls to about 5.5 million, due to the droughts. Rebuilding for the people forces the empire to have aqueducts and wells continue their already construction.
 * Atotonilco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military and infrastructure. We send cacao beans to Tenochtitlan. We expand northeast 5 pixels, now nearing the  Cahokia [although we don't know them yet] and now stopping expansion due to aggressive states in the west. Markets are constructed as Atotonilco becomes the major trade hub between the northern tribal states and the rest of the Aztec land. We plan the construction of aqueducts and wells, and the building of more homes, hospitals, and temples. We send exploration parties to the north discovering more disorganized land. We build a large fleet of fishing ships [17] in the Atlantic Ocean.
 * Zacatollan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our economy and infrastructure. The massive fort of Xilopolco, is stocked with military forces in case of invasion from the new clans and states whom have become spontaneously aggressive, most likely to large Aztec expansion. Fishing ships continue to be built [nine] and wells are created to increase infrastructure which also includes schools, which the empire has supported the attendance of. Aqueducts are placed throughout the vassal's territory.
 * Soconusco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand 5 pixels west and 5 pixels south. The vassal now stops expanding after this year, in fear of the Tzeltalan tribe. We build our infrastructure; building houses, temples and hospitals. We expand our military, creating many warriors to defend the new southern border of the Aztec Empire.  We search for cacao beans, obsidian mines and iron deposits.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Using Williamsburg as a launching point, Hamburger cartographers sail the coast of Africa, reaching the rumored Kongo region. Expansion of the navy to 45 ships is ordered. The HTSC sees profits rise thanks to direct access to the Baltic Sea following the annexation of Saxe-Lauenburg, and able to mostly bypass the Oresund and the UNC tax. The HTSC also sees its prominence grow in the North, Baltic, and Mediterranean Seas due to the harassment of Austrian trade by the Dutch rebellion. It is estimated that as much as 40% of the population of the duchy adhere to the Reformist Church. In the city of Lüneburg, the second most populated in the nation behind Hamburg, construction begins on a university, part of a plan by Duke William I to make the Duchy of Hamburg the economic and educational capital of the Holy Roman Empire. The construction of the Heinrich II Von Hamburg nears completion, while a modification is added to allow it to accept cannons. In late November, Williams wife dies in childbirth. The child is a boy, named Heinrich. Lippe and Bruchhausen expand their economies.
 * The Pskovian: Veche sends emissaries to Poland and Lithuania to ask to adopt the zolonik currency, citing the adoption by the entire Rus as a good thing, and as Rus is Poland's trade partner, with Pskov at the helm of transformed goods, the Emissary presents all the good things about having a national currency, which poland currently does not. This is a good proposition, however, the Emissary, flying his newly created standard over the Polish and Lithuanian Castles, graciously awaits responses. The zolotnik is now widely used by traders in Poland after being strategically introduced by traders asociations with ... ties ... to Pskov. (mod response please) By this year, there are now five printing offices, all owned by Bordukov, who is becoming wealthy and influential in the Veche, running for Posadnik, and due to his near control of the media distribution, wins, by posting flyers all over the city a month before the election. more books begin to be printed, and the Bishop of Pskov sees the opportunity and asks Bordukov for enough Gospels, Bibles and Apostles to fill almost every church in the republic. The contract is accepted. More philosophical books, and the college of physicians grows. The Pskovians offer the purchase land from Novgorod to be able to field a deepwater navy more efficiently.
 * So far as I know your printing press was retconned. -Feud
 * It actually wasn't retconned ... ever ... there was a dispute about me reaching China ... that was changed to Arabia ... for science and philosophy and whatnot.
 * I'll ask around, I may have missed that since I wasn't a mod at that point, but for future reference please don't undo a mod cross out until you've gotten sanction from another mod. -Feud
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Cuzco: We reject the Ica-Nazca's offer. We cut diplomatic communications with them following there attempts to vassalize other states in the region. Military and infrastructure improve, and our army stands at 1500 warriors (meant to put this last time, bad keyboard). Economy improves domestically following the severing of relations with the Ica-Nazca. war with the Aymaras remains unclear (need help with the algo, I don't know any of there information.)
 * Ica-Nazca: We continue to vassalize Chancay (Three of Four turns) and expand 50 pixels into Chimor. We expand our military to ghastly proportions.
 * Cuzco Dip: We seek a truce here. Cuzco realizes that severing diplomatic relations was not the way to handle the situations.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: The printing press continues to fuel a huge explosion in demand for scholars and tutors. Hundreds of barely literate boyars seek an education as it becomes fashionable to read and own books. Merchants also capitalize on the invention using it to advertize their wares to the extremely rich. Several print shops open across the nation, and copies of the Bible begin to circulate among the boyars. The effects of the plague of 1444 are basically gone. However, the population is slightly weakened. The development of gunpowder weapons is continued, and another cannon is tested for use. The cannon performs admirably, and production is scheduled to begin. After a good harvest the people’s faith in the church begins to return, and the theologians begin to feel less pressured to act. The supporters of a united Danubian Orthodox Church continue to press the Patriarchate of Constantinople for recognition. After many years of neglect the military is called to train for two weeks, levies exceed 55,000; the majority of the soldiers are armed with pikes and bows. The soldiers practice formations and train in the basics of military commands. This is the first time the Moldavian levies and Wallachian levies have stood side-by-side and they seem friendly. Both sides get along and a few units from along the old border are even comprised of Wallachians and Moldavians. The navy receives a much needed refit and several ships are overhauled, the construction of five more ships begins and is scheduled to be finished next year. Several of the new cannons are mounted to ships and they are very successful.


 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished, and by 1447 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1447, Albert II commisions three cogs to sail around nearby Mediterranean coasts. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 70% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. Albert II welcomes the Italian prince to the country to meet Eleanor, considering that it is highly likely she'll become Grand Duchess, due to Jacqueline's poor health and Albert's seemingly dysfunctional libido.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed, and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1447, the total class amounts to about 1400 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. Capo Verde now fully settled is continually built up to accomodate Castile's military, navy and exploratory fleets.  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed - a heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. Castile's population reaches around 4.9 million and growing. (I have been focusing heavily on growth of population and have not been involved in nearly the amount of destructive wars as OTL Castile has been). The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. The Castilian navy reaches a large force of nearly 550 ships using the huge funding from Castile's conquests, trading, and other situation to fund this navy.  Castile begins looking for betrothals to Prince Henry, Prince Carlos and Princess Maria with Princess Elenor being reserved for Italy's heir to officially solidify Castile and Italy's full dynastic union (between you giving me your daughter and me giving you mine our dynasties will be the same) The Technology of the Castilian navy is improved heavily as the king begins to focus more on the quality of his ships rather than the quantity. The exploration continues just below the Kongo as the Castilian exploration parties manage to gather supplies from the Kongos friendlier tribes. Castile being one of the founders of the Western Church does see a relatively moderate split in the country over the countries previous conversion to the Western Church. The King, however, alleviates this by himself becoming a Western Catholic as he does not like the current Roman Catholic center to be controlled by a nation. The King's conversion after his father's refusal to do so has led many of the nobles and some of the middle class to switch as well. This change, however, is recognized to be a slow process. However, it is sped up by the fact that the two sects are relatively the same and Western Catholicism had fixed some of Roman Catholicism's major issues. The King and his family begin to make speeches in an attempt to help move the process along. Resentment for this change seems to be relatively low as Castilians themselves are rather disappointed in the actions of the Papal State and its refusal to send help in Castile's movements on Morocco and to counter other Muslim states.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Granadan people now seem to look at their secular society as less of a Muslim one and more of a religiously neutral state. The Term Emirate is dropped and is renamed a Principality with the official name being the Principality of Granada. Some Muslim zealots turn out to protest this but the Emir - Now Prince of Granada manages to quell the zealots with quick timing by his troops. The relative unrest in the country continues to die down as the majority of the soldiers of Granada now Christian, or even corrupted Muslims (by the bounties of their conquests abroad) continue to obey the Prince of Granada with unshaken loyalty.  The States christians are all mostly declared to be Western Catholics showing a large population of these converts than previously thought in the Iberian peninsula.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  King Matthias of Cyprus has twin sons, both of which are sent to Castile for tutoring until they are old enough. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile's, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of Early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new live here. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area.  The Infrastructure particularly in dealing with transport and water are expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians particularly from Hispania. A Notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the Minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. The Country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees further inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continue to expand with greater trade coming from Castile and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Knights hospitaller finally calm down from their overly religious conquest and begin to allow effective administration of the country. This is due in part to their losses and their lack of adaptation to Castile's budding new national religion. The Kingdom itself shows a relative increase in tensions with the remainder of Morocco due to border issues.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. By this time, the colony in Leiname starts to export wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the colony of Santa Maria and São Miguel expands 200 sq km into Terceira. Meanwhile, Afonso V dies, and is succeeded by his eldest son, João, who is crowned King of Portugal and Algarves as João II.
 * Ashikaga Shogunate: The Shogun continues to advocate trade between the Daimyos, using this as a means to strengthen ties within Japan. Benefits start to be seen from the trade restrictions on China, with goods such as wheat that were once imported being grown locally, helping with economic growth and with inceased profits from the higher tax rates on Chinese imports. The Shogun calls again for a marriage to unite the Date and Ashikaga clans, the first step towards a united Japan. Yet again, Mod response needed.
 * The Grand Sultanate of the Mashriq continues to complete Sultan Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf's plan of uniting all of his holdings. Furusiyya and the Shura continue to redefine the role of the Mamluks and the military in general. Reconstruction concludes in Cairo and Alexandria, and finishes in Damascus and Aleppo. Continued planning of حديقة قصر, or Hadeekah Palace, designed for Gezira Island,continue to take place. The Sultanate expands 2500 sq km underneath Cyrenaica. Pressure from Assafi Muslims to create a new calendar, with months based upon set times (much like the Western Gregorian calendar) continues to build, and the Caliph begins to consider a new plan, approved by a vast majority of local clerics and a few Grand Imams. Nubia continues to be integrated more and more, to prevent any future rebellions. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of vessels, and the trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries.  STEC consolidates its trade grasp over regions it have discovered, and encounters a Castilian naval vessel near the Kongo. The captain announces to the court in Cairo that the Mediterranean is not the only way to reach Europe.  Meanwhile, the IAFATM continues to influence Aceh, making slow but steady progress, and it is expected that the new Aceh leadership will sign a pact of influence in which they will become under the Mashriqi Sultanate. Sanafah grows 2500 into the northern Muslim parts of Madagascar. Education at all universities (Alexandria, Damascus and Baghdad) continues strongly. The death of the Sultana of Tunisia triggers the acension of Ahmed to the Hafsid throne, and he travels to Tunis at the end of the year to be crowned. The Hafsid state grows 5000 under Cyrenaica to connect with the Mashriq. All Burji states grow their infrastructure, with publicly planned roads beginning to appear, making protection from bandits begin to increase. Trade with Oman and Yemen continues, as well as influence in Al-Sumal. Iritriya ​expands 5000 sq km, under Ethiopia.
 * ​ Mashriqi Diplomacy: We ask the Venetians if we may peg our new currency of the Mashriqi dinar to the Ventian ducat. We also ask for transportation of a few printing presses in order to begin to publish our own literature.
 * There is no way the Mamluks who have never been known for their navy can go from nothing to huge exploratory power that rounds Africa in less than 50 years. Also, caravels and frigates do not exist and you surely didn't invent them. Please stop with this ridiculous exploration.  Also, the expansion rules for nations proper have been changed to 5000 km under the best conditions but you are not under the best conditions. You are a few years out of a civil war, and would be having a huge financial problem from the previous expansions and the war. I'd say personally you can barely hold on to what you've got. ~Feud (Yes, I'm a mod now).
 * I second what Feud said it is lidicrous. Stop the foolishness or face consequences.~Andrew
 * Well, nobody had issues with it previously. So, please let me know in advance, rather than crossing out all of my post (practically). Thanks. Additionally, the exploration isn't exactly implausible. We saw the Chinese do it, and we have been in Madagascar/ the Swahili states for half a century now. As for the Civil War, we were not in a civil war in a while. Some of our states seceded, but nothing more. No widespread war, and definitely not a total war. We still control a +4 economic bonus, and the best region to conduct trade in all of the world (as of yet). We are being supported by Roman and Venetian economic gains, as well as maintaining close ties with the Swahili and the Far East. With the addition of Mesopotamia, more people are added to our population, allowing for further settling of new lands. Finally, the Mashriqi Arabs from Yemen and Oman are returning in large numbers to their homeland, causing a need for new location. Why is Hafsid expansion not permitted if they were not involved in anything for the past 50 years (besides an invasion that lasted about a month)? Same with Iritriya; they are in a great position economically and geographically.  In conclusion, I am fine with not having met up with the Castilians (though I have reached South Africa), but my economy is not in a weak state, and we have the will and population to expand. I will only go by 2500 if it would suit you better. ~Rex
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice accepts the pegging.


 * Ming Empire: The Zhengtong Emperor is incapacitated by a mystery illness, thus prompting his younger brother to take the throne. With a more landward approach, the new Jingtai Emperor seeks to develop the north with several bridges started across the Huang He. Qara Del is annexed into the Ming Empire as part of the new Emperor's policies and the Northern Army is re-inforced to 500,000 men. Further work on the military is conducted with longer range artillery being developed to launch metal orbs stuffed full of gunpowder. Numerous workers on the artillery project die but development proceeds smoothly. Chinese influence continues to cover much of East Asia and South-East Asia with the Thai Kingdoms being presented with gifts and shows of Chinese strength. An alliance and trade deal with Ayutthaya is concluded against Pegu which occupies Sukhotthai. The Ming Dynasty continues to influence the fragmented Khmer Kingdom with the intentions of establishing an outpost on the Gulf of Thailand. Relations with Ryukyu, the Japanese Emperor, the Kyushu Daimyos. Lao Xing, Korea, Haixi and Tainan continue economic development. Tainan increases its influence on the island of Taiwan with the inheritance of Taibei.
 * County of Oldenburg: The OHG steps up its presence in the North sea regions. Relations with traders in Iceland are established, and OHG whaling, sealing and auking (have I just coined a word?) crews become more adventurous looking for bigger pods/herds/flocks and bigger profits. All this results in more Oldenburgers (and to a lesser extent, Osnabruckers) being employed in by the company; be that as crew members, officers or clerks. But it's not only the company which is improving Oldenburg's economy: all aspects of the shipping industry get a lift. Everything from shipbuilding to rope-making to pike manufacturing to farming (because the sailors have to eat, you know). The Count, getting slightly worried about the increasing power of the company, alters its charter (upon its renewal) mandating that a comitally-appointed "Governor" be appointed to oversee the company.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop implements the trial run of his "theocracy-isation" plan in three parishes. Pretty much everything runs smoothly, with the priests generally adjusting to their new responsibilities.
 * Koryak Confederation: The High Council begins a series of economic reforms, including the creation of a currency (the chuven)  and national bank.  The most valulable coin is pegged to the value of a reindeer. A market is constructed in the frontier town of Luoaravet, offering a range of goods to Siberian tribesmen, all at grealty inflated prices. The Council begins requesting allegiance from various nomadic bands in an effort to expand commercial and political influence.  Meanwhile, the newly-renamed Alaska Consortium expands the Kodiak Island colony by 200 sq km. They also explore the coast of the Alsaka Pandhandle as far south as OTL Sitka.
 * Chukchis: Expand 2000 km northeast 
 * Kolmya Evenks: Improve the military.


 * Wait a moment. Where the hell are you? Firstly currency is great and all. However, a national bank? not likely, Europe was only developing the startings of banks, with the creation of accounting and debits and credits. A national bank is a massive leap ahead. Even Venice doesn't have that and it's one of the centres for banking. Other European nations have rushed a bit ahead with their creation of national banks but I think it is still a bit out of reach for you.
 * You can't colonize the new world until at least 1500, and your nation is not strong enough to do so in the first place anyway. 
 * So what happens to my colonies in the Aleutians ? And, frankly, why didn't you mention these facts over the past, say, five turns? I sure would've liked to know I wasn't strong enough to have colonies back when I created them in the first place. Moreover, many other nations have colonies much farther away than mine ; does the fact that they're in the New World make them inherently implausible? 
 * Have to agree with whoever the Koryak's player is. Aleutians are closer to his state than Sierra Leone is to Albion. Should at least be able to have some people in there.
 * Venetian Republic:
 * Books on various topics spread from Venice throughout Europe, beginning the rennaisance, printed in the Venetian language they teach of the sciences and humanities and revive learning, spreading knowledge (as well as the language) far and wide
 * With the increased supply of Ducats, the fluidity of European trade increases
 * Many people sentenced to death are drowned in the canals as is the Venetian tradition. The tradition is becoming the primary way to execute criminals and is spreading to the Venetian territories across Europe
 * In Veneto seeing many nations both supporting their own currencies and pegging them to the Ducat, the Doge decides to change the monetary policy to making the Ducat an intermediary currency, aiming at pegging the Ducat to as many currencies as possible. Stockpiling of gold continues. The roadbuilding across Veneto continues with the paved roads to Austria, Milan and Italy being finished first. The Venetian Print grows massively and establishes a second workshop in Athens. Venice finishes vassalising Valona (turn 3 of 3), by getting the nobles to sign a protection pact. Meanwhile, Doge Dragano seeing the issues in Albania sends funding to Ragusa, Scutari, Valona and Epirus to spend on building their defences but also sends an envoy to contact the man known as George Kastrioti Skanderbeg to offer him funds and supplies to carve out an independent albania, free from powers in the east and west, in return for an alliance with Venice.
 * In Porto Tolle Antonio de Mar leads the purge of Porto Tolle from pagans, ordering his Pretors to seize those acused of being pagans.
 * In Istra with the rebellion crushed, the nobles resume plans to build a road to Hungary commissioning masters and journeymen to construct it.
 * In Scutari the Potensa, after receiving the Doge's funding, declares that he will be maintaining a permanent Scutari Guard of 500 men from the city and countryside. He begins recruiting immediately.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports Saranda maintains its high levels of productivity. Titani clothes and furniture production continues to increase. Superpotensa Euthymius declares that guilds shall be the mainstay of Preveza and announces that he shall recognise official guilds of the city.
 * In the Peloponnese with the crops coming into Argos at a good rate and trade boosting state revenue, Potensa Barbus pays off some of the debt.
 * In Attica the new Menidi is elected, he hires mercenaries to patrol the roads of Attica and regularly sends out his guards to nearby settlements.
 * In Morocco some Venetians cause trouble by enslaving free Moroccans. They are hung but their leader imprisoned, he is too important to kill. The Muslim Potensa petitions the Doge to focus on assimilation of peoples rather than conversion or suppression.
 * Mil-turn
 * Epirote Republic: the city is calmer but some people are angry at the reaction of the Doge, claiming that times were better under his father. The Doge decides to institute a system of alms for the poor to try and win favour. He also purchases some mercenaries to help defend against possible raids.
 * Inf-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * In the Province of Aegina As more immigrants arrive the alms house proves vital in keeping the flow manageable. Allowing houses to be built while people live in the almshouse. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Athens trade continues to flow, Superpotensa Curticius helps the Venetian Print install their workshop. Inf-turn
 * In the Province of Candia the arsenal continues construction. Shipwrights in Candia protest against it, demanding that the Conte protect their position in the Candian economy. Conte Palmerio refuses, stating that the arsenal must happen lest Candia fall into disrepute. Eco-turn
 * In the Corfiot Protectorate the Red Army of Corfu numbers 100, they wear red half-plate over red doublets and hose and are armed with pikes and bows. The army trains heavily as to better their skill with bows. A recommendation of using arquebuses is made but Governor General Vito states that "Those things couldn't hit a fat merchants pleasure ship!" and points out the superior rate of fire and range as advantages. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Kaffa immigration to Kaffa continues and the city is slowly growing. Inf-turn
 * In the Naxian Protectorate the Naxian "Fleet Tax" proves to work well although Governor General Cecaumenus notes that despite the military position of the protectorates they do not have the funds to provide proper levels of forces. He writes to the Doge with his concerns. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Negroponte Conte Rizardo focuses on reviewing the administration, he manages to deal with areas where some corruption and complacency, and decreases the inefficiency in the government. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Ragusa the Black Guard continues recruiting, ending with 300 towards the years end. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Valona the nobles take the money and spend it on Venetian mercenaries, hiring 1000 men, they split them up to secure various settlements. Mil-turn
 * ​Foix: We expand our military by adding a boarder control team to protect ourselves from the other nations. Our leader thanks the Venetians for this alliance we have. The first bank of Foix is made. We start to make our own currency with all of this silver we have. Our inventers copy French coins so that our currency can look like the French coins, but still be different from them. Foix now has its own version of the matcklock and wick guns. Now we do not have to import weaponds from other countries.
 * Andorra: The first bank of Andorra is made. Our currency is the same as Foix. A boarder control team is made. The military expands do to Foix creating their own version of guns.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. The central trade road between the vassal states allows for a greatly increased speed for missionaries, traders and soldiers to travel between the states. 
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure. However, recently, Bhandudeva IV has come under attack from a bout of fever and is bedridden. Due to this, the advisors take full control of the country until Bhandudeva recovers.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The Swargadeo (King) of Ahom declares himself to be King of Assam, also called Kamarupa in this time since he now controls his grandsons lands which were the Maharaja of Koch.
 * Bengali Diplomacy ( Needs mod response, please and thank you):  The Sultan of Bengal asks the Sultan of Gondwana if he may have a princess of Gondwana to be his wife.
 * The Sultan of Gondwana offers his third brother's daughter Princess Amala.
 * Bengali Diplomacy ( Needs mod response, please and thank you):   We ask the Sultanates of Gondwana, Gwalior, and Bastar to allow our merchants into their lands.
 * All three states agree to allowing Bengali merchants. Gondwana and Bastar ask for a small annual fee for opening their markets.
 * UNC: The UNC expands its economy this year, establishing more trade routes throughout its lands. Banking takes off in Copenhagen. The UNC improves its stockpile of trade ships along with its navy, constructing 14 karaks this year. Charles VIII takes a tour of Denmark, Sweden and Norway upon his coronation. He works on ensuring that  bullshit  crises like what happened in the early parts of the 15th century do not happen again. He intends to enact policies to bring Denmark and Norway together with Sweden. While Norway is compliant with these policies, the Danes are much more resistant to the cultural changes brought on by the Swedes
 * States-General Provisional Government of the Netherlands: As The Army of the Rhine approaches Munster it is confronted by a rapidly built militia force which is slaughtered by the Dutch in a brief confrontation 100 Km's from Munster and the Rhine Army decides to lay siege to the City to try and make it surrender and avoid a battle, as austrian and German forces are in the City. In Namur the Army of Flanders continues to try and provoke the Austrian-German forces by constantly cutting off their access to supplies and withdrawal from the county. More and more match locks are produced and distributed amongst the forces. The Dutch Navy continues to dominate the Naval theatre of the war, and keeps enemy ships from leaving harbor in Northern Europe, This particularly affects Munster which has been completely cut off from trade, and with the army of the Rhine laying siege to the city supplies cant come in weaking both the City and its hold on the rest of the region. Trade continues to expand though earnings are small due to the massive expenses of the war. More reforms are put forth and the centralization of power within the Lowlands around The Hague, Brussels, and Amsterdam. The States-General with the overwhelming support of the Dutch and Wallon aristocrats and merchants, and the reluctant support of the soviergns of Utrecht, Namur, Breda, Limburg, and Guelders sign the Union of Amsterdam formally recognizing Karl van Nassau as the legitimate soviergn of the Netherlands and proclaim the Kingdom of the Netherlands with the Duke of Guelders, the Counts of Namur, Limburg, and Breda as part of a royal council apart from the General Estates, which will help the King rule over the Netherlands. And as a final act of defiance in the heart of Brussels the Austrian and Hapsburg insignias are burned. Tax, banking and administrative reforms continue to be passed to help incorperate the new regions of the Netherlander State, and to help ease the burdens of the war. The castilian offer while tempting is respectfully declined as the Dutch wish to move forward and prove themselves a strong nation in their own right without falling under the sway of other nations, but an adjusted trade agreement is offered to the Spanish which will further reduce trading tariffs and barriers between the two conutries.
 * Albion Diplomacy: Albion is willing to invest in the Netherlands and offer a line of credit to help with domestic issues. England also offers to lend some supplies to the conflict, if only to protect trade in the North Sea (as you are a member of the North Sea Trade Alliance I feel it is only fair)
 * Venetian Diplomacy: Venice continues to support the Dutch as a trade ally by subsidising trade with them while they are in conflict.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them. Due to the now nineteen years of influencing the Chagatai Khanate, the Timurid Empire largely influences the south-western and parts of the western Chagatai Khanate, whilst the other areas are divided among the Oirats influence and the Jochid Ulus' influence. (Year Nineteen out of 17 + extra years because of different people influencing). The paper factories flourish. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, and new shipyards are being built alongside river deltas. As our explorers progress through the lands, we await for news, and one messenger does arrive from the Mameluke Sultanate stating that their search has been nearly useless. Junayd Safavi's father dies and thus Junayd take controll of the Safavids. As Draka traveled to the Jaunpur Sultanate, he soon finds out that Muhmad Shah's wound is infected and he has become bed-ridden. Due to Muhmad's condition, Draka consults some Jaunpur nobles due to Bhikhan, Muhmad's son being unpopular amongst the nobility of Jaunpur due to often interrupting Muhmad's official meetings with his advisors in order to ease the weight put on the lower castes.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the trade agreements. Bhikhan begins making plans for his ceremony, although that is frowned upon by the nobles.
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Albion sends more explorers to Africa, particularly in the OTL regions of Sierra Leone and the Ivory Coast. Edmund Trading Port in OTL Sierra Leone continues to see expansive trade and is renamed Edmundburgh. Due to the damage to the palaces, King Edmund elects to move the seat of Albion temporarily to York while the repairs to central London continues. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. New and larger, more powerful ships are built as well as the Albionic equivalent to the Norse Karak, but with more guns and a slightly larger masthead. English explorers begin to map the coast of Africa for the King, making it down the coast near OTL Gabon. In London, Due to the trade with Venice, a printing shop is set up with the permission of the Venetians. The shop begins printing official documents, but at a high cost and slow rate, traditional transcription remains the most popular method, though the popular Book of Eire is published, containing many traditional Celtic poems and stories from all across Eire. James Severus, a court poet, travels throughout the countryside of all of England and Scotland, wishing to create a collaborative collection of Anglo-Saxon stories and Anglo-Celt stories as well as the smattering of Norse poetry still present. His first book The Eddies of Great Albion: Poetry from the Past is published this year, with several other volumes expected.
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. Dublin founds the Bank of Eire as an offshoot of the Bank of England. The Bank of England sees modernization. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. T'he Eddies of Great Albion: Poetry from the Past become a popular read in Dublin, one of the most important trading ports in Eire.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North.
 * Tibet: The final year of vassalization of Taungoo begins. The Gongma has been told by the medicinal people of his court that he has five years to live before he dies. The Queen prepares for his funeral and mourning as it'll take at least a few years to spread the news around the kingdom and vassals. Military is expanded.
 * The Confederation of Shan States: People in the north begin to hear of the Gongma's illness and begin to prepare for mourning as the whole country will be in a mourning period. More people convert from animism and Theravada Buddhism to bön. Economy is expanded.
 * Chutiya: Economy is expanded.
 * Eire: A disease strikes traders in Oyo. We end trade with them. Nationalization and centralization of Eire continues. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. After years of northern expansion into Mayo, we reach the northern coast. Tales of Eire becomes popular reading amongst monks and nobles, and it spreads across the Irish Sea to parts of Britain. We are startled when Ulster offers us a personal union, but we accept the offer of a personal union with Ulster, given that better relations are a must if Albion and especially Eire are to grow closer together. Thomas II marries an Ulsterian princess, cementing the marriage. After the marriage of the two primary powers in Ireland, the King proclaims Munster and Ulster to be a joint Kingdom of Eire. Celebrations erupt across cities and towns all over the Isle, as the King is crowned on the Hill of Tara, as the High Kings of old were, and Ireland is, de jure united, save the independent Kingdom of Thomond. Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. (Mil-turn)
 * Leinster: Leinster rebuilds after the civil war. D'Arcy's cronies are executed, and a pro-Munster government is instated, under Thomas II, son of King Eamon. Leinster rejoins the Confederation of Ireland, and joins the United Kingdoms of Greater Albion. The trade that has been so instrumental in improving Munster begins to spread to Leinster. (Eco-Turn)
 * Ulster: We continue vassalizing Silgo. Revolts continue in the countryside. However, they die down due to the rebellion being crushed in Leinster, the Hiberno-Norman stronghold, besides the areas inside the now-dismantled Pale. Trade with Greater Albion and the Mediterranean continues. We continue to work on new ship designs, sending some south to look at designs of naval powers such as Portugal and Castille.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: Georgia successfully vassalizes the chiefdom of Avars this year, and local chieftains swear allegiance to the Georgian throne; the chiefdom is subordinated to the Principality of Amier-Kavkasia. The stabilization of the northern Caucasus boosts cross-border trade, expanding the Georgian economy. A delegation representing the Patriarchs of Georgia and Armenia is sent to Constantinople to support the Danubian bid for a united Danubian Orthodox Church. Finally, King Giorgi VII dies in September; Crown Prince Alexandre ascends to the throne as Mep'e Alexandre II of Georgia in November of that year. King Giorgi's funeral is scheduled for April of 1448; representatives from all states are invited to attend. Specific invitations are sent to the Roman Empire, the Jochid Ulus, the Mashriqi Sultanate, the Timurid Empire, the Grand Duchy of Moscow, the United Danubian Principalities, the Venetian Republic, the Republic of Novgorod, the Principality of Pskov, and the Knights Hospitaller.
 * Kingdom of Armenia: King Smbat sends his condolences to Mepe Alexandre on the death of his father, and plans to attend Giorgi's funeral. Meanwhile, the Armenian crown begins financing expeditions to establish trade contacts with the isolated Nestorian and Zorostrian settlements of the Persian highlands; though the expeditions fail to bring a profit, the refinement of transportation and commercial techniques expands the Armenian economy.
 * Grand Principality of Assyria: Mtavari Levon likewise sends his condolences to the Georgian throne over the death of Mepe Giorgi, though he regrets to inform the crown that he cannot personally attend the funeral due to nomadic raids along the border. Assyria also sends commercial contacts eastward to locate and sell to Persian Zoroastrians and Nestorians, as well as sending caravans to the prosperous markets of Samarkand; the Assyrian economy expands as a result. The small (25K) Turkish tribes in Van are pressured to leave Assyrian territory, while settlers begin moving into the county to secure Lake Van's crucial water resources.
 * Principality of Rani: Tavadi (Prince) Zurab personally returns to T'bliisi to attend his father's funeral. While the Prince is away, his marshal quietly recruits local Azeri collaborators to provide critical intelligence on the resistance movements plaguing the region, boosting Rani's military readiness. While conversion efforts of the Azeris continue, the resentment of the locals slows evangelization efforts, and only 6500 of the region's 147,000 Azeris have converted.
 * Principality of Amier-Kavkasia: Prince Garegin of Armenia sends a delegation to represent his principality at Giorgi's funeral, including several prominent local chieftains, since the new Principality is too unsettled to permit his absence. With the trans-Caucasian chiefdoms now united under Georgian rule, local merchants and enterprises gain access to all the resources of the region, expanding the Amier-Kavkasian economy.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: The Doge sends his son as a representative. Kaffa, the local Venetian vassal, sends its Conte to attend the funeral.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Military development continues. Influence on Lithuania continues (1 turn left). After two decades the expansion of the city of Moscow is complete, with a slight overflow of a budget. However, these portions of debts that exceeded the budget were paid off. New vessels are constructed in the Black Sea. Our navy now consists of 70 ships that are stationed in the large port city of Odessa.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo continues its 5000 km expansion into West Africa along the coastline. It swiftly crushes the local tribes and sends them off to the north to be sold as slaves. Oyo continues to produce addition warships. The University of Oyo develops seeing aids known as spectacles after they are shown to be of usefulness to the average man. The aging Alaafin of Oyo even requests a pair as both a sign of his support for the intellecutal establishment in Oyo, as well as his desire to use them for himself.
 * Hungary, Croatia and all the vassals of Hungary see a greater number of military fortifications made. Hungary continues to grow economically, increasing trading with each other. Hungary also keeps its armies trained and well-drilled. Bosnia is expanded 10,000 km by the army who are looking to establish control as so their borders are not affected in the future.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry. This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. After withdrawing from Brussels and continuing to fight back around Namurs and Liege, German forces under the command of Han Khevenhüller are forced to slow their advance after doing battle with Karl van Nassau. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren.  With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Ambrosius Federmann’s second expedition to West Africa is a success, with a trade post being established to trade with natives.  Initially the group has trouble cultivating plants, but with the help of the local Wolof, the settlement begins exploiting Fonio. Fishing is also undertaken at times. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods, beginning a peaceful relationship. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Burgau, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, Metz, and others. We continue influencing Furstenburg, Konstanz, Kempten, and Magdeburg. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded  kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues its military mobilization because of the Albanian revolts to the north. Because of this, John VIII sends his son Michael to the funeral of the Georgian King. The experimentation of the Walloon weapons continues. With the Albanian rebellion in full swing, the construction of the twin forts is accelerated further in order to better protect the capital. The Khan's son continues his education. He has become so interested in Nestorian Christianity some of his guards believe he is starting to read the Bible and pray in secret.
 * Swiss Confederacy: Continues infastructure and vassalization.
 * Colorado Confederation: As a result of the drought there is much instability in the nation, especially the regions were the nomads dominate. With their independent spirit, they rise up and thus hinder the trade routes between towns. With this hinderance, the towns are less and less connected to the capital of Kim and thus the the towns become more autonomous. Meanwhile, Kim tries to maintain centralization and an emergency meeting is set up.
 * Hesse: Ludwig holds the funeral for the deceased. He begins writing manuscripts about a strict form of Catholicism. This is dubbed Ludwigism, but is currently confined only to the knowledge of Ludwig and his personal advisors. Meanwhile, rebellions continue to be suppressed in the north.
 * France: To deal with the wolves several soldier units are sent to tail them, as well as a reward is offered for any citizen to kill them or to give information leading to the capture or death of one of the wolves. soon the wolves are found and killed by both citizens and soldiers. While this, military and economy are built up and the preparation for a better war machinery begins, on a side note Italian settlers from northern regions such as Milan and Venice are brought to the kingdom in order to populate some regions and to increase the population in the regions. The vassalization of Armagnac continues. as well as the vassalage of Brittany.
 * Burgundy: Military and navy are built up, economy expands
 * Berry: Military and economy are built up
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, coming to rival Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the arts and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age. Aragon seeks to make trade agreements with England and the Dutch.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization. The plague left Italy, and the population grows.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity.
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: The new Pope Pius III continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of these is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade, and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.

1448
'''The famine in China finally comes to an end along with all penalties. The bountiful harvests this year cause a boost in morale by 3 points for the next two years.'''

'''Sunda collapses into Civil War, cutting off the nascent Marrikuwuyanga state from its primary customers. However, by this time the Marrikuwuyanga have consolidated control over the Tiwi Islands and gained several shipments of iron weapons. Traders from other Southeast Asian nations quickly discover that the cash-strapped Marrikuwuyangans are happy sell as much Eucalyptus as they can.'''

Queens' College is founded in Cambridge.

The Vatican Library is founded by Pope Pius III.

An earthquake hits Vienna and causes its main cathedral tower to crumble and crush over 100 as it caves in on Sunday Mass.

'''Many states in India, already fearful of the Timurids, begin to resent the power and influence of the Timurid Empire. As such, they become resistant to further Timurid efforts to influence them peacefully, and for now, all peaceful vassalizations are likely impossible to achieve.'''
 * Ica-Nazca: We finish vassalizing Chancay and expand into the rest of Chimor. We meld the Chimor culture into our own and make Chanchan our capital city. We expand our military.
 * Ica-Nazca dip: We accept the Cuzco's truce, but are wary of the Cuzco due to their erratic diplomacy changes in past years.
 * Did you do an algo? If I am struggling with one, you should have to as well.
 * An algo isn't needed for a vassalization and an algo isn't needed for a disorganized territory when expanding. SwankyJ (talk) 13:07, March 21, 2014 (UTC)
 * It is organized. It just hasn't been added to a map yet. -Feud
 * So that means they do need an algo, correct? I'm not trying to pick on the player here, but to have a state which I stupidly angered expanding next to me is kinda concerning.
 * Yes, you need an algo -Feud
 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, who is now 28 years of age, expands the military, although not scared of an attack from the Sinaloa state, has decided expansion would not be wise. We construct more fishing ships [89] in the Pacific Ocean and Lake of Tenochtitlan. We now have a navy containing a small fleet [47] ships, although they begin to be constructed somewhat larger. Montezuma II wishes to increase the technology of ships. We also expand our wells in the great city as "well" as through the Empire as a whole. We expand our infrastructure; building a strong acqueduct system, linked with our canals, as well as more homes, hospitals, temples, and schools. Cuachtemoc expands the militaries being built throughout the empire and its vassals. Our population now falls to about 3.5 million, due to the droughts. Rebuilding for the people, forces the empire to have aqueducts and wells continue construction.
 * Atotonilco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military and infrastructure. We send cacao beans to Tenochtitlan. Markets are constructed as Atotonilco becomes the major trade hub between the northern tribal states and the rest of the Aztec land. We construct aqueducts and wells, and the building of more homes, hospitals and temples. We send exploration parties to the north discovering more disorganized land. We build a large fleet of fishing ships [36] in the Atlantic Ocean.
 * Zacatollan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our economy and infrastructure. The massive fort of Xilopolco, is stocked with military forces in case of invasion from the new clans and states whom have become spontaneously aggressive, most likely to large Aztec expansion. Fishing ships continue to be built [21] and wells are created to increase infrastructure which also includes schools, which the empire has supported the attendance of. Aqueducts are placed throughout the vassal's territory.
 * Soconusco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand 5 pixels west and 5 pixels south. The vassal now stops for the last year, seeing that expansion has become too risky, due to the Tzeltalan tribe. We build our infrastructure; building houses, temples and hospitals. We expand our military, creating many Warriors to defend the new southern border of the Aztec Empire.  We search for cacao beans, obsidian mines and iron deposits. We build fishing ships [12] and start constructing a southern navy [three].
 * Ottoman Empire: The Sultan continues to deploy troops to Macedonia in order to stop the Albanian revolts. Many more troops from Serbia are sent, as well as from local Greek villages. The Grand Vizier also secretly funds a plot to poison their leader, George Skanderbeg, in hopes of deterring the rebels. As well, wanting to avoid large-scale warfare with Europe, or a breakaway state from the Empire, the Sultan discusses the possibility of a population transfer of the Albanians to the Venetian territory of Epirote and/or Ragusa, if the Doge is willing to accompany them. Infrastructure also continues in the Empire, as a way to take the attention away from the events in the Balkans.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished, and by 1447 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1447, Albert II commisions three cogs to sail around nearby Mediterranean coasts. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 70% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria begins implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act, solidifying the German Union economically.
 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1447, the total class amounts to about 1400 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm down.
 * Italian Dip: Robert of Anjou-Durazzo (32) travel to Bavaria.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north 5528 sq km (by 80 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl into Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov, Tver and Yaroslavl in the far future. We want a non-aggression pact with UNC.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: The Heinrich II Von Hamburg is completed and sails for Williamsburg in late June. By now, regular trips occur between it and Europe, using the Austria, Portuguese, and Castilian outposts to re supply, and two additional docks are built. Construction of the University of Lüneburg continues, expected to be completed in five years. Duke William makes plans to conduct a census every ten years starting in 1450. With Hamburgs ratification of the Militia and Navy Act of 1448, Hamburg offers to serve as the home port of a combined, German Union Navy. The HTSC buys up the few remaining Hanseatic guilds, their business declining since the Attack of 1403 and the subsequent treaties, as well as Hamburg joining the NSTA. Their ships, now incorporated into the HTSC, bring the HTSCs total count to over 400. William begins looking for a new wife. Lippe and Bruchhausen expand their militaries.
 * Italian Dip: We offer Margaret of Habsburg (16), daugther of Frederick of Habsburg, Grand Duke of Tuscany.
 * Hamburger Dip: Margaret is accepted.
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization. The control of the plague effects improve, and the population grows.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity.
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: Pope Pius III continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of them is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Chiribaya: We expand another 20 km southeast.
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: The printing press continues to fuel a huge explosion in demand for scholars and tutors. Hundreds of barely literate boyars seek an education as it becomes fashionable to read and own books. Merchants also capitalize on the invention using it to advertize their wares to the extremely rich. Several print shops open across the nation, and copies of the Bible begin to circulate among the boyars. The effects of the plague of 1444 are basically gone. However, the population is slightly weakened. The development of gunpowder weapons is continued, and another cannon is tested for use. The cannon performs admirably, and production is scheduled to begin. After a good harvest the people’s faith in the church begins to return, and the theologians begin to feel less pressured to act. The supporters of a united Danubian Orthodox Church continue to press the Patriarchate of Constantinople. After 30 years of ruling the United Principalities Michael grows weak. He calls together his most loyal boyars and advisors; Radu, his son of 14 years, remains too young to effectively rule the nation. In order to remedy this, a council is created to help guide the young prince, one among the council is deemed the Marshal of the realm, and is tasked with commanding the army in battle.  Of course, the council only has the power to advise the prince and cannot act on anything without his consent. However, it will serve as a guiding hand for the young prince's actions in the coming few years. After establishing the council Michael hands control of the nation to his son.


 * The Grand Sultanate of the Mashriq: continues to complete Sultan Ahmed-ad-Din Yusuf's plan of uniting all of his holdings. Furusiyya and the Shura continue to redefine the role of the Mamluks and the military in general. Reconstruction concludes in Damascus and Aleppo. As planning of حديقة قصر, or Hadeekah Palace, of Gezira Island, is finished, Ahmed approves the plan and construction begins. (Based on the OTL Topkapi Palace of the Ottomans) The Sultanate expands 2500 sq km underneath Cyrenaica. The Caliph adopts a new calendar, called the Assafi Calendar in name of the founder of the Assafi Sect of Sunni Islam. The new calendar has the same 12 months, but is extended to 365 days a year. Months are also aligned with the Gregorian calendar. The new calendar begins to be accepted, especially in trade cities. Nubia continues to be integrated more and more, to prevent any future rebellions. Ahmed continues the growth of the navy's set of vessels, and the trading corporations continue with the wave of discoveries. STEC consolidates its trade grasp over Malagasy and the Swahili states, and sends supplies to Sanafah, which expands by 2500 sq km. Missionary efforts on Malagasy continue as well. Meanwhile, the IAFATM continues to influence Aceh, making slow but steady progress, and as expected, the new Aceh leadership sign a pact of influence which grants trading rights preferably to the IAFATM and the Mashriqi Sultanate. Education at all universities (Alexandria, Damascus and Baghdad) continues strongly. The Sultanate of Tunisia grows 5000 sq km under Cyrenaica to connect with the Mashriq. Money is spent influencing and stabilizing the states of Zab and Gasfa, in order to create friendly buffer states. All Burji states grow their infrastructure, with publicly planned roads beginning to appear, making protection from bandits begin to increase. Trade with Oman and Yemen continues, as well as influence in Al-Sumal. Iritriya ​expands 5000 sq km, under Ethiopia.


 * No way you can vassalize Tunis in two years!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
 * What was said above, and your vassalization of Gafsa and Zab also can't happen because of that, you are too far from Aceh to vassalize them, and the Gregorian calendar does not exist yet.
 * Agreed. Way too much. You're overexpanded, multiple mods have told you like 100 times that you're overexpanding implausibly. CUT IT OUT.
 * AND Nubia is STILL Majoritarily Christian.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. By this time, the colony in Leiname starts to export wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the colony of Santa Maria and São Miguel expands 200 sq km into Terceira.By this time, the group of islands is known as Açores.
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. Capo Verde now fully settled is continually built up to accomodate Castile's military, navy and exploratory fleets.  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed - a heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. Castile's population reaches around 4.9 million and growing. (I have been focusing heavily on growth of population and have not been involved in nearly the amount of destructive wars as OTL Castile has been). The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. The Castilian navy reaches a large force of nearly 550 ships using the huge funding from Castile's conquests, trading, and other situation to fund this navy.  Castile begins looking for betrothals to Prince Henry, Prince Carlos and Princess Maria with Princess Elenor being reserved for Italy's heir to officially solidify Castile and Italy's full dynastic union (between you giving me your daughter and me giving you mine our dynasties will be the same). The technology of the Castilian navy is improved heavily as the king begins to focus more on the quality of his ships rather than the quantity. The exploration continues just below the Kongo as the Castilian exploration parties manage to gather supplies from the Kongos friendlier tribes. These exploratory parties have reached OTL Angola and a little bit further south but supply constraints and lack of knowledge of the area prevents further progress. Castile begins sending missionaries to the Kongo to convert the Friendlier tribes. Castile continues to convert to the western church with the king and his royal family attempting to preach about the new church and its benefits to the common man and not keeping them in the dark. This continued outright preaching causes an issue as a secret assasin attempts to kill King John of Castile. However, in a show of expert agility and swordsmanship in his old age allows the king to Not only disarm the assailant but capture him. The Royal Guard unmasks the man as a Castilian noble who before being executed leads on that a small group of nobles are plotting against the king and his family. This, however, leaves the remaining nobles scared as King John using personally loyal advisors and troops to begin a series of inquries and investigations. To protect the kingdom from a possible issue he also begins to deploy the royal army in an attempt to prevent a major rebellion. This is largely successful as King John confirms the loyalty of various generals and nobleman this way but manages to gather a list of men who he believes are plotting against him. With this he also reconfirms the loyalties of his subjects. The Castilian navy with new ships replacing the old ones begins military drills for preparedness and experience.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Granadan people now seem to look at their secular society as less of a Muslim one and more of a religiously neutral state. The Term Emirate is dropped and is renamed a Principality with the official name being the Principality of Granada. Some Muslim zealots turn out to protest this but the Emir - Now Prince of Granada - manages to quell the zealots with quick timing by his troops. The relative unrest in the country continues to die down as the majority of the soldiers of Granada now Christian, or even corrupted Muslims (by the bounties of their conquests abroad) continue to obey the Prince of Granada with unshaken loyalty.  The states Christians are all mostly declared to be Western Catholics showing a large population of these converts than previously thought in the Iberian peninsula. The Prince of Granada (no longer an Emir) sends his condolences to King John for the situation and reaffirms his support for him.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde. The governor reaffirms his support for King John.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  King Matthias of Cyprus has twin sons, both of which are sent to Castile for tutoring until they are old enough. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea. King Matthias is killed in religious riots in Cyprus leaving his highly capable son in charge. This new King Fernando a half Cypriot, half Castilian man reigns in the riots relatively quickly and with decisive action solves their issue. The King himself being from some of the Western Catholic Sect has openly converted and challenges the conspirators of the riots to try again and see what happens. When another riot is organized in later months the King himself leads the Cypriot army and police and seizes the ring leaders preventing further rioting. This King swears his loyalty to King John and his mother's homeland of Castile.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new life here. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this, begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area.  The infrastructure, particularly in dealing with transport and water, is expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians - particularly from Hispania. A notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. The Country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continue to expand with greater trade coming from Castile and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Knights Hospitaller finally calm down from their overly religious conquest and begin to allow effective administration of the country. This is due in part to their losses and their lack of adaptation to Castile's budding new national religion. The Kingdom itself shows a relative increase in tensions with the remainder of Morocco due to border issues. This may indeed escalate into a full scale war due to issues stemming between the new Christian kingdoms continued push for legitimacy in the christian world. Prince Adelmo the leader of Morocco previously very shadowy makes a public statement reaffirming his support for King John. The Knights Hospitaller in the country begin to die off due to old age, lack of Recruitment and the very dangerous border raids and Muslim village raids they conduct bringing their numbers to barely 1000. The Kingdoms army proper raised by immigrant christians now numbers about 3000 itself and is expected to grow.
 * Ashikaga Shogunate: Japanese Nationalist sentiment in the Shogunate is growing more influential, with calls on the Shogun to actively seek the political union with the other clans and, if necessary, use force to realise this aim. However, the Shogun is wary of the dangers of over-expansion, which would only serve to further destabilise centralised rule. The first steps are taken towards the creation of a regular army rather than the use of several small forces under the control of various feudal lords. Around 500 men are recruited and training begins, with an emphasis put on the importance of the mobility provided by cavalry. Meanwhile, money is spent in upgrading the Shogun's navy which has been badly neglected for decades. The state of disrepair is such that only half of the ships will even float, with many sinking at their moorings. These upgrades introduce fifteen larger ships, capable of holding up to 40 warriors. Whilst they are to fragile to survive on the open ocean, they are perfect for the sea conditions between islands on the archipelago due to their small size and maneuverability.

'''Sky asked me to post for him, I think for just three or four turns, as he is in Germany, and will be unable to post. SwankyJ (talk) 15:23, March 21, 2014 (UTC)''' '''Where does it say that? I'm looking at the rules right now, and I don't see that anywhere.'''
 * Your creation of a regular army of would anger diamyos and samurai who would seek to undermine you, and plot and even act against you (and don't think such a rebellion could be swept aside, Samurai/peasants). Also, how are you paying for this army and navy? You've instituted no new taxes or anything so I assume you're taking on debt which will just make you more vulnerable because you are most likely taking loans from your vassals (who are already angry at you for undermining them by trying to make an army of peasants). Please see what I've said and take it on board.
 * Wouldn't anger the Daimyos, as it's only within the Shogunate, not the whole of Japan. Also, tax reforms were instituted in 1442 and since then, there has been no increase in spending, meaning a surplus in the treasury.
 * Venetian Republic
 * Books on various topics spread from Venice throughout Europe, beginning the Renaissance, printed in the Venetian language they teach of the sciences and humanities and revive learning, spreading knowledge (as well as the language) far and wide
 * With the increased supply of Ducats, the fluidity of European trade increases.
 * Many people sentenced to death are drowned in the canals as is the Venetian tradition. The tradition is becoming the primary way to execute criminals and is spreading to the Venetian territories across Europe
 * Fine Wool and Silk clothing from Titani is exported across the Mediterranean and Black Sea and begins to set the trend in Renaissance clothing
 * In Veneto the Doge continues to pursue the course of making the Ducat an intermediary currency. He invites various nations to peg their currencies to the Ducat. Stockpiling of gold continues. Road building across Veneto finishes with logistics increasing greatly, all roads have been build in a way to lead to Venice, as to draw the land trade there. The Venetian Print is invited to print books for a society called "The Learned Society of Saint Mark", who are a group of Venetian nobles, merchants, priests and masters who believe in the revival of learning, they open a school in Venice to encourage more to join the society. Venice begins vassalising Monaco (Turn One of Three), expanding on their trade relationship by signing a trade deal. The trade envoy stays to talk about other matters, specifically the Italian encirclement of Monaco and the protection Venice offers to its free ports. Doge Dragano continues to fund the defences of Ragusa, Scutari, Valona and Epirus while also still pursuing contact with George Kastrioti Skanderbeg to offer him funds and supplies to carve out an independent Albania, free from powers in the east and west, in return for an alliance with Venice.
 * In Porto Tolle: Potensa Antonio holds trials for each of the accused and most find themselves sentenced to death by drowning. The drowning - done quietly at night as is tradition - begins a period known as the Drowning of the Pagans in which the Pretors of Porto Tolle and the Potensa drown many accused of being pagans.
 * In Istra: The road finishes construction, the Potensa of Pola suggests the creation of a standing army as in Corfu and Ragusa. The various merchants and nobles, fearful of their power being undermined further than it already has, refuse to support such a suggestion and threaten an uprising should such a thing be instituted.
 * In Scutari: The recruitment to the Scutari Guard continues and soon 300 men are in training. With the lack of any reply to the Doge's diplomacy Doge Dragano sends a letter warning him to be cautious of Albanian forces.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports: The Sarandan Superpotensa considers creating a true trade fleet for the Free Port. Titani cloth production only continues to increase, while their furniture production remains stable. Superpotensa Euthymius recognises various guilds: the guild of merchants, undermining those who are not members and instituting a high tariff on non-members; the guild of carpenters; the guild of tailors; and the guild of shoemakers. He outlaws people from practising the protected crafts of the carpenters, tailors and shoemakers unless they belong to the guilds.
 * In the Peloponnese: Potensa Barbus travels to Athens. He hopes to arrange a trade deal.
 * In Attica:The new Potensa of Menidi lays off the mercenaries after they increase their price and do not succeed in stopping the raiders. They do not take kindly to the act and begin raiding themselves. They besiege the city of Menidi later in the year. The Potensas of Eastern Attica raise levies and begin marching on the city to catch the enemy from the rear.
 * In Morocco: The Doge responds to the Muslim Potensa stating that he shall consider his recommendation but instructs that the important noble is sent to Venice to face trial. The Potensa sends the man on a ship soon after receiving the letter. Slaves continue to be exported across Europe.
 * Mil-turn
 * Epirote Republic: The alms reduce hatred but do not eliminate it, many pray that the Doge's son is more graceful and merciful than the Doge as a ruler. The mercenaries patrol the outer settlements and keep an eye out for anyone flying a banner of Skanderbeg's loyalists.
 * Mil-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * In the Province of Aegina: Iimmigrants continue to arrive, but the flow is easily managed. Aegina grows greatly and Conte Geragio is proud of the work he has done to increase the importance of Aegina in the world. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Athens: The workshop of the Venetian Print starts producing books, in Venetian mainly, and exports them as well as selling a few in the city. Potensa Barbus arrives and soon after that Superpotensa Curticius is murdered, people rumour that Barbus is responsible in some way and he is promptly arrested by the city guard. Eco-turn
 * In the Province of Candia: The arsenal continues construction with two years left until it is complete. The shipwrights of Candia the city stop repairing ships, causing many ships to sink or be forced to be permanently docked. Conte Palmerio is furious and declares that "when the arsenal is finished, I'll drown every last one of those traitorous shipwrights!". Eco-turn
 * In the Corfiot Protectorate:The Red Army of Corfu continues to grow closer to its planned amount, numbering 400. The bow becomes the primary weapon in the tactics of the Red Army, as being highly proficient becomes a requirement for serving. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Kaffa:The "Venice of the Golden Sea" continues to grow and Venetian is becoming a more common language as the years pass. Inf-turn
 * In the Naxian Protectorate: Governor General Cecaumenus receives a letter stating that the Doge will put his issue to his councillors, the Doge's proposal includes a mandatory level of funding from Venice to Protectorates of a single Lira per head to assist Protectorates in building forces. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Negroponte: Conte Rizardo continues to maintain a stable government, he brings his son back from Venice fearing that age will take him soon. He starts to get his son to take over certain duties in managing the Province. Inf-turn
 * In the Free Port of Ragusa:The Black Guard recruits well and ends the year with 650 men in the force. They become a regular sight all across the territory and strike fear into the hearts of criminals. 100 are set to guard the borders, conscious of recent events. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Valona: The Doge informs the nobles that they must choose a Conte to rule from amongst themselves, the various factions squabble over who they think would be right. The mercenary company's captains, having seen the company being split into detachments under different lords fear that they are too weak and divided and could be used in an internal conflict against their own brothers. Mil-turn
 * France: To deal with the wolves several soldier units are sent to tail them, as well as a reward is offered for any citizen to kill them or to give information leading to the capture or death of one of the wolves. Soon the wolves are found and killed by both citizens and soldiers. While this, military and economy are built up and the preparation for a better war machinery begins, on a side note Italian settlers from northern regions such as Milan and Venice are brought to the kingdom in order to populate some regions and to increase the population in the regions. The vassalization of Armagnac continues. as well as the vassalage of Brittany.
 * Burgundy: Military and navy are built up, economy expands.
 * Berry: Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up.
 * Venetian Diplomacy: The Doge offers to sign a pact between France to cement a long term alliance between the two nations. An envoy is sent to hammer out the details (talk to me on chat -Kunarian).
 * Foix Dip: We ask if we can buy Armagnac from you and Albert.
 * County of Oldenburg: The OHG scales down whaling this year. They have sort of flooded the market in whale, seal and auk-based products and better profits can be made in trade with the Med and the small European outposts in Africa. So they focus on those things this year. The navy is given one more sloop, bringing the total number of ships to five (three cogs and two small sloops). Due to the reasonable number of ships, both naval and OHG, coming from Oldenburg, the Count decrees on a standard Oldenburger flag, to be used on all naval vessels and OHG ships. It is basically the banner of the county's coat of arms: a yellow background with two red horizontal stripes.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The theocracy-ification continues, with more parishes being placed under the administrative authority of their priests. Local officials are somewhat peeved by having priests as their bosses, but they do get to keep their jobs (and pay). The militia is expanded. The Prince-Bishop considers creating a military order akin to the Knights Hospitaller. It would be made up of priests (or other men who would take holy orders) who would work as "God's soldiers". They would be a small, (perhaps as small as 100 men) well-trained group, far superior to the militia in fighting ability, and they would be under the direct order of the Prince-Bishop. Count Dietrich doesn't disprove of the plan.
 * Foix: We build up our military. The economy expands due to our new banking system. John starts to write a book about his life in French. At age 5, John's son Raymond starts school for the first time. Trade is going well with France.
 * Andorra:  Felix Ramel makes the first telescope. This piece of technology quicky spreads to Foix. Felix for the frist time in history can see the craters on the Moon, the moons of Jupiter, and even Mars very clearly.  We build up our military and economy.
 * HAH NO there is no way Andorra of all places would be doing this. -Feud
 * You are inventing telescopes 150 years too early and making discoveries that won't be possible for 170 or 180 years. if you keep up this rate, next turn you are going to have the industrial revolution, and in 1450, you'll have the atomic bomb.--Collie Kaltenbrunner (talk) 19:25, March 21, 2014 (UTC)
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 50 px to the North. We begin building a settlement near Lake Balkai and it starts to threaten the Jurchens. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We continue to study the printing press and make more of them. We buy more books from China. We continue to influence the Chagatai into centralizing the North of their territory.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. The central trade road between the vassal states allows for a greatly increased speed for missionaries, traders and soldiers to travel between the states. The Sultan weds the ruler of Gondwana's third brother's daughter, and agrees to pay the small fee for trading within the other Indian states.
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure. However, recently, Bhandudeva IV has come under attack from a bout of fever and is bedridden. Due to this, the advisors take full control of the country until Bhandudeva recovers.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The Swargadeo (King) of Ahom declares himself to be King of Assam, also called Kamarupa in this time since he now controls his grandsons lands which were the Maharaja of Koch.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: ( Needs mod response, please and thank you):   Hearing that most all Indian states have begun to resent the Timurid presence in Northern and Southern India, the Sultan sends forth many envoys to all the free Indian states, specifically Jaisalmer, Dhundhar, Mewar, Marwar, Kathiawar, Gujarat, Khandesh, Bastar, Gondwana, and Gwalior, offering the common defense of soveriegnity against the encroaching foreign Timurids as a basis for the alliances, which will remain to strictly aid each nation against the Timurids and their allies.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: ( Needs mod response, please and thank you):    The Sultan personally travels to Vijayanagar, bearing gifts of silks, sugarcane and gold, request to renew the alliance between the two nations that was begun by the current Sultan's father.
 * Mod response, granted,
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the Islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai Khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them. Due to the now 20 years of influencing the Chagatai Khanate, the Timurid Empire largely influences the south-western and parts of the western Chagatai Khanate, whilst the other areas are divided among the Oirats influence and the Jochid Ulus' influence. (Year 20 out of 17 + extra years because of different people influencing). Although with the resisted vassalization, the Timurid Empire continues to try to attempt a peaceful vassalization, before making any rash decisions. The paper factories flourish. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, and new shipyards are being built alongside river deltas, expanding our economy. As our explorers progress through the lands, we await for news, and one messenger does arrive from the Mamluk Sultanate stating that their search has been nearly useless. Junayd Safavi's father dying leads Junayd to take control of the Safavids. As Draka traveled to the Jaunpur Sultanate, he soon finds out that Muhmad Shah's wound is infected and he has become bed-ridden. Due to Muhmad's condition, Draka consults some Jaunpur nobles due to Bhikhan, Muhmad's son being unpopular amongst the nobility of Jaunpur due to often interrupting Muhmad's official meetings with his advisors in order to ease the weight put on the lower castes. We expand military throughout the empire, looking into new technologies, and experts studying war strategy, in the thought of preparing any hostility that the new vassalization might lead to, although we do not wish for anything to get out of hand, or start any conflict.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the trade agreements. Bhikhan begins making plans for his ceremony, although that is frowned upon by the nobles. The economy is expanded due to trade. Our military is expanded, in case of any nations getting confident, that we seem weak.
 * The Kingdom of England (member state of the Kingdoms of Greater Albion): English military and navy are expanded with many new war cogs being added to the English fleets. The North Sea trade is almost completely dominated by the North Sea Trading Alliance (Holland and Albion, mostly). Nordic and English culture continues to blend, with stories of the mythical Norse gods becoming popular reading among the wealthy segments of the population. Scotland continues to integrate the government fully with that of England and of Albion in full. Work with the Celts continue in Scotland and Ireland working to bring the two cultures closer together. Albion sends more explorers to Africa, particularly in the OTL regions of Sierra Leone and the Ivory Coast. Edmund Trading Port in OTL Sierra Leone continues to see expansive trade and is renamed Edmundburgh. Due to the damage to the palaces, King Edmund elects to move the seat of Albion temporarily to York while the repairs to central London continues. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. New and larger, more powerful ships are built as well as the Albionic equivalent to the Norse Karak, but with more guns and a slightly larger masthead. English explorers begin to map the coast of Africa for the King, making it down the coast near OTL Gabon. James Severus' famous book, The Eddies of Great Albion: Poetry from the Past becomes a popular read across the Isles and is shipped abroad with trade merchants, spreading Anglo-Celt culture far and wide. Hearing of the instability in Morocco through traders and through government channel, a small English fleet is detached with an army to be used at the will of Castile and Morocco to help defend the territory. The Albion foreign minister states it is because of religous conviction as well as a concern of instability in the region, that these troops are offered. After decades of construction, the navy now hovers at more than 140 ships from England (Wales and England) alone, with the combined fleets of all of Albion the number is closer to 200, a feat that would not have been possible without the wisdom of the Admiralty. The hope is by the end of the next few decades the fleet size will double. The navy has always been, and will continue to be, a priority of His Majesty's crown government. (Yes, I know, historically England did not have a large navy 'til the mid 1500s, but this timeline has diverged much from the OTL, and with the combined naval forces of all of Albion, this number and slightly higher is possible. It is possible in large part, due to the domination of English merchants working in concert with Holland to establish a trade hegmony, which cannot be done with no ships.)
 * Dublin: After the years of upgrading, Dublin becomes a shining jewel in the Eire. Dublin founds the Bank of Eire as an offshoot of the Bank of England. The Bank of England sees modernization. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North. The Eddies of Great Albion: Poetry from the Past become a popular read in Dublin, one of the most important trading ports in Eire.
 * Wales: The Welsh military and navy are expanded. The Welsh begin to see the fruits of all the English banking investments as large areas of the nation see improvements in infrastructure. Representation in the Albion Parliament increases as a minor population boom in and around Cardiff begins. The Albionic and English Navies are continuously and massively expanded in an effort to retain control over the waters of the North.
 * Kingdom of the Netherlands: Following the declaration of the previous year the kingdom of the Netherlands is formally created out of the former Duchy of Guelders, the Counties of Namur, Breda, Limburg, the territories of former Utrecht, and the territories of the General Estates. The States-General lay claims to Liege as well revealing the plans to fully unite the Lowlands. Karl van Nassau continues to engage the Austro-German forces, and ultimately decide to engage then as it seems that they will not engage in a full scale battle through provocation. Karl's forces engage the Army in Namur as they try to pull back into Liege, defeating them in the Battle of the Meuse river breaking the right flank of the Austrian forces and taking a third of the  Austrian forces prisoner though the rest are able to pull back into Liege, Despite the victory Dutch forces suffer large casualties and do not persue in order to recuperate from the battle. In Munster the Army of the Rhine continues to lay siege to the city and a demand for the city's surrender is made as it is now suffering from severe food shortages, and the continued ravaging of the country side by Dutch forces causes a loss of morale for the city. The naval blockade of the ramnents of the Hansaetic League also continue which further breaks the trade power of the North German States and increases the power of the the North Sea Trade League. To foment the economic, administrative and tax reforms being carried out across the Netherlands, the Merchant Guild in co-operation with the Bank of Holland and the States-General create the Netherlander Gulden as the national currency and will slowly implement the coin over a period of 20 years to replace the other regional currencies and to supplement the Florin and Ducat, in another law the English Pound is giving prefereable trading rates within the Dutch Market to increase trade and economic ties with London and Albion. All Dutch forces and the navies are fully integrated into the Royal Navy, and the Royal Army. Naval expansion continues. The Reformed Church of the Netherlands continues to promote peaceful co-existence with the Catholics. However, it continues to promote the preaching of the Reformist Church.
 * Hungary, Croatia and all the vassals of Hungary see a greater number of military fortifications made. Hungary continues to grow economically, increasing trading with each other. Hungary also keeps its armies trained and well-drilled. Bosnia is expanded 10,000 km by the army who are looking to establish control as so their borders are not affected in the future.
 * Eire: A disease strikes traders in Oyo. We end trade with them. Nationalization and centralization of Eire continues. Some of the war-torn communities on the southeastern coast turn to fishing heavily to feed their people. After years of northern expansion into Mayo, we reach the northern coast. Tales of Eire becomes popular reading amongst monks and nobles, and it spreads across the Irish Sea to parts of Britain.  Thomas II is bethrothed to an Ulsterian princess, cementing the marriage. Roads begin to be constructed, hopefully eventually linking the Munsterian towns with the Ulsterian towns. Tales of the western isle of Hy-Brasil become popular amongst the merchants and nobility, and some wonder if a voyage to that realm can be done, citing the possible presence of brazilwood. We continue vassalizing Silgo. A man who is messing with a mixture of saltpeter, sulfur and charcoal dies in a tragic accident that claims half of his village. (Inf-turn)
 * Leinster: Leinster rebuilds after the civil war. D'Arcy's cronies are executed, and a pro-Munster government is instated, under Thomas II, son of King Eamon. Leinster rejoins the Confederation of Ireland, and joins the United Kingdoms of Greater Albion. The trade that has been so instrumental in improving Munster continues to spread to Leinster. (Eco-Turn)
 * Tiny question, how do you even know about the new continent apart from stories from Vikings, and how do you know about brasilwood? It was discovered only by the Portuguese OTL in the 1500s. With Blood and Iron (talk) 21:18, March 21, 2014 (UTC)
 * Yeah. No, you don't know Brasilwood exists neither do you really know about Hy-Brasil. The Vikings never got that far down. They made it to Newfoundland nowhere else. Crossed out -Feud
 * @Feud, before you start gleefully crossing out seemingly-ASB turns, do a bit of research. Brazilwood at the time was a tree in Asia that produced a similarly red dye to the Brazilian tree. Also, the name Hy-Brasil is only coincidentally similarly named to the modern nation, as it appears in Celtic mythology as a small island to the west of Ireland. Macedon_Shield.pngBow To Your Sensei. BOW TO YOUR SENSEI!!!Rome_Shield.png
 * Bfox tells me that this is so, and he claims to have a link to prove it. Given that this appears to obviously not be the Brazil we all know and maybe love, I say its legit. -MP
 * Seemed pretty open and shut, due to the fact Brasil was in both names didn't seem like I needed to do much about that. Regardless, that's why there are other mods to run this over in case of things like this. Thanks for the catch. -Feud
 * Cuzco: The war with the Aymaras continues. Having made significant early gains, the war quickly drags to a halt. We continue to increase our military size and improve the infrastructure. Economy expands as we begin trade again with the Ica-Naza.
 * Cuzco, you are not allowed to expand three different things. SwankyJ (talk) 01:44, March 22, 2014 (UTC)

'''You can expand your economy, your infrastructure or your military. its clearly in the rules. -Feud pick one and say what your doing please. -Feud'''
 * Kingdom of Georgia: With the northern Caucasus now stabilized, the Jarishuri detachments previously stationed along the border are either rotated southward or transferred to training duties. Many of these officers become instructors at the Mepe Giorgi Memorial Academy, which opens this year (ahead of schedule). The establishment of a genuine instructor corps improves the quality of the Georgian army. On religious matters, the Georgio-Armenian clerical delegation at Constantinople continues to support the Danubian bid for a united Danubian Orthodox Church, while Georgian bishops begin an ecclesiatical outreach to Assyrian, Coptic and Nestorian church leaders, in hopes of reuniting these groups with the Orthodox Church on terms similar to the Armenians.
 * Kingdom of Armenia: The Azbanak discreetly makes connections with the Persian communities of Zoroastrians and Nestorians; in exchange for sending a mesame's worth of troops (roughly 3000 men), the Armenian crown will supply weapons and supplies to these communities in the event of future conflicts. This agreement enhances Armenian military strength.
 * Grand Principality of Assyria: Mtavari Levon conducts a full review of Assyrian logistical and mobilization techniques, plotting several possible scenarios ranging from border conflicts and a full-on invasion of the Principality. These war games, though politically inconvenient, increase Assyrian support capabilities, expanding Assyrian military strength. The Turkish tribes in Van are still pressured to leave Assyrian territory, while settlers move into the county to secure Lake Van's crucial water resources; the full pacification of the county is expected to take decades.
 * Principality of Rani: Tavadi Zurab takes the Principality's guard force to tour the Azeri border. Several small skirmishes erupt, but after stern warnings by the Georgian crown to cease and desist, the situation is defused (though relations remain hostile). The experience gained in these skirmishes does increase Ranite military strength. Additionally, conversion efforts of the Azeris continue: only 7000 of the region's 147,500 Azeris have converted, and the Tavadi privately wonders how much he can 'motivate' conversion without risking a full-blown revolt.
 * Principality of Amier-Kavkasia:The unification of the trans-Caucasian clans allows Tavadi Garegin to organize a pan-Caucasian military force composed of the finest fighters from each tribe. Though this force - unlike the Georgian Jarishuri - is irregular in nature, the Tavadi hopes that the ferocity and shock value of these heavily armored champions will make up for their lack of discipline. The new Chempionis dzala (or Chemdzala) increases Amier-Kavkasian military effectiveness, both cowing rebellious locals and providing an outlet for nobles' disputes.
 * Koryak Confederacy: Due to hostile natives and unfamiliar conditions, large-scale settlement of Kodiak Island is deemed impossible. Instead, the Alaska Consortium constructs a trading port on the north coast of the island. Military expansion continues, with heavy cavalry coming into more widespread use. The heavy infantry begin retraining in modern tactics, including the use of pikes.The navy continues to expand, with the construction of more modern junks and Korean-style panokseons bolstering its capabilities. Popular discontent at the construction of a Buddhist monastery spreads among the shamanist population, causing fears of civil war and rebellion. Merchants express their desire for a secure anchorage on the Manchurian coast to enable them their ships to more easily reach the Ashikaga Shogunate. As a result, the Council offers to support a Jurchen chieftain by supplying him with weapons and military aid in return for an a port. Mod Response needed
 * Chukchis: With the region's economy and population booming, the infrastructure is improved to cope with the greater strain placed on it.
 * Kolmya Evenks: The economy is expanded.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: Our exerted influence of Lithuania has led them to become our vassal. Military development continues. Moscow flourishes with trade as merchants outside of the nation arrive to exchange rare goods that are unique to the far eastern realm, such as vodka. A larger trading fleet is constructed to keep up with imports and exports.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals.
 * UNC: The UNC expands its military, especially its navy. The defense grid in the North Sea is expanded while the offensive potential of the navy increases as well. Eighteen karaks are produced this year with many more on the way. The vassals and their militaries also expand, though the vassals mainly increase their armies rather than their navies. All nations in the UNC work on updating the military with firearms. Charles VIII takes a tour of Denmark, Sweden and Norway upon his coronation. He works on ensuring that  bullshit  crises such as what happened in the early parts of the 15th century do not happen again. He intends to enact policies to bring Denmark and Norway together with Sweden. While Norway is compliant with these policies, the Danes are much more resistant to the cultural changes brought on by the Swedes.
 * The Jochid Ulus experiences a lull in growth, as the borders of the nation only grow 2000 sq km, spread across almost all of the Eastern border. The resources that had previously been spent on expansion into colder areas now are spent on the military, with it expanding by several thousand infantrymen (some of which are armed with hand gonnes) and a bit of heavy cavalry, the first used by the Ulus in history. While Mongol archers still make the heart and soul of the Jochid army, the other branches now outnumber the cavalrymen. The economy also grows, with agriculture fluorishing throughout the nation, centred on Ruthenia and Kazakhstan; in both of those areas, the Tatars and the Volga Finns continue to move to the borders. Aydar-Arslan continues to be educated in Constantinople, while Tulpar and Tyushta begin formal education in court in Sarai. They are taught by a Mordvin merchant, Avvakum, who follows the Mastorava, a Nestorian Assyrian refugee, Afrêm, and three Muslims (one Tatar, one Persian, one Mongol) called Marat, Ali' and Temuge respectively. Temür-Hachiun once again looks for a wife, sending emissaries to request marriages with all Muslim nations. The Mastorava continues to grow and spread among the nation, with a lot of the population now following that faith. Influence of the Chagatay grows. The Khan attends the Georgian funeral.
 * Great Perm continues to expand its economy .Eased restrictions on trade because of the adoption of the zolotnik expand the economy; the Pskovian zolotnik continues to be adopted as official currency. The population grows.
 * Adyghea expands by 250 sq km eastward. The population and economy grow.
 * Oyo Empire: Oyo continues to expand by 5,000 km along the coastline of West Africa, while sending the locals north as slaves, freeing up the land for the loyal Oyo population.  The Oyo expand their fleet to its largest size since, with more than fourty large nlanla ships, and more than two hundred yanyan ships, with a third of them tasked with military duties such as customs and naval warfare.  The development of better sails by the Oyo using information purchased from the various naval schools in Europe by returning Oyo merchants, permitted the production of faster ships in Lagos and Accra.  As such, the Oyo feel confident to begin a southern expedition by sail to continue their trade with the Xhosa of South Africa, fulfilling their end of an old treaty.  Elsewhere, the Oyo expand their major cities, something that proceeds rather smoothly thanks to the planned nature of the cities under Alaafin Oranyan in the past.
 * You can not expand to nearly 250 ships in less than 50 years especially when only about 30 of those were even remotely useable for construction. You are not a naval power, you have no reason to be, and if I find any more of it there will be consequences. I do not care how much you say youve worked on your navy. these is no plausible way you go from no ships to 250 ships in 25 to 30 years. Also, for all intents and purposes you can not reach the Xhosa by sea or through trade without an enormous costs which Oyo can not afford. Like I said, any more of this and there will be consequences.
 * Roman Empire: The war taking place in the Ottoman Empire has many in the Imperial military still concerned, and as such the army remains on alert. Construction of the twin forts and better roads continue, and by now one of the forts is completed and is manned in order to better protect the capital. Experimentation with the Walloon weapons continue, and some gunsmiths believe that they are now able to copy the main mechanism of the guns and produce their own copies. The Khan's son continues his education as well as his new religious practice. The Patriarch of Constantinople Joseph II, after some consideration, allows for the creation of an independent "Romanian" church authority as long as it recognizes the Patriarchate of Constantinople as "First among Equals."
 * Swiss Confederacy: Infastructure is built up and the three surrounding states are further influenced.1448_Pskov-Novgorod_deal_proposal.png
 * With the popularity of Arabic Literature growing and the demand for books rising with the advent of the printing press, the Pskovians send yet another trade expeditions to Arabia to seek out more knowledge, and make more money, bringing with them what would be exotic northern things such as fur coats, Pskovian mead (learning of a loophole on the Muslim prohibition on alcohol that only prohibits fermentation of fruits or grains, whereas fermented honey, i.e. mead, is not prohibited in the Quran). Upon coming back, they bring much literature to be translated, and bring back a peculiar, explosive substance, a black powder, and books detailing its use by the Mongol conquerers to fire cannons. work is begun at once to begin the study of this volatile substance, and more emissaries to the Arabic kingdoms are sent to try and find books on the subject. The Economy grows even more as Lithuania adopts the zolotnik during their Muscovian vassalization, and Pskov sends emissaries to Prussia and its vassals, Poland, and the UNC to ask them to adopt the zolotnik and/or have the Prince of Pskov as the head of their mint so that s/he can ensure the consistency of the coins minted, or at least estblish a subsidiary branch of the Pskvoain treasury mint in Lithuania ... headed by the Prince ... although the main goal is adoption of the zolotnik. An offer to purchase land and end a small border dispute is sent to Novgorod with the offer of 500 zolotnik coins for the land show in the image beside my post. (military turn).
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. The Landsknechts companies of the Lowlands continue to assist the nations loyal to the emperor against the rebelling Dutch. Fleeing Germans are offered protection and safe travel from the area in most places. A garrison is raised in Cleves-Mark, standing as a fortress against Dutch operations in the north past the border. Veteran soldiers of the campaign become heavily trained, donning the newly adopted dark clothing and advanced weaponry, including the pike, Zweihänder, and halberdier for close combat against both infantry and attacking cavalry.This group is also outfitted with Hakenpistoles and conventional ranged weaponry, such as bows, to support the infantry. After withdrawing from Brussels and continuing to fight back around Namurs and Liege, German forces under the command of Han Khevenhüller are forced to slow their advance after doing battle with Karl van Nassau. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren.  With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Ambrosius Federmann’s second expedition to West Africa is a success, with a trade post being established to trade with natives.  Initially the group has trouble cultivating plants, but with the help of the local Wolof, the settlement begins exploiting Fonio. Fishing is also undertaken at times. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods, beginning a peaceful relationship. The trade post at Abrechtburg grows as trade becomes common in the area. A second trade post is constructed on a flat coastline where trade is prosperous with natives. The second post is named Dominusburg (Nouakchott), and unlike other outposts in Africa, is centered around a monastery. Twenty soldiers and several priests set up residence in the barracks, within the wooden fort that begins construction. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, Metz, and others. We continue influencing Furstenburg, Konstanz, Kempten, and Magdeburg. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded  kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy and infrastructure. Trade and economic influence over the Mediterranean rim expands, with Aragon quickly becoming one of the most powerful maritime trade powers in the Mediterranean region, overtaking Rome. King Charles II continues to be a patron of the arts and Aragon continues to be at an economic high, part of the ongoing Golden Age. Aragon seeks to make trade agreements with England.
 * Colorado Confederation: The meeting regarding the Nomadic Uprising in Kim comes to a close and the central government encourages towns to unite against the Nomadic Rebels that have obstructed trade routes. Unfortunately, due to the destruction of these routes, communication is slower so in order to spread the message clearer the city of Kim stablizes its population and chief A-keh gives a speech and states "These are tough times in our nation and in our city but through these tough times we can turn into something great. But this greatness can only be achieved through your co-operation. With this co-operation our Confederation and City will achieve peace and prosperity!." With this speech the population of Kim is stabilized and thus Kim takes action against the surrounding Nomads.


 * Ming Empire: The Zhengtong Emperor is incapacitated by a mystery illness, thus prompting his younger brother to take the throne. With a more landward approach, the new Jingtai Emperor continues to develop the north with several bridges started across the Huang He. Work on the military is conducted with longer range artillery being developed to launch metal orbs stuffed full of gunpowder. Numerous workers on the artillery project die but development proceeds smoothly. Chinese influence continues to cover much of East Asia and South-East Asia with the Thai Kingdoms being presented with gifts and shows of Chinese strength. The Ming Dynasty continues to influence the fragmented Khmer Kingdom with the intentions of establishing an outpost on the Gulf of Thailand. Relations with Ryukyu, the Japanese Emperor, the Kyushu Daimyos. Lao Xing, Korea, Haixi and Tainan continue economic development. Tainan increases its influence on the island of Taiwan with the inheritance of Taibei.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.

1449
'''The “Marrikuwuyanga Emperor” is assassinated by political rivals who fear Sundan cultural influence. His six-year old half-Tiwi son is declared Emperor, and the widow made “Queen Regent”. However, the real power is held by the Queen Regent’s cousin, Tipuamantimirrimirri, who was close to the First Emperor. The perpetrators are hunted down and killed, and Tipuamantimirrimirri is able to keep the hardwood industry running and the “Empire” together. However, Sundan cultural influence is halted.''' '''Where does it say that? I have been doing this for a while now and not a single mod has complained. If it is in the rules and I have missed it I'm sorry, but until I am told by a mod I request that you stop clogging up space.'''
 * Kingdom of Italy: King Charles I continues the reforms of his father, and improves the economy and the military. Continues the construction and improvement of shipyards and production of new boats to combat in the Mediterranean. Territorial defense continues being built based on border forts. The relation with the Byzantine Empire continue strong. The Naval Academy in Taranto continues the technological research with Venice. The King continue to give new impetus to the culture within the kingdom and its vassal states, in art, science, etc. The policy of rapprochement toward Sicily continue, and also our influence on the island for future vassalization. The control of the plague effects improve, and the population grows.
 * Grand Duchy of Tuscany: Improves the economy and the military. The economic prosperity of the previous years is accented with commercial junction providing by Italy and Genoa, and the city of Florence is the commercial nexus among all the Italian states. Frederick I helps promote economic prosperity, gives incentives to help manufacturing output grow, and improve access roads to make the trade more fluid and profitable. The army is formed to the image of the Italian army, with gradual use of new firearms that become quite popular. Frederick I became a great patron and the Tuscan nobles follow this particular policy. The artists, protected and maintained by the nobles and bourgeois rising, unleash their creativity.
 * Duchy of Genoa: Improves the economy and the military. The Duchy of Genoa continues trading from the Black Sea to the Straits of Gibraltar, using new models of ships with cargo holds of more spacious and allow greater profit. With the help of Italian military fleet, try to force richest commercial rights in Tunisian ports. In Genoa the boom in production of luxury items continue. The pressure of the Genoese traders in Tunis is growing, and combined with the presence of Christian missionaries, who at the same time serve commercial spies; is accomplished the capture of a lot of exotic products that are not easy to get due to the conflicts and trade barriers in the Near East, and the axis between Tunis and Genoa is strengthened. The Genoese economy restarts its golden age.
 * Duchy of Ferrara: Improves the economy and the military. The paper industry is forging ahead, and also the making of looms, making this duchy in one of the most productive in northern Italy. Duke Niccolo I continue the loyal service to Italy.
 * Duchy of Corsica: Improves the economy and the military. The exploitation of salt mines and silver continues. In the same way, the vine crops increase in extension and quality, and the manufacture of wine each year improves in quality and quantity, and is recognized as the best European wine. On the island of Corsica a boom of mercenaries continues. The Italian army started recruiting many Corsicans, making them a legend in terms of ferocity and skill in the skirmishes and battles.
 * Marquisate of Modena: Improves the economy and the military. Niccolo is dedicated to art and culture, encouraging painters, sculptors and architects that embellish this little Marquisate, leading Italian opulence to a new level. Marquis Niccolo I continues the loyal service to Italy.
 * Principality of Zeta: Improves the economy and the military. Dairy cattle production increases, and in the same way the manufacture of better quality cheese, they continue to be exported to Italy, Hungary and Byzantium. The Prince Giovanni I continues the cultural boom.
 * Vatican City: Pope Pius III continue the campaign of evangelization in the lands of the Balkans. Missionaries continue to be sent to support the Order of St John, and a special group of them is working in North Africa, especially in Tunisia, where they try to recover the core of Christians. The Pope like his predecessor condemns all those who come to the false churches that are being created in Europe. The Pope in his speeches also continues condemning the current lack of security of pilgrims traveling to the Holy Land, which the Christian nations have a priority to recover these places and they are missing to the will of God.
 * County of Provence: The reform of the administration continues, adapting the Italian model which has had so much success. Improves economy through trade and manufacturing cloth. The military camp is also improved, adding new equipment and Italian military ideas.
 * Duchy of Anjou: As in Provence, the Duchy transformation is performed. The economy and military improve.
 * Alencon: The economy and military improve.
 * Narbonne: The economy and military improve.
 * Vendome: The economy and military improve.
 * Just saying Sicily is in union with Aragon. I could give it to you for something of equal worth.
 * Cuzco: After three years of war with the Aymara state, we have gained 12 percent of territory. Military is rebuilt to recover from the war. We request a trading alliance with the Wanka and Chiribaya (Mod response needed.)
 * Once again, Cuzco player, you are not allowed to expand/build three different categories. SwankyJ (talk) 01:46, March 22, 2014 (UTC)

'''Yes its pretty clearly in the rules. so you can only expand 1. you can say your expanding three but the mods will only recognize one per turn when it comes to algos, etc. -Feud (yes, I am a mod FYI)'''

'''My bad. I thought one meant that we can do any of them. '''

'''Previous turns where you claimed to expand all three will be one or the other in an algorithm. Your choice. - Mscoree'''

'''All right, I'll go through and pick them later. Because the war ended this turn do I have to remain in conflict or can I build up my military?'''
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to convert to the Western Church. The Prussians begin to build their army.
 * Masovia: The Kingdom of Masovia also continues recovering their economy and continues building a new national army. The Masovians continue construction of their capital at Czersk. The Masovians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Pomerania: The Pomeranians continue building their economy and continue building a new national army. The Pomeranians also continue converting to the Western Church.
 * Courland: The Curonians also begin developing their economy and military. The Curonians also begin converting to the Western Church.
 * The Pskovian Emissaries: once again ask to have the Zolotnik adopted as official currency in Prussia.
 * Ica-Nazca: We expand our economy and military. We continue to meld the Chimor culture with our own. Our metal-working skills are improved due to the expertise of the Chimor.
 * Chancay (vassal of Ica-Nazca): We expand our military and infrastructure. Military aid is sent to the capital city.
 * It was ruled you would need an algo to conquer the Chimor.
 * Actually, according to the rules, he does not. An algo is needed for non-disordered states or disordered states made up of city states, which the Aymara are, but not needed for individual kingdoms that are disordered, which the Chimor are. -MP
 * Feud said last turn they would.
 * Well, the rules state otherwise. -MP
 * I believe my ruling was much simpler. If it's disordered it's grey on the map (unless you have been told otherwise) then it does not require an algo. If they are not disordered they do in fact need an algo. That's how I have always understood it. -Feud
 * Straight from the Rule page: "Expansion into areas which are fragmented (in civil disarray) can be done through colonial expansions, at half the normal rates. Expansion into organized states or areas with small fragmented states requires an algorithm." As such, since Chimor is disordered but a single state, it requires no algorithim, whereas the Aymara, which are city states, do require an algorithim. -MP
 * Duchy of Hamburg: In Williamsburg, word of the Oyo expansion causes construction of a stone wall around the settlement, with another wall blocking the land route to the town. Meanwhile, cartographers painstakingly map the African coastline, with moderately detailed maps as far down as far down as the Kongo being drawn. With the 1450 Chancellory elections coming up, Wilhelm Von Lüneburg and Friedrich Markus are sent as Hamburgs candidates. Lippe and Bruchhausen expand their economies.
 * Aztec Empire: The Emperor Montezuma II, who is now 29 years of age, expands the military, although not scared of an attack from the Sinaloa state, has decided expansion would not be wise. We construct more fishing ships [106] in the Pacific Ocean and Lake of Tenochtitlan. We now have a navy containing a fleet of [59] ships, they begin to be constructed somewhat larger. Montezuma II increases the technology of the ships. We also expand our wells in the great city as "well" as through the Empire as a whole. We expand our infrastructure; building a strong acqueduct system, linked with our canals, as well as more homes, hospitals, temples, and schools. Cuachtemoc expands the militaries being built throughout the empire and its vassals. Our population now falls to about 3.5 million, due to the droughts. Rebuilding for the people, forces the empire to have aqueducts and wells continue construction.
 * Atotonilco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our military and infrastructure. We send cacao beans to Tenochtitlan. Markets are constructed as Atotonilco becomes the major trade hub between the northern tribal states and the rest of the Aztec land. We construct aqueducts and wells, and the building of more homes, hospitals and temples. We send exploration parties to the north discovering more disorganized land. We build a large fleet of fishing ships [43] in the Atlantic Ocean.
 * Zacatollan (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand our economy and infrastructure. The massive fort of Xilopolco, is stocked with military forces in case of invasion from the new clans and states whom have become spontaneously aggressive, most likely to large Aztec expansion. Fishing ships continue to be built [37] and wells are created to increase infrastructure which also includes schools, which the empire has supported the attendance of. Aqueducts are placed throughout the vassal's territory.
 * Soconusco (vassal of the Aztec Empire): We expand 5 pixels west and 5 pixels south. The vassal now stops for the last year, seeing that expansion has become too risky, due to the Tzeltalan tribe. We build our infrastructure; building houses, temples and hospitals. We expand our military, creating many Warriors to defend the new southern border of the Aztec Empire.  We search for cacao beans, obsidian mines and iron deposits. We build fishing ships [25] and start constructing a southern navy [14].
 * Aztec dip: If the Yucatan doesn't respond, or accept our long awaiting trade rights, the empire will declare war on the Yucatan. As well as the questionable request for land access, and the distinctive of the different cultures, makes the General, and heir to Emperor: Cuachtemoc, very hostile towards these people, and eager to prove himself and the military prowess of the Aztec Empire, against an organized opponent, although not a very strong one.
 * Yucatan Dip: We agree, and explain that we have been unable to reply to you due raiders.
 * As your correction has brought to light, you can only build in one category at a time.
 * I apologize as MP informed me two categories were allowed to be expanded in one turn either vassalizing, military, economy, infrastructure. SwankyJ (talk) 16:32, March 22, 2014 (UTC)
 * Castile: The Castilian economy continues a larger process of pulling in more money through trade. The Castilians begin to send missionaries into Morocco in hopes of converting populations. The infrastructure of Castile is also expanded more. Castile, in order to facilitate more conversions to Christianity, imposes higher taxes on non-Christians in the areas it controls personally or by proxy through its vassals. Castile has successfully mapped large parts of the African coast south of Morocco and down as far as their settlements in Capo Verde. The developing class in Castile of skilled artisans, merchants, blacksmiths and the like has led to a large increase in productivity of the country with even a few researchers managing to work on new designs - including a more efficient hand cannon which gets its own dedicated corps in the developing Royal army of Castile. The Castilian nobility begins to adapt toward a newer system to revamp or work on their power as they move toward becoming advisors to the king and less involved in their feudal estates which while growing have developed Guilds to facilitate payments for the efforts of the men working, The expert worksmanship of many of these men has seen notable increase in productivity for each feudal state with most lords not complaining. The Kingdom's cities begin to be improved with somewhat better sanitation and the King hires architects to plan out a sewer system, as well as a true plan for multiple major cities. Castile begins a major process of researching the arquebus acquired and develops its own version which is used to replace the hand cannons which is finally finished. The Castilian navy, using the Canaries as a base, continually explore the area and discover a new island chain, the closest island is able to be settled and a small settlement springs up on the islands and is built up and styled as a resupply base. Capo Verde now fully settled is continually built up to accomodate Castile's military, navy and exploratory fleets.  The construction of a new kind of warship with cannons is completed - a heavy warship much more powerful than most other ships of the time. The King notices the heavily increased productivity and income flow due to his hands off policy and non-interference and begins to allow artists, minstrels and other artistic and scientific minds to become more prevalent in Castile, many believe the Castilian Renaissance is imminent. Castile, due to its naval range, high income, extensive and dominant trade network, becomes one of the largest and most dynamic trade empires of the Atlantic and Western Mediterranean. The Castilian navy with its new heavy warships and some new updated designs for older ships organizes a heavy royal fleet phasing out past organizations. The Royal army of Castile has now almost wholly replaced the previous feudalistic military forces and has a size of nearly 50,000 and growing thanks in part to the good funding being provided by the king. In order to make up for lost power the King as behest of his new wife, and several of his friends who are nobles create a king's advisory council which officially has the power of the king in many matters if authorized. The men are also given station to criticize the kings actions to keep him from going crazy with power. The Knights Hospitaller are moved more into Castile with their professional fighting strength and religious zeal used to patrol the borders of Castile's Gibraltar province. The Knights are also given the authority to police the majority Christian Tangiers now, and effectively prevent many Muslims from coming over the border to wreak havoc. Castile begins considering opening up talks to relieve Granada of a primarily Christian province and a possible problem in the future for the country and giving it to the Knights Hospitaller to set up a kingdom or set up their organization in the area. King John secretly does this with the willing knights who have left Cyprus to prevent channelling their religious zeal into border patrolling. Castile's navy, now heavily funded and expanded greatly, reaches a large amount of combat and tradeworthy ships and with its trade from Oyo, and various supply bases establishes military and trade dominance over the West African areas as well as its locality in the Mediterranean. The Castilian trade dominance in West Africa remains unbudged as Castile directly owns and has the majority of the gold and ivory trades coming out of West and North Africa. Castile's population reaches around 4.9 million and growing. (I have been focusing heavily on growth of population and have not been involved in nearly the amount of destructive wars as OTL Castile has been). The Castilian Renaissance reaches its full swing with art and scientific advancement being allowed by the State as many of the religious fanatics and dissidents are fighting in Morocco, along with this, the highly respected middle and artisan classes are able to afford a much better living with various artists painting great works and with one even gaining an audience with the royal family for a painting. The Castilian navy reaches a large force of nearly 550 ships using the huge funding from Castile's conquests, trading, and other situation to fund this navy.  Castile begins looking for betrothals to Prince Henry, Prince Carlos and Princess Maria with Princess Elenor being reserved for Italy's heir to officially solidify Castile and Italy's full dynastic union (between you giving me your daughter and me giving you mine our dynasties will be the same). The technology of the Castilian navy is improved heavily as the king begins to focus more on the quality of his ships rather than the quantity. The exploration continues just below the Kongo as the Castilian exploration parties manage to gather supplies from the Kongos friendlier tribes. These exploratory parties have reached OTL Angola and a little bit further south but supply constraints and lack of knowledge of the area prevents further progress. Castile begins sending missionaries to the Kongo to convert the Friendlier tribes. Castile continues to convert to the western church with the king and his royal family attempting to preach about the new church and its benefits to the common man and not keeping them in the dark. This continued outright preaching causes an issue as a secret assasin attempts to kill King John of Castile. However, in a show of expert agility and swordsmanship in his old age allows the king to Not only disarm the assailant but capture him. The Royal Guard unmasks the man as a Castilian noble who before being executed leads on that a small group of nobles are plotting against the king and his family. This, however, leaves the remaining nobles scared as King John using personally loyal advisors and troops to begin a series of inquries and investigations. To protect the kingdom from a possible issue he also begins to deploy the royal army in an attempt to prevent a major rebellion. This is largely successful as King John confirms the loyalty of various generals and nobleman this way but manages to gather a list of men who he believes are plotting against him. With this he also reconfirms the loyalties of his subjects. The Castilian navy with new ships replacing the old ones begins military drills for preparedness and experience.
 * Granada:  The Christianization of Granada continues in earnest with a more sizeable converted population working its way through the country. The Emir, however, remains secretly Christian and begins hiring a few Castilian advisors who are wholly more competent than many of the Granadan advisors. The country also begins to see same issues with its settlement in Morocco with many of them being Christian Castilians or converts. The Granadans continue to show more Christianization processes occurring with a viable expanding population of Christians living in the core towns cities. The country begins to show promising signs of real economic advancement. The population of true Castilians in the country begins to increase to rival the native Granadans as many of the Muslims have left the area due to the unfavorable atmosphere of the country. The Nation of Granada has now Christianized somewhat considerably with a real large minority of Christians existing within the country's borders. The Granadan people now seem to look at their secular society as less of a Muslim one and more of a religiously neutral state. The Term Emirate is dropped and is renamed a Principality with the official name being the Principality of Granada. Some Muslim zealots turn out to protest this but the Emir - Now Prince of Granada - manages to quell the zealots with quick timing by his troops. The relative unrest in the country continues to die down as the majority of the soldiers of Granada now Christian, or even corrupted Muslims (by the bounties of their conquests abroad) continue to obey the Prince of Granada with unshaken loyalty.  The states Christians are all mostly declared to be Western Catholics showing a large population of these converts than previously thought in the Iberian peninsula. The Prince of Granada (no longer an Emir) sends his condolences to King John for the situation and reaffirms his support for him.
 * Kingdom of the Canaries:  Now granted a semi-autonomous status from Castile, the Canaries begin to work up their economy to a certain degree greatly utilizing the traders from Portugal as well as the new route to Oyo, and the trade from the Mediterranean. The Canaries are able to build upon the multiple viable settlements and a moderately sized and growing population. The Canaries, finally completely covering the islands, begins to send moderately sized fleets that are resupplied from the islands and from Castile to continually explore the area. The Canaries help supply settlers and fleets moving to Capo Verde. The governor reaffirms his support for King John.
 * Kingdom of Cyprus:  King Matthias of Cyprus has twin sons, both of which are sent to Castile for tutoring until they are old enough. The King of Cyprus begins to see Castilian culture not as a dominant force but a possible blendable culture that can fit well within Cypriot society. The economy and military of the country is built up as is the infrastructure with a nice road system being built throughout the country. Cyprus gaining large funds from being a Castilian trade hub, begins building a few ships domestically, and purchases ships from Castile, or her allies shipwrights forming a respectable Cypriot navy of almost 90 ships with expected expansion to come. This expansion has been achieved specifically thanks to huge amounts of outsourcing to private shipwrights. Cyprus begins to see an exodus of the Knights Hospitaller West to Castile and her territories and King Matthias begins a larger recruitment for the military managing to raise a force of nearly 10,000. This force is largely funded through the large trade Cyprus has gathered. The troops are styled after Castile's royal army and Cyprus embarks on an intense training program in order to bring them up to standards. The Knights, with many departing also have many older and other knights stay due to their close ties with Cyprus. They remain to run the Knights Hospitaller in Cyprus for the forseeable future while a large number have migrated across the sea. King Matthias is killed in religious riots in Cyprus leaving his highly capable son in charge. This new King Fernando a half Cypriot, half Castilian man reigns in the riots relatively quickly and with decisive action solves their issue. The King himself being from some of the Western Catholic Sect has openly converted and challenges the conspirators of the riots to try again and see what happens. When another riot is organized in later months the King himself leads the Cypriot army and police and seizes the ring leaders preventing further rioting. This King swears his loyalty to King John and his mother's homeland of Castile.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The less fortunate and disenfranchized are converted. The Kingdom itself is a Christian kingdom with a similar situation of early Castile and Aragon, with large amounts of Muslims and a small amount of Christians. However, the Christian community in Morocco is expanded in thanks to the influx of traders and settlers from Castile and some other immigrants looking for an opportunity to live a new life here. The Kingdom establishes its capital in Casablanca and with this, begins a major point of establishing a major military presence in the area.  The infrastructure, particularly in dealing with transport and water, is expanded to accommodate more people but the only people allowed to settle are Christians - particularly from Hispania. A notable amount of Castilians settle the area. While Christians remain the minority the kingdom of Morocco sets up various churches and allows preachers to roam around and convert people. The Kingdom begins to push toward integration of the city of Tangiers into the kingdom. This would give the Kingdom two important cities. Heavy taxes are imposed on Muslim traders in order to facilitate conversions to Christianity while lower more friendly taxes are given to Christian merchants. The leader of Morocco styled a king, out of respect deducts himself in rank to Prince of Morocco as the throne is only to be held by the King of Castile himself if it's ever required. The Country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continue to expand with greater trade coming from Castile and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Knights Hospitaller finally calm down from their overly religious conquest and begin to allow effective administration of the country. This is due in part to their losses and their lack of adaptation to Castile's budding new national religion. The Kingdom itself shows a relative increase in tensions with the remainder of Morocco due to border issues. This may indeed escalate into a full scale war due to issues stemming between the new Christian kingdoms continued push for legitimacy in the christian world. Prince Adelmo the leader of Morocco previously very shadowy makes a public statement reaffirming his support for King John. The Knights Hospitaller in the country begin to die off due to old age, lack of Recruitment and the very dangerous border raids and Muslim village raids they conduct bringing their numbers to barely 1000. The Kingdoms army proper raised by immigrant christians now numbers about 3000 itself and is expected to grow.
 * Hey sorry my turn was removed for whatever reason yesterday with intermittent posts between people (AFAIK) so im adding it in here. If the other mods wish to not allow the reposting i understand -Feud
 * Venetian Republic:
 * Books on various topics spread from Venice throughout Europe, beginning the Renaissance, printed in the Venetian language they teach of the sciences and humanities and revive learning, spreading knowledge (as well as the language) far and wide.
 * With the increased supply of Ducats, the fluidity of European trade increases.
 * Many people sentenced to death are drowned in the canals as is the Venetian tradition. The tradition is becoming the primary way to execute criminals and is spreading to the Venetian territories across Europe.
 * Fine Wool and Silk clothing from Titani is exported across the Mediterranean and Black Sea and begins to set the trend in Renaissance clothing.
 * In Veneto Doge Dragano writes to various nations concerning their currencies, inviting them to peg them against the Ducat. Stockpiling of gold continues. "The Learned Society of Saint Mark" continues to recruit members to its school. Venice begins vassalising Monaco (Turn Two of Three), sending a part of its fleet as a sign of strength to guard the shores of Monaco. The Trade envoy notes that Monaco is interested in the Venetian offers but has its own terms, that it may remain uninvolved in all wars. Doge Dragano continues to fund the defences of Ragusa, Scutari, Valona and Epirus while also still pursuing contact with George Kastrioti Skanderbeg to offer him funds and supplies to carve out an independent Albania, free from powers in the east and west, in return for an alliance with Venice. The noble from Morocco arrives and is judged to be guilty, he is drowned quietly in the canals.
 * In Porto Tolle Potensa Antonio continues the Drowning of the Pagans, he begins reforming the Pretors into a form of inquisition. The people of Porto Tolle rumour that Antonio has gone mad with drowning. He preaches every day at midday from his palace to the square below it, preaching of sins and righteousness.
 * In Istra the Potensa of Pola dies in the early year. Elections are held and a new Potensa enters office in the latter year.
 * In Scutari 400 men now are part of the guard. Border patrols occur to alert the city in case of Albanian movements.
 * In the Epirote Free Ports the Saranda Trading Company starts to build a trade fleet. Titani clothes production only continues to increase, while their furniture production remains stable. Superpotensa Euthymius faces opposition as many merchants and craftsmen who are excluded from being guild members protest his laws.
 * In the Peloponnese the government of Argos sends a request to Athens to release Barbus.
 * In Attica the Potensas catch the mercenaries a few days after they storm the city, with the city raped and looted they come to a scene of desolation. The Potensas declare the mercenaries to be sentenced to death for their crimes, they engage in a battle and kill most, soem escape but a few hundred are captured. The Potensa of Menidi is freed and the prisoners turned over to him. He brings them in front of the people of the city and drowns each and every last one individually.
 * In Morocco the Muslim Potensa continues to struggle against opposition but keeps merchants happy by providing large amounts of support for slaving.
 * Inf-turn
 * Epirote Republic: Patrols on the border continue, pre-emptively Dragano raises levies and moves them to the border of Epirus and the Ottomans.
 * Mil-turn
 * Venetian Empire:
 * In the Province of Aegina the process of immigration continues to be handled well but in the later year Conte Geragio dies. His young son, Urberto, takes the place of Conte. Eco-turn
 * In the Free Port of Athens Barbus is freed on the new Superpotensa, Oliverio Emo (a Venetian), finding him innocent. The new Potensa continues investment in the Athenian trade fleet. Eco-turn
 * In the Province of Candia the arsenal continues construction and should be finished in a year. The Candian fleet is docked largely, with only 20 ships operating due to the Shipwrights in the city of Candia refusing to serve. Eco-turn
 * In the Corfiot Protectorate the Red Army of Corfu numbers 1000 men, due to heavy recruiting. Upon receiving a letter sealed with the Doge's personal seal the army mounts up in ships and sails to Naxos. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Kaffa the "Venice of the Golden Sea" continues to grow and Venetian is becoming more common a language as the years pass. Eco-turn
 * In the Naxian Protectorate a letter sealed with the Doge's personal seal arrives in the hands of the Governor General Cecaumenus readies the Naxian fleet to sail, they number 30 ships at this time. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Negroponte Conte Rizardo allocates further responsibilities to his son who proves to be a capable administrator. Mil-turn
 * In the Free Port of Ragusa 900 men are now in the Black Guard of Ragusa. Upon receiving a letter sealed with the Doge's personal seal, the Superpotensa takes 800 men of the Guard and sails to Naxos. Mil-turn
 * In the Province of Valona the various factions continue to squabble. The mercenaries feel uncomfortable, but when the Doge sends letters to the nobles they calm and for the moment do not select a Conte. Instead they raise levies and muster forces and march to the eastern border. Mil-turn
 * Monaco was a colony of Genoa and hence did not need to be vassalized or annexed and as Quashi said would have been taken in the war as he said years ago. It's another one of the map oversights that has just been minor and unfixed. This will be corrected on the next map. -Feud
 * The turn will stand until the issue is solved on the talk page. KunarianTALK 10:43, March 22, 2014 (UTC)
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of Koch boats, cannons, hand cannons, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. We are producing our new crossbow, and we send the first 50 crossbows to Mecklenburg to test out and the other 250 to test in our nation. We expand north 5528 sq km (by 80 pixels) into undiscovered land. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. We are still talking about the possible unification of the Rus’ with Muscovy. The Russian language is spreading throughout the nation. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. In the year 1445, we will annex Rostov and Yaroslavl in to Novgorod. We vassalized Tver, and we are looking to annex Rostov, Tver, and Yaroslavl in the far future. We want a non-aggression pact with UNC.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We upgrade our military after being a vassal of Novgorod. We upgrade our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy and Novgorod.
 * County of Oldenburg: The OHG sends a decent-sized Northern Fleet (of 10-15 ships) this year to whale, seal and auk (because auk is a verb now). One ship, under the command of a Wilhelm Kestner, is separated from the rest of the fleet on the way to Dietrichdorf in Greenland. After a few days sail, the ship comes upon an uninhabited volcanic island North-Northeast of Iceland (OTL Jan Mayen Island). The crew stays on the island for a few days, noting its suitability as a whaling post. Captain Kestner makes meticulous maps of the island (meticulous for 15th century standards) and does his damndest to calculate where exactly it is. On the day of the ship's departure, Kestner erects a flagpole, raises the Oldenburger flag, and claims the island for Count Dietrich and all his successors, and names it Neu Baltrum, after the East Frisian Island Baltrum. Kestner and his crew eventually make it to Greenland and take part in the whaling/sealing/auking whilst happily telling everyone within hearing distance of their discovery. In Oldenburg, the year is quite a dull one. By the end of the year, everyone is sitting around looking glum, so it is with understandable enthusiasm tha they welcome home the Northern Fleet. Captain Kestner is given an audience with Count Dietrich, and tells His Serenity of his discovery. The news couldn't have come at a better time, as Dietrich was feeling downcast that his country was the same size as when he inherited it (not including Osnabruck). The Count knights Kestner and commissions him to set up a small village of five families (so roughly 20 people) on Neu Baltrum next year, for the OHG's use as a new outpost. He also signs a document proclaiming Neu Baltrum to be a possession of the Oldenburger crown.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The theocracy-ification process is almost complete, with all but a handful of parishes now under the administrative oversight of the parish priest. They are also given command oversight over the parish branch of the militia. The Prince-Bishop enacts his plan and establishes a monastic military order, the Order of the Seraphim. Ten young men, all sons of relatively well-to-do families, are the first brothers of the order, with an old Baltic crusader becoming the Prior. The brothers begin their training in both monastic and military arts.
 * Portugal continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, Portuguese traders continue visiting the Castilian settlements in the Canaries. Meanwhile, wheat continues to be cultivated in Leiname. By this time, the colony in Leiname starts to export wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, some Portuguese explorers start to follow the Castilian example and start to explore the African coast. São Miguel and Santa Maria continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the colony of Açores expands 200 sq km into Terceira. Meanwhile, two islands to the west of Terceira are discovered. One is called São Jorge and the other, Graciosa. Meanwhile, King João II dies and is succeeded by his only son, Afonso, who becomes King of Portugal and Algarves as Afonso VI. However, since Afonso is only thirteen years old. Duke Duarte of Coimbra becomes regent of the Kingdom until Afonso attains majority.
 * Koryak Confederacy: The Confederacy continues to expand into the interior of Siberia, by 3000 km. Its western frontier has now reached as far as the OTL border between Chukhotka and the Sakha Republic, as it continues to settle and assimilate nomadic tribes. A dissident Buddhist monk combines elements of Buddhism and shamanism to create an entirely new set of beliefs he refers to as . The combination of these elements makes it extremely popular both with commoners and nobles, and thousands begin to adopt it. The trading port on Kodiak Island proves highly profitable as many natives prove willing to trade for iron tools and luxury items like silk. Ships sent farther toward the west during the summer reach the Jochid Ulu's territory on the SIberian coast. They plan to return next year with goods for trade. A port is again requested on the Manchurian coast from a Jurchen chieftain in return for trade and supplies. Mod Response needed
 * Chukchis: Expand 100 px northeast, reaching the Arctic coast.
 * Kolmya Evenks: Continue to re-organize and re-integrate the military.
 * Foix: We build up our military. The economy expands due to our new banking system. Trade is going well with France.
 * Andorra: We build up our military and economy.
 * Ashikaga Shogunate: The Shogun rejoices at the news that the Date Daimyo's acceptance of the marriage between his daughter and the Shogun, creating a dynastic union between the two states (accepted by a mod on the talk page). The marriage takes place in Kyoto, and is a state event, with all of the Daimyos invited. To strengthen the union between the two states, 200 men from the Shogun's army are sent to the date lands to enforce their rule.
 * The Nation of the Oirats: Cement and iron increases in production. Iron weapons are now majorly used. More firearm smiths are built in Oskemen.  As we increase in population, we slowly target our expansion northward. We expand 50 px to the North. We begin building a settlement near Lake Baikal and it starts to threaten the Jurchens. We continue to develop our firearms. Our fourth city is built and we continue our expansion. We continue to study the printing press and make more of them. We buy more books from China. We continue to influence the Chagatai into centralizing the North of their territory.
 * Kingdom of the Netherlands: With the Austrians now out of Namur the regrouped Army of Flanders moves to take Liege and finalize the Liberation of the Netherlands from german hands. However, once Dutch forces enter the province they are met by fierce resistence from Austro-German forces, and a grooling campaign to sieze the Bishoproc of Liege begins. Meanwhile in Munster, the city finally falls to Dutch forces, and a brutal occupation soon follows with the city being sacked by Dutch forces including the cathedral of the city. With the fighting in Liege bogging down, and Munster under occupation the States-General Preassure Karl van Nassau to open dialoge with Austria to end the now 14 year old war. Karl reluctantly agrees as his advisors warn that further campaigning will ruin the Dutch economy, and possibly dismantle all that has been accomplished. Karl offers the Austrians a ceasefire and peace treaty under the following terms: 1. the concession of Liege to the Kingdom of the Netherlands in return for Dutch forces withdrawing from Munster, 2. The HRE recognize the seperation of the Lowlands from the Empire, inexchange the Netherlands will cease all actions against the HRE and respect the territorial integraty of the Empire, 3. The Emperor will recognize Karl van Nassau and the house of Nassau as the legitimate soviergn of the Netherlands, 4. The HRE will grant trading rights to the North Sea Trade League in the Northern German States in exchange for a promise of ceasing all blockades on North German Ports, 5. No monetary compensation will be demanded by either side of the conflict, 6. The strongholds in Luxemburg, and Cleves are to be dismantled in exchange for a promise that the Netherlands will not militarize their eastern border for a period of 20 years, unless provoked ot do so by German aggression. Karl calls off all further campaigns until a formal response from Austria comes. Reform of the taxing, economic and administrative systems of the Netherlands continues. With military activities coming to an end a breather to the economy finally comes. focus on economic revival and reconstruction begins. Karl van Nassau returns to Brussels and his family to take up residence there as well, though his wife has to now tolerate the presence of his Mistress Wilhemina the daughter of the Count of Namur.
 * Tibet: Tibet continues to influence Lanna.  Tibet begins to influence Pegu and sends merchants from the Royal Tibetan Trading Company to Pegu with goods from all over Tibet. (Need Mod Response)
 * The Confederation of Shan States: More people convert from animism and Theravada Buddhism to bön. Economy is expanded.
 * Chutiya: More people convert from animism and Theravada Buddhism to bön. Economy is expanded.
 * Taungoo: Taungoo begins to get some people trickling in from the Shan States. Taungoo begins to be influenced by the Princes Council in the Shan States. Taungoo profits from trade throughout Tibet and its vassals.
 * Timurid Empire: As we carry on the Islamization of our vassals, we use our new trade routes through the Chagatai Khanate in order to further strengthen the trade routes connecting the East and the West, and continue influencing them. Due to the now 21 years of influencing the Chagatai Khanate, the Timurid Empire largely influences the south-western and parts of the western Chagatai Khanate, whilst the other areas are divided among the Oirats influence and the Jochid Ulus' influence. (Year 21 out of 17 + extra years because of different people influencing). Although with the resisted vassalization, the Timurid Empire continues to try to attempt a peaceful vassalization, before making any rash decisions. The paper factories flourish. As our land travel progresses, we also work on our navy, and new shipyards are being built alongside river deltas, expanding our economy, and increasing our naval size/capacity. As our explorers progress through the lands, we await for news, and one messenger does arrive from the Mameluke Sultanate stating that their search has been nearly useless. Junayd Safavi's father dying leads Junayd to take control of the Safavids. As Draka finds out that Muhmad Shah's wound's infection has lead to his death. Due to Muhmad's death, Draka becomes leader of the Jaunpur Sultanate. Our explorers return from China, Mamluks and Europe. They have heard the news and are kept up to date on the happenings around the world.
 * Jaunpur Sultanate: The Islamization in our nation continues as the influence of the Timurid culture continues, and our nation prospers due to the trade agreements. Bhikhan begins making plans for his ceremony, although that is frowned upon by the nobles. The economy is expanded due to trade.
 * Timurid diplomacy: We request trade rights with Tibet.
 * Yucatan: Military and economic development begins, but we still face problems with enemy Mayan states that refuse to remain.
 * Spartian300, you just changed to the Zimbabwe nation, I am pretty sure. You cannot post as Mayans. The nation switch regardless is legal. As well as expanding two different categories. SwankyJ (talk) 17:33, March 22, 2014 (UTC)
 * Never mind, I see you are reserving it. My point of two categorical expansions being illegal, still stands. SwankyJ (talk) 17:35, March 22, 2014 (UTC)
 * UNC: The UNC expands its economy this year, establishing more trade routes throughout its lands. Banking takes off in Copenhagen. The UNC improves its stockpile of trade ships along with its navy, constructing 14 karaks this year. Charles VIII takes a tour of Denmark, Sweden and Norway upon his coronation. He works on ensuring that bullshit crises like what happened in the early parts of the 15th century do not happen again. He intends to enact policies to bring Denmark and Norway together with Sweden. While Norway is compliant with these policies, the Danes are much more resistant to the cultural changes brought on by the Swedes
 * The United Principalities of Wallachia and Moldavia: The printing press continues to fuel a huge explosion in demand for scholars and tutors. Hundreds of barely literate boyars seek an education as it becomes fashionable to read and own books. Merchants also capitalize on the invention using it to advertize their wares to the extremely rich. Several print shops open across the nation, and copies of the Bible begin to circulate among the boyars. The newly created Romanian Church, now recognized by the Patriarchate of Constantinople, consolidates its priests. The new church recognizes the seniority of the Patriarchate of Constantinople and is pleased to have received recognition. Now 15 Radu I of the United Principalities begins to implement his own reforms. The tax code is standardized. Tariffs on imports are created, and banking encouraged. The reforms increase the revenue of the government, and promote internal manufacturing. The prince also orders the naval refit to continue and many of the new cannons, which are nicknamed “baril de fier,” are mounted on ships and in forts. The boyars are ordered to drill their levies and equip them accordingly. The development of gunpowder weapons is continued. (Military Turn)


 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Landshut expands its military. The population continues to rise. Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished, and by 1447 a trade route is put in place. Such important places in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1447, Albert II commisions three cogs to sail around nearby Mediterranean coasts. The planned market center in Landshut is opened, with Austria, France, Castile, the Roman Empire, and Saxony being invited to do business in Landshut. In religious news, the country begins converting to the Western Netherlander church. By the end of this year, around 70% of the country adheres to the Western church in Holland. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria begins implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. Albert II decides to send Leopold von Wittelsbach, a distant cousin, to run for Chancellor in the 1450 elections. Heinrich von Wasserburg decides to run again.


 * Munchen: The main campus of Queen Isabell University is completed and the beginning courses include French, Latin, English, and Greek as well as theology, clergy training and mathematics being taught. By 1447, the total class amounts to about 1400 people. Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Munchen as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Straubing as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed in Ingolstadt as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for Castilian and Austrian traders. The Catholic clergy of Wurzburg become restless when learning they are now vassals of Grand Duke Albert of Bavaria and his Western church. However, as Albert begins tolerating the Catholics, the Wurzburg clergy seem to calm down.
 * the Jochid Ulus continues to grow in land, expanding by 1500 sq km. However, this expansion is not held by the government, but rather by affluent traders, most notably the Mordvin Obrash family and the Tatar al-Tarashy family. The government, instead, focuses on the military and economy; the infantry corps is expanded, and some are given hand gonnes. The Ulus also looks to acquire the first large-scale bombards; delegates are sent to several European and Middle Eastern courts, asking to purchase them. The cities of Obran-Osh, Qazan, Donets'k and Yoshkar-ola, as well as Naryana'mar, are fortified, in the west of the nation; to the east, Baljash also is fortified. The economy blooms due to this military expansion; the amount of blacksmiths and soldiers increases, which leads to increased spending. This, combined with extremely large harvests which are stored in the cities, leads to a bloom of the economy. More Tatars, Volga Finns and Assyrians move to Ruthenia, which is now about 35% Tatar, with an additional 20% belonging to other linguistic groups in the area. The influencing of the Chagatay continues, with supporters of Jochid rule being increasingly seen in the northwestern edge of the nation, especially the city of Astana and the trade stop of Bishkek. This influence begins to be centred in this area, although the government is still influenced by the Ulus. Khan Temür-Hachiun takes a tour of the land, starting in the Volga area around January. Staying for some time in the Udmurt colony in Yamalia, he falls in love with a young Udmurt trader's daughter, and marries her. When she returns to Sarai, she startles the court because of her brilliant red hair. Diplomats are sent to the Timurid Empire and the Oirat Horde, seeking for a peaceful resolution to the Chagatay issue. Talk of adopting the Pskovian zolotnik begin. The Mastorava greatly expands through the territory of the Horde, although the capacity of copying of books restricts its growth. Some burghers begin to take interest on Venetian books and the capacity of the Venetians to print, thus allowing for more production of knowledge. This begins to interest the government and the Burghers, who begin to research the printing press.
 * Great Perm continues to adopt the zolotnik, planning to make it official currency of the nation two years from now, in 1451. With the death of the Prince of Great Perm, several Permian nobles send word to the Khan, to ask them who their new ruler should be. The khan, apathetic to who exactly governs Perm, as long as he is loyal, convokes a meeting representing the people of Perm divided in four estates; nobility, clergy, burghers and landowners. They elect Stephen-Gajzer, a wealthy man (both a burgher and a landowner), as Prince of Great Perm. The economy blooms in this period, as Perm continues to expand its trading power. The military also begins to be expanded once again. People in Muscovy and Nogorod are secretly taught Komi by Permian merchants, but neither the government of Perm nor that of the Golden Horde know this.
 * Adyghea stops expansion, as the borders that Prince Ars'lan decreed have been achieved at last. In the same year, the Prince dies of a sudden illness, and his eldest grandson, Kazbech, succeds to the throne. The economy grows quite quickly, as people continue moving to the cities and farming grows.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite do their job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Trade with the state of Ava continues, with influence being placed through trade on Ava. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Koch, Ahom and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their nations. Most all trade roads begin to see much-needed maintenance. The merchants that continually travel between Kohm, Aoch and Ava continue to allow for some of the populations of those nations to continue to convert to Islam. Due to trade with China and other Middle Eastern nations, cannon and hand cannon designs become more common, leading most of the landed elite to continue to outfit their levies with cannons and hand cannons. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems and epics continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. The central trade road between the vassal states allows for a greatly increased speed for missionaries, traders and soldiers to travel between the states. The recent alliance created between all the free Indian states for the common defense of sovereignty inspires a wave of ethnic pride in many Urdu-speaking poets, the most famous of these currently being (Insert name here later). He is mainly famous for a line in his recently published poetry book called (Instert name here later). The line is "بھارت اپنے لوگوں پر تعلق رکھتا ہے" or Urdu for India belongs to her people. (Insert quick synopsis here later).
 * Emirate of Andamana: Mansoor Basil Amirmoez continues to reclaim land on the island to make room for farms, and to have timber for building both boats and houses. The Emirate expands another 500 km into the island. The ships built by the timber from the island help contribute to Bengali trade. Continues working on economy and infrastructure.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Unlike the other vassals of the Bengali Sultanate, Bhandudeva IV is kept farther away from the daily politics of controlling Orissa, relying mainly on Islamic advisors sent directly by the Bengal Sultan. The advisors quickly persuade Bhandudeva IV to allow the Muslims settlers in the northern part of the Rajya to hold land south of the previously agreed living space. Continues working on military and infrastructure. However, recently, Bhandudeva IV has come under attack from a bout of fever and is bedridden. Bhandudeva is still bedridden and has barely moved in a couple years. He is not expected to live through the year.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The Swargadeo (King) of Ahom declares himself to be King of Assam, also called Kamarupa in this time since he now controls his grandsons lands which were the Maharaja of Koch.
 * Kingdom of Georgia: The Jarishuri expands its officer training program this year: while Georgian forces are still near-universally led by petty nobility or particularly wealthy merchants, some low-level positions (largely in the 'inglorious' logistical and instruction roles) are filled by professional officers. Between this newfound professionalism and the increased training of even politically-appointed commanders, the quality of the Georgian army improves. The Jarishuri's total mobilized strength reaches 24,000 this year, organized into eight 3000-man mesame formations; the Georgian population is estimated to reach 448,000 in 1450. Meanwhile, Georgian bishops continue their ecclesiastical outreach to Assyrian, Coptic and Nestorian church leaders, hoping to reconcile these groups with the Orthodox Church; however, significant progress is not expected within the next five years.
 * Kingdom of Armenia: The Nestorian mesame arrives this year, and is swiftly integrated into the Armenian chain of command - albeit with greater flexibility of action than standard Armenian units. Including the new Nestorian legion, the Armenian Azbanak now totals 21000 men in seven mesame; the nation's total population is estimated at 424000. Armenian horse-breeders also manage to produce a particularly hardy generation of horses this year, improving Armenia's largely mediocre cavalry somewhat and enhancing Armenian military strength.
 * Grand Principality of Assyria: For the first time, the Assyrians manage to organize and deploy two full mesame of troops; these formations, comprised of the best soldiers of the Grand Principality's guard, gives the Assyrians a powerful shock force and expands Assyrian military potential. In total, the Assyrians are estimated to have 280000 citizens, of whom roughly two-thirds are believed to be Christian; the Grand Principality has 6000 trained soldiers in two mesame, and roughly 8000 more levies of varying quality. As the mobilization proceeds, the new mesame move into Van and pressure the native Turks to leave Assyrian territory, guarding the Assyrian settlers who have settled along the eastern shore of Lake Van.
 * Principality of Rani: The two mesame of the Ranite Guard conduct a major wargame, squaring off against one another and probing for weaknesses. The wargames reveal a number of shortcomings in these shorthanded formations' tactics, and Tavadi Zurab conducts a full review of the officers whose performance is found wanting. After several rounds of purging, the 6000 men of the Ranite Guard are better-led and trained than most equivalent Georgian formations, increasing Ranite military strength. State-supported conversion efforts of the native Azeris are put on hold; only 7500 of the region's 148,000 Azeris have converted thus far, and the Tavadi wants to ensure that the home front remains secure if the entire Guard is called away to war.
 * Principality of Amier-Kavkasia:Tavadi Garegin hires several instructors from the Mepe Giorgi Academy to drill the Chemdzala in Georgian tactics and discipline. Though the warriors of the 5000-man Chemdzala are hesitant to adopt the 'slow-moving' Georgian spearwall, the training does enhance their discipline somewhat, increasing Amier-Kavkasian military prowess.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire's military continues to be readied because of the war to the north. The Emperor meets with the despot of Boeotia, who publicly denies that he met Skanderbeg, but privately confesses to the Emperor that he in fact did so. This enables the Emperor to gain insight as to the character of Skanderbeg, affecting the Emperor's thoughts on the war. The second of the twin forts is completed, and Constantinople remains one of the most fortified cities in the world. Despite what the government of Aragon says, the Roman trade networks remain much larger than Aragons, stretching from Gibraltar, Barcelona, Amsterdam, and Bavaria to Sarai, Alexandria, Aleppo, and Baghdad. Production of Roman arquebuses begin after many years of research behind their mechanisms. The Khan's son continues his studies, and he finds classical literature and philsophy entertaining.
 * ​Aragon's trade network expands from Aragon itself and across the Mediterranean to even the interior of the Black Sea via way of Sardinia and Sicily, and Cyenaica. Aragon is also present in the Adriatic due to trade agreements with the mighty power that is Venice. Of course Venice dominates this region, but Aragon is also present here. Outside of the Mediterranean, Aragon's trade influence reaches into France and then even more north to England and then around to the Dutch regions and beyond into the United Norse Crown. Also note, that none of this was accomplished through war, while Rome can be said to have wars frequently. BTW, I'm not trying to start a war, just pointing out Aragon's influence as opposed to Rome's influence.
 * Swiss Confederacy: The military continues to practice and vassalization efforts of the nearby three states continue.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: The trade fleet continues to slowly grow as two new ships are constructed. Exports continue to bring money into the nation.
 * Ottoman Empire: Unrest continues in the Macedonian region. Many villages are occupied by Ottoman soldiers as the military of the Empire improves. The Sultan continues to deploy troops to Macedonia in order to stop the rebels. Several Albanian leaders are captured in battle and are executed in broad daylight as a warning to others. A small group of ethnically-Albanian "spies" loyal to the Empire give local military leaders key pieces of information about the whereabouts of George Skanderbeg, who the Grand Vizier hopes to poison soon. The Sultan warns against any outside military or financial aid, and finds its relations with Rome and Venice may be on a breaking point.
 * Cahokia: Could someone update the map for me? I think Cahokia was missed in the last update. Also, OTL Key West Florida is colored for Cahokia, is this a mistake or do I currently control it? Rektaw the Proud and his associates are putting the finishing touches of reunification and reconstruction of the former Cahokian empire. The Cahokia elite sticks to its timeline of 1450. After siginificant testing and research, the Cahokian military has been outiftted with iron armour and starts preparations for field testing against the Totonac tribes in OTL northeastern Mexico. Cahokia continues its multi front expansion and expands 15 pixels to the east and to the southwest along OTL Gulf of Mexico.
 * Moundville (Vassal of Cahokia): Moundville continues to produce a large sum of food for the empire. A focus upon the now growing fishing industry in OTL Lake Michigan has proven fruitful through its increasing efficiency. Fishing vessels are growing in size and sturdiness. Timber from new found forests in Etowah is sent to Moundville to satisfy its increasing needs.
 * Etowah (Vassal of Cahokia): In its quest for larger timber supplies, Etowah has finally expanded to the foothills of OTL Appalachian Mountains and the rich forests it houses. Etowan leadership focuses the majority of its efforts on establishing the newfound timber industry. In doing so, they strengthen both infrastructure and economy.
 * Parkin (Vassal of Cahokia): Freshly armoured military units begin to learn how to move and fight in their new uniform. The full iron suits proove to be clunky, and not terribly easy to maneuver in. Refinements are made and a new, lightly armoured scout regiment is formed, mixing traditional fast movement techniques with the tough new iron material, lightly merged into the old uniform.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne, and Austria and her vassals. We express interest in a possible crusade into the Ottoman Empire, especially after crusade publications become popular in our nation from the printing press.
 * Hungary, Croatia and all the vassals of Hungary see a greater number of military fortifications made. Hungary continues to grow economically, increasing trading with each other. Hungary also keeps its armies trained and well-drilled. Bosnia is expanded 10,000 km by the army who are looking to establish control as so their borders are not affected in the future.
 * Austria: We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. Albert II signs the Treaty of Brussels, ending the conflict in the Netherlands. Han Khevenhüller returns to Austria, along with the remaining Austrian forces. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren.  With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Ambrosius Federmann’s second expedition to West Africa is a success, with a trade post being established to trade with natives.  Initially the group has trouble cultivating plants, but with the help of the local Wolof, the settlement begins exploiting Fonio. Fishing is also undertaken at times. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods, beginning a peaceful relationship. The trade posts at Abrechtburg and Dominusburg grow as trade becomes common in the area, attracting small amounts of settlers. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches begin construction in Trieste to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. We ask Castile to remain neutral in the Netherlands’ conflict. We continue influencing our vassal states of Salzburg, Gorizia, Augsburg, Patria del Friuli, Chur, Württemberg, the Electorate of the Palatinate, Oettingen, Ulm, Cilli, Mainz, Hohenlohe, Strassburg, Metz, and others. We continue influencing Furstenburg, Konstanz, Kempten, and Magdeburg. We continue to improve relations with our Italian neighbors to the south. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria, as well as Venice, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. The formation and organization of the newly founded  kaiserliche und königliche Kriegsmarine continues, proving to be a successful investment. We continue assimilating the population of Aquileia, which has become dependent on Austrian trade and support for its defense and prosperity. Military and economy of Austria and all vassals and subject nations expand. We pledge to aid the Roman Empire in any crusade against the Ottoman Empire, vowing to protect Christianity and the Holy Land. Elisabeth, daughter of Albert II is betrothed to Carlos of Castile.
 * Pskov continues much printing and whatnot ...another emissary is sent to Poland, Prussia and its vassals, and the UNC to adopt the zolotnik currency as the official currency in their lands ... also perhaps to look after consistency have the Prince of Pskov head of the Ming and/or have them be subsidiaries of the Pskov mint in the nations in question ... also, more reaserch is done on the strange substance ... explosive, and it is discovered, at the cost of a limb, that if you put the explosive on a closed barrel, it will direct an explosion and propel whatever is inside ... namely a metalic toy ball the guy had lying around ... so the first Pskovian arquebus is made ... military turn
 * France: To deal with the wolves several soldier units are sent to tail them, as well as a reward is offered for any citizen to kill them or to give information leading to the capture or death of one of the wolves. Soon the wolves are found and killed by both citizens and soldiers. While this, military and economy are built up and the preparation for a better war machinery begins, on a side note Italian settlers from northern regions such as Milan and Venice are brought to the kingdom in order to populate some regions and to increase the population in the regions. The vassalization of Armagnac is complete. We continue the vassalage of Brittany. (Sine asked me to post this for him)
 * Burgundy: Military and navy are built up, economy expands.
 * Berry: Military and economy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up.
 * Colorado Confederation: With the clearing up of communication for the city of Kim the message starts to have a ripple effect and more and more towns are stablaizing and clearing out Nomadic Rebels and thus connection and trading grows among the towns of the Confederation. With the towns being increasingly aggressive, however, the Nomads become more united and the citizens become increasingly worried that this will only lead to death and destruction and they cry out for peace while others believe that this war is neccessary in order to advance the Confederation toward glory.
 * Ming Empire: The Zhengtong Emperor is incapacitated by a mystery illness, thus prompting his younger brother to take the throne. With a more landward approach, the new Jingtai Emperor continues to develop the north with several bridges started across the Huang He. Work on the military is conducted with longer range artillery being developed to launch metal orbs stuffed full of gunpowder. Numerous workers on the artillery project die but development proceeds smoothly. Chinese influence continues to cover much of East Asia and South-East Asia with the Thai Kingdoms being presented with gifts and shows of Chinese strength. The Ming Dynasty continues to influence the fragmented Khmer Kingdom with the intentions of establishing an outpost on the Gulf of Thailand. Relations with Ryukyu, the Japanese Emperor, the Kyushu Daimyos. Lao Xing, Korea, Haixi and Tainan continue economic development. Tainan increases its influence on the island of Taiwan with the inheritance of Taibei.
 * Aragon expands the navy, economy, and infrastructure. The Golden Age continues to prosper under King Charles II, and with the shift towards the Church of Whatever-France-And-Castile-Follow, more free thinking is allowed, and new ideas are born, as are new artforms. Aragon also continues to expand its trade influence while seeking official trade agreements with the Dutch. Aragon also engages in a minor diplomatic spat with Rome, which is really just showing off on both sides.
 * Zapotec: Emperor Tlaco expands Danibaan's influence in the surrounding city-states by way of the Zapotec Alliance. Roadways connecting cities in the alliance help merchants and soldiers move more freely between them. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. In the coastal regions under Danibaan's influence, more boats are created. Tlaco orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Daibaan continues expanding into the surrounding city-states north along the gulf coast.
 * Trier: We upgrade our military and economy. The states around us are influenced. Trade routes are established, opening trade among Hesse, Cologne and Austria and her vassals. We declare war on the Ottoman Empire to support our allies.